AAM ORDERS/DIRECTIVES

AC 120-52 RADIATION EXPOSURE OF AIR CARRIER CREWMEMBERS

IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 1 U.S. Department of Transportation Advisory Federal Aviation Circular Administration Subject: Date: March 5, 1990 AC No: 120-52 RADIATION EXPOSURE OF Initiated by: AAM-624 Change: AIR CARRIER CREWMEMBERS

1. PURPOSE

. This circular provides (a) information on cosmic radiation and on air shipments of radioactive material as sources of ionizing radiation1 exposure during air travel; (b) guidelines for exposure to radiation; (c) estimates of the amounts of ga lactic cosmic radiation received on air carrier flights on various routes to and from, or within, the contiguous United States (table l); and (d) example calculations for estimating health risks from exposure to galactic cosmic radiation.

2. GENERAL

. Ionizing radiation has always been part of the human environment. Sources of such radiation are the radionuclides (radioactive atoms) in our bodies and in the earth, and the cosmic radiation in the atmosphere. We are also exposed to ionizing radiation during some medical and dental procedures. Table 2 shows average dose equivalent2 rates from various sources of ionizing radiation encountered in the United States. Air travelers are exposed to cosmic radiation levels that are higher than the cosmic plus terrestrial radiation levels normally encountered on the ground. In the contiguous United States at ground level the average dose equivalent rate from cosmic plus t errestrial radiation is 0.06 microsievert (0.006 millirem) per hour (NCRP 1987b). At an altitude of 35,000 feet, for example, the dose equivalent rate from cosmic rays is about 6 microsieverts (0.6 millirem) per hour (O'Brien 1978, as revised). Another source of radiation exposure during air travel is air shipments of radioactive material -- mostly radiopharmaceuticals used in medical diagnosis and treatment. 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 1 Ionizing radiation is so named because each of its units has sufficient energy to eject an orbital electron from an atom and thus produce an ion (electrically charged atom or group of atoms). Examples of ionizing radiation are cosmic ray particles and x-ray or gamma-ray photons. 2 Dose equivalent is a measure of the biological harmfulness of ionizing radiation and takes into account the fact that equal amounts of absorbed energy from different types of ionizing radiation are not necessarily equally harmful. The present internati onal unit of dose equivalent- is the sievert. The sievert replaces the rem; 1 sievert = 100 rem. 1000 millisieverts = 1 sievert; 1000 microsieverts = 1 millisievert. IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 2 Table 1. DOSE EQUIVALENTS FROM GALACTIC COSMIC RADIATION RECEIVED ON AIR CARRIER FLIGHTS Single nonstop one-way flight 950 block hours1 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴� Highest altitude, Air feet in time, Block Microsieverts2 Millisieverts3 Origin - Destination thousands hours hours1 (millirem) (millirem) 1 2 3 4 5 6 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 Houston (IAH) - Austin (AUS) 20 0.5 0.6 0.1 (0 01) 0.2 (20) Seattle (SIA) - Portland (PDX) 21 0.4 0.6 0.1 0.2 Miami (MIA) - Tampa (TPA) 24 0.6 0.9 0.4 0.4 St Louis (STL) - Tulsa (TUL) 35 0.9 1.1 2.0 (0.20) 1.7 (170) Tampa (TPA) - St Louis (STL) 31 2.0 2.2 5.4 2.3 San Juan (SJU) - Miami (MIA) 35 2.2 2.5 7.2 2.7 New Orleans (MSY) - San Antonio (SAT) 39 1.2 1.4 4.3 2.9 Denver (DEN) - Minneapolis (MSP) 33 1.2 1.5 4.7 3.0 New York (JFK) - San Juan PR (SJU) 37 3.0 3.5 13 (1.3) 3.5 Los Angeles (LAX) - Honolulu (HNL) 35 5.2 5.6 22 3.7 Chicago (ORD) - New York (JFK) 37 1.6 2.0 8.5 4.0 Honolulu (HNL) - Los Angeles (LAX) 40 5.1 5.6 25 4.2 Washington, D.C. (IAD) - Los Angeles (LAX) 35 4.7 5.0 24 4.6 Tokyo JA (RJAA) - Los Angeles (LAX) 37 8.8 9.2 46 4.7 Los Angeles (LAX) - Tokyo JA (RJAA) 40 11.7 12.0 62 4.9 New York (JFK) - Chicago (ORD) 39 1.8 2.3 12 5.0 Minneapolis (MSP) - New York (JFK) 37 1.8 2.1 11 5.0 London EN (EGKK) - Dallas/Ft Worth (DFW) 39 9.7 10.1 53 5.0 Dallas/Ft Woth ((DFW) - London EN (EGKK) 37 8.5 8.8 49 5.3 Seattle (SBA) - Anchorage (ANC) 35 3.4 3.7 21 5.4 Lisbon PO (LPPT) - New York (JFK) 39 6.5 6.9 41 5.6 Chicago (ORD) - San Francisco (SFO) 39 3.8 4.1 26 6.0 Seattle (SEA) - Washington, D.C. (IAD) 37 4.1 4.4 29 6.3 London EN (EGLL) - New York (JFK) 37 6.8 7.3 49 6.4 New York (JFK) - Seattle (SEA) 39 4.9 5.3 36 6.5 San Francisco (SFO) - Chicago (ORD) 41 3.8 4.1 29 6.7 Tokyo JA (RJAA) - New York (JFK) 41 12.2 12.6 91 6.9 London EN (EGLL) - Los Angeles (LAX) 39 10.5 11.0 80 6.9 Chicago (ORD) - London EN (EGLL) 37 7.3 7.7 56 6.9 New York (JFK) - Tokyo JA (RJAA) 43 13.0 13.4 99 (9.9) 7.0 London EN (BGLL) - Chicago (ORD) 39 7.8 8.3 62 7.1 Athens GR (LGAT) - New York (JFK) 41 9.4 9.7 93 9.1 (910) 1 The block hours of a flight begin when the aircraft leaves the blocks before takeoff and end when it reaches the blocks after landing. We consider 950 block hours accumulated in 11 consecutive months as a representative work year. 2 For each flight we estimated the dose equivalent for air time using one flight plan, taking into account changes in altitude and geomagnetic latitude from takeoff to touchdown. 3 Millisieverts in 950 block hours = (950 x microsieverts in one flight) / (1000 x block hours in one flight). IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 3 Table 2. AVERAGE NONOCCUPATIONAL DOSE EQUIVALENT RATES IN THE UNITED STATES FROM VARIOUS SOURCES OF RADIATION 1 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 Millisieverts (millirem) per person in one year Cosmic radiation (whole body).................................0.27 (27) Terrestrial radiation (whole body)............................0.28 (28) Naturally occurring radionuclides in the body Bone marrow.................................................0.50 (50) Gonads......................................................0.35 (35) Inhaled radon (bronchial tissue).............................24 (2400) Diagnostic medical plus dental Bone marrow (adults only, radiographic ∧ fluoroscopic)................................1.0 (103) Gonads (radiographic).......................................0.19 (19) Millisieverts (millirem) per film Chest examination (radiographic) Bone marrow (adults only) Posterior-anterior projection...............................0.046 (4.6) Lateral projection..........................................0.10 (10) Gonads Posterior-anterior projection.............................< 0.001 (< 0.1) 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 1 "Whole body" means that all parts of the body receive approximately the dose equivalent indicated. The dose equivalent to the bone marrow is of interest because of an association between radiation exposure of this tissue and development of leukemia, a cancer of the blood-forming organs. Gonad irradiation can cause genetic defects that may be passed on to future generations. Lung cancer can be caused by exposure of bronchial tissue to alpha radiation from decay products of inhaled radon. The air in many homes may contain hazardous amounts of radon. Dental examinations contribute only a small portion of the annual dose equivalent from diagnostic medical and dental procedures: 3 percent of the total to the bone marrow (adults) and less than 1 percent of the total to the gonads (entire population). HEW 1976, NCRP 1987b, Nero et al. 1986, Shleien et al. 1977. IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 4 For the purposes of this circular, dose equivalents and other data for flights in one direction between two cities are considered representative of data for the other direction. Where data are given for flights in both directions between two cities, for example New York - Chicago and Chicago - New York (table 1), the annual dose equivalent received on roundtrip flights should be estimated by the average of the two one-way values. Except where otherwise indicated, galactic radiation estimates are dose equivalents to the bone marrow during conditions of average solar activity. Dose equivalents to the bone marrow are used to represent dose equivalents to the gonads or to an embryo or fetus. Additional information concerning the galactic radiation estimates is given in appendix 1. In estimating health risks, we used risk coefficients 1 equivalent to or derived from those recommended by national or international organizations concerned with radiation effects on humans. However, the recommended coefficients are based on observations at much higher doses and dose rates than are associated with air travel, and this is a major source of uncertainty in the risk estimates.

3. COSMIC RADIATION

. The cosmic radiation at air carrier flight altitudes consists of particulate radiation and photons produced when energetic charged particles2 -- which originate for the most part outside the solar system _ interact with the nitrogen, o ively as galactic cosmic radiation. There is an approximate 11-year cycle of rise and decline in the intensity of the galactic radiation incident on the atmosphere, with the intensity inversely related to solar activity (NCRP 1987b). The variation in intensity is effected by the magnetic fields generated by charged particles emanating from the sun. Calculations by O'Brien and McLaughlin (1972) indicate that at air carrier cruise altitudes over the contiguous United States the maximum galactic radiation dose equivalent rate exceeds the minimum by about 9-15 percent (based on data collected between 1960 and 1970). Charged particles are continuously ejected from the sun, but they are usually too low in energy to contribute to the radiation level at air carrier flight altitudes. On infrequent occasions, however, the numbers and energies of the ejected solar particles are high enough to substantially increase the dose equivalent rate at these altitudes. from 1956 through 1972, there were four solar particle events during which the dose equivalent rate on polar routes at 41,000 feet probably exceeded 100 microsieverts (10 millirem) per hour (ICAO 1973). No events of this size have occurred since 1972 (based on information provided in September 1988 by C.R. Heckman, National Oceanic and 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 1 A risk coefficient is the estimated proportion of exposed individuals who incur a particular health effect from the radiation, per unit dose equivalent. 2 Mostly protons and alpha particles (hydrogen and helium nuclei). IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 5 Atmospheric Administration, Boulder, Co).1 Normally at 41,000 feet the dose equivalent rate at polar latitudes is about 12 microsieverts (1.2 millirem) per hour (O'Brien 1978, as revised). The occurrence of solar particle events cannot be predicted reliably, and estimates of the radiation levels in the atmosphere during these events are uncertain. Solar cosmic radiation (charged particles of solar origin and their secondaries) makes only a small contribution to the long-term average cosmic radiation level at air carrier altitudes (Upton et al. 1966). The earth's magnetic field (geomagnetic field) deflects many charged particles of solar and galactic origin that would otherwise enter the atmosphere. This shielding is most effective at the geomagnetic equator (0� geomagnetic latitude, near the geographic equator), where the earth's magnetic lines of force are essentially parallel to the surface of the earth. Geomagnetic shielding decreases with increase in geomagnetic latitude and disappears over the geomagnetic poles2 where the magnetic lines of force are nearly perpendicular to the surface of the earth. Thus, at air carrier cruise altitudes, the galactic radiation dose equivalent rate over the geomagnetic poles is approximately twice that over the geomagnetic equator. Air carrier aircraft usually fly high-latitude routes between the contiguous United States and Europe or Asia. With decrease in altitude from the top of the atmosphere the dose equivalent rate from galactic radiation initially increases and then decreases. The increase is a consequence of the multiplicity and characteristics of particles produced by single collisions of high-energy galactic particles with the atomic nuclei of the gases that constitute the atmosphere. Many of the impacting and generated particles are energetic enough to disrupt other nuclei and produce still more particles. The altitude at which the dose equivalent rate is maximum varies with geomagnetic latitude. With decreasing altitude below about 70,000 feet at all latitudes, continued energy degradation and loss of individual particles results in a decreasing dose equivalent rate. For example in the contiguous United States the dose equivalent rate at 40,000 feet is about 40 percent of that at 70,000 feet.

4. RADIOACTIVE CARGO

. In the United States during 1975, radioactive material was transported on about 1 of every 30 passenger flights. This information and estimates for 1975 of the dose equivalents to air carrier crewmembers from radioactive cargo are give t by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC 1977). In passenger aircraft carrying radioactive cargo, the average annual dose equivalent to flight attendants was 0.06 millisievert (6 millirem) and to flight-deck crewmembers less than 0.01 millisievert (1 millirem). On all-cargo aircraft the annual dose equivalent to individual crewmembers was 0.12 millisievert (12 millirem). For crewmembers who worked only on passenger flights out of airports serving major radiopharmaceutical producers, flight attendants received up to 0.13 millisievert (13 millirem) during 1975 and flight-deck crewmembers up to 0.025 millisievert (2.5 millirem). Crewmembers receive considerably larger dose equivalents from galactic radiation than from radioactive cargo. Thus on 87 percent of the flights listed in table 1 the annual dose equivalent from galactic radiation exceeded 2.0 millisieverts (200 millirem) (col. 6). 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 1 The recent changes used in estimating dose equivalent (see app. 1) may have increased the number of solar particle events during which the radiation level at 41,000 feet exceeded 100 microsieverts (10 millirem) per hour. 2 Geographic coordinates of the north geomagnetic pole are approximately 79.1 �N and 70.9 �W (as of 1987). 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 6 Federal regulations promulgated in 1980 (DOT 1980) on the transportation of radioactive material reduced both the maximum and the average permissible radiation levels in the passenger compartment of air carrier aircraft. Results of combined 1981-1983 surveys (Javitz et al. 1985) indicate that since 1975 there was a slight decrease in the number of packages of radioactive material transported by air.

5. RADIATION EXPOSURE OP AIRCREWS AND RECOMMENDED LIMITS

. On the 32 flights listed in table 1, the estimated annual dose equivalents to air carrier crewmembers from galactic radiation range from 0.2 to 9.1 millisieverts (20 to 910 millirem). The recommended annual limit for occupational radiation exposure of an adult is 50 millisieverts (5 rem) (EPA 1987). Because of the special sensitivity of the unborn child to ionizing radiation, there are certain recommendations concerning occupational exposure that apply only to women. Of particular interest to female aircrew members is the recommended monthly exposure limit during pregnancy. Once a pregnancy is known -- presumably by the end of the second month _ the dose equivalent to the unborn child from occupational exposure should not be ore than 0.5 millisievert (50 millirem) in any month (NCRP 1987a). For radiation protection purposes, we consider the dose equivalent from galactic radiation the same to other and unborn child. On some of the flights listed in table 1, the dose equivalent to an unborn child would exceed the recommended monthly limit if the other worked the schedule assumed in this circular. For example, on flights between Athens, Greece and New York the dose equivalent is 9.1 millisieverts (910 millirem) in a representative work year of 11 months (table 1, col. 6), or approximately 0.83 millisievert (83 millirem) each month. Radiation exposure associated with medical or dental procedures is not subject to regulations. However, no radiation exposure of an expectant mother should be undertaken without consideration of the special sensitivity of the unborn child (NCRP 1987a).

6. RISK TO CREWMEMBERS

. Death from cancer is the principal health concern associated with occupational exposure to radiation. We assume a risk coefficient of 6.3 in 100,000 per millisievert for excess cancer deaths (BEIR 1990, see note with reference). For the flights listed in table 1, a crewmember's lifetime risk of fatal cancer from occupational exposure to galactic cosmic radiation can be estimated using the data in column 6. For example, on flights between Minneapolis and New York, 5.0 millisieverts (500 millirem) is received in a representative work year.1 Therefore, for each year of flying between these two cities, a crewmember will incur a lifetime risk of 5.0 x 6.3 = 31 in 100,000. After 20 years, the lifetime risk would be 20 x 31 0, or 6 in 1000.2 Thus, if 1000 crewmembers fly between Minneapolis and New York for 20 years, the expectation is that about 6 would eventually die of cancer as a result of occupational exposure to radiation. Based on normal expectation for the U.S. adult population, about 220 of the 1000 crew embers would die of cancer from causes unrelated to occupational radiation exposure (Seidman et al. 1985). It would be impossible to determine whether a particular cancer death was caused by occupational exposure. IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 7

7. GENETIC RISK

. A liveborn child, conceived after radiation exposure of one or both parents, is considered to be at risk of inheriting one or more radiation-induced genetic defects. From each parent's exposure, we assume a risk coefficient of 3 in 1,000,000 per millisievert (BEIR 1990). The total risk to a child is approximately the sum of the risks from the mother and father. For example, if a female crew ember works on flights between Minneapolis and New York for 5 years before conceiving a child, the accumulated dose equivalent from exposure to galactic radiation would be 5 times the annual dose equivalent of 5.0 millisieverts (500 millirem) (table 1, col. 6), or 25 millisieverts (2.5 rem). The risk to the offspring from the mother's exposure would be 25 x 3 = 75 in 1,000,000. If the father received 32 millisieverts (3.2 rem) from occupational radiation exposure before the child was conceived, then the risk from the father's exposure would be 32 x 3 = 96 in 1,000,000. The risk to the child as a result of work-related radiation exposure of both parents would be approximately the sum of the risks derived from each parent's exposure, or 171 in 1,000,000 (approximately 2 in 10.000). In the general population, about 2-3 percent (200 to 300 in 10,000) of the children are born with serious anatomic abnormalities (BEIR 199O).

8. RISK TO AN UNBORN CHILD

. For a child irradiated in utero the risk of harm depends on the stage of development at the time(s) of exposure as well as the amount of radiation. For example, consider the case where a female crewmember works on flights between Minneapolis and New York during the first 7 months of pregnancy. In a representative work year (11 months), a dose equivalent of 5.0 millisieverts (500 millirem) is received on these flights (table 1, col. 6). In 7 months, the unborn child would receive 7/11 x 5.0 = 3.2 millisieverts (320 millirem). Estimates of health risks from radiation exposure at various stages of prenatal development were calculated as shown in appendix 1. These estimates indicate a risk to the unborn child of 11 in 10,000 of one or more serious health effects from the radiation exposure. 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 1 This amount of radiation would be received by flying approximately 19 one-way flights every 2 weeks for 11 months (455 one-way flights). 2 For all the flights in table 1 the approximate range of risks after 20 years of flying would be from 0.3 to 11 in 1000. 컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴컴 IMAGE OF AC 120-52 PAGE 8 The health risks from radiation exposure in utero are in addition to any risk from inherited genetic defects. Thus, if the parents received the dose equivalents estimated in the Genetic Risk section and the mother worked during her pregnancy as described above, then the total health risk to the child from the parents' occupational exposure to radiation would be 13 in 10,000 (approximately 1 in 1000). Robert R. McMeekin, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon

APPENDIX 1

 IMAGE OF AC 120-52 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1. GALACTIC RADIATION ESTIMATES. We revised O'Brien's computer program LUIN (O'Brien 1978) to estimate dose equivalents from galactic cosmic radiation. The most important changes involved quality factors. We doubled the quality factors for neutrons, as was recently recommended by the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP 1987a). In addition, since secondary protons and charged pions generate radiation fields in tissue similar to those generated by neutrons, we also doubled the qual Most of this increase is due to the new quality factors for neutrons, which alone would increase the dose equivalents by 35-45 percent. In the calculation of dose equivalent to the bone marrow, the human body was represented as a semi-infinite 30-cm-thick slab of tissue with the bone marrow mixed with bone at a depth of 5 cm. The tissue slab was assumed to be irradiated from all angles on both sides and appropriate stopping powers for whole bone were used. For each flight in table 1, we compared the calculated dose equivalent to bone marrow with calculated dose equivalents to soft tissue (absence of bone) at various depths in the slab: at 5 cm (assumed location of the gonads), at 8 cm (assumed location of an unborn child), and at 15 cm (assumed center of the human body). Thus, the dose equivalent to soft tissue at a depth of 5 cm is 1-2 percent higher than the bone narrow dose, at 8 cm it is 7-10 percent lower, and at 15 cm 13-16 percent lower. We compared calculated dose equivalent rates to the bone marrow with previously reported in-flight measurements. For these comparisons only, the quality factor changes described earlier were not included in the calculations because the measurements predated the introduction of the new quality factors. Dose equivalent rates reported by Hewitt et al. (1978) measured at approximately 41,000 feet between geomagnetic latitudes 38 and 48 �N are 2-20 percent lower than the calculated rates. Measured (Hewitt et al. 1980) compared with calculated rates at 33,000 feet are 8-28 percent lower between O and 40 �N and 2-4 percent higher between 50 and 70 �N. The above measurements were made when solar activity was near minimum. Dose equivalent rates reported by Cowan et al. (1972) that were measured between 37 and 58 �N are 11-28 percent higher than calculated rates at 30,000 feet and 0-9 percent lower at 40,000 feet. These measurements were made when solar activity was close to maximum. There were larger differences between measured and calculated rates at 10,000 and 20,000 feet, but at these altitudes the galactic radiation level is relatively low. For flights in table 1, with air time longer than 1 hour, our calculations indicate that 88 percent or more of the total dose equivalent is received at altitudes above 30,000 feet. RISKS FROM PRENATAL IRRADIATION. In the example given in the section "Risk to an Unborn Child," the accumulated dose equivalent to the unborn child during 7 months of flights between Minneapolis and New York is 3.2 millisieverts. This amount of radiation is received by flying approximately 19 one-way flights every 2 weeks for 7 months (290 one-way flights) at 0.011 millisievert per flight (table 1, col. 5). We estimate the health risks as follows: IMAGE OF AC 120-52 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 - During the first week of pregnancy (measured from conception), before the embryo becomes implanted in the wall of the uterus, the principal danger from radiation exposure is death in utero. The risk coefficient is 8 in 10,000 per millisievert (ICRP 1977). If we assume that the pregnant crewmember makes 9 one-way flights during the preimplantation period, then the embryo receives 9 x 0.011 = 0.099 millisievert. The risk of radiation-induced prenatal mortality is, therefore, 0.099 x 8 = 0.79 in 10,000. After i plantation the amount of radiation required to kill an embryo is much greater than likely to be received during air travel. - During the 3rd through the 8th week of pregnancy, the principal health concern from radiation exposure is structural abnormalities. The risk coefficient is 5 in 10,000 per millisievert (UNSCEAR 1986). At approximately 9.5 one-way flights a week, the crewmember makes 57 flights in the 6-week period, during which the unborn child accumulates a dose equivalent of 0.63 millisievert. The risk of radiation-induced structural abnormalities is, therefore, 0.63 x 5 = 3.1 in 10,000. - During the 9th through the 26th week of pregnancy, the principal concern from radiation exposure is severe mental retardation. The risk coefficient is 4.5 in 10,000 per millisievert during the 9th through the 16th week (Stather et al. 1988) and I in 1 0,000 per millisievert during the 17th through the 26th week (UNSCEAR 1986). During the period of the 9th through the 16th week (8 weeks), the crewmember makes 76 one-way flights, resulting in a dose equivalent to the unborn child of 0.84 millisievert. During the 17th through the 26th week (10 weeks), she makes 95 flights and the unborn child receives an additional 1.0 millisievert. The risks of radiation-induced severe mental retardation for the first and second periods are 0.84 x 4.5 = 3.8 in 10,000 and 1.0 x 1 = 1.0 in 10,000, respectively. - A child irradiated in utero is at risk of developing childhood cancer. The risk coefficient is 0.6 in 10,000 per millisievert (Stather et al. 1988) and is assumed to be constant throughout prenatal development (UNSCEAR 1986). Since the dose equivalent to the unborn child during the 7 months of exposure is 3.2 millisieverts, the risk of cancer is 3.2 x 0.6 = 1.9 in 10,000. - The risk to the child of incurring one or more of the health effects cited above can be estimated by the sum of the individual risks. Thus 0.79 + 3.1 + 3.8 + 1.0 + 1.9 = 11 in 10,000. This procedure is satisfactory for any of the flights in table 1. In general, where ore than one of several events may occur together, as in the present case, a simple summation of individual risks will overestimate the risk that at least one of the events will occur; however, for the number and magnitude of the risks under consideration, the bias is insignificant.

APPENDIX 2

 IMAGE OF AC 120-52 APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 2. REFERENCES BEIR 1990. Committee on the Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiations. Health Effects of Exposure to Low Levels of Ionizing Radiation. BEIR V. Washington, D.C.: National Academy Press. (The risk coefficient for cancer was derived from data on p. 173, table 4-2, "Continuous exposure to 0.01 Sv/y (1 rem/y) from age 18 until age 65." To estimate the risk of radiation-induced genetic disorders and the incidence of congenital abnormalities, we used information on p. 70 (table 2-1), p. 86, and p. 87 (table 2-3).) Cowan, F.P., A.V. Kuehner and L.F. Phillips 1972. Final Report on an Interagency Agreement Between U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency. Report BNL 17291. Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, NY. NTIS BNL-17291. (See table 6.) DOT 1980. Department of Transportation. Requirements for Transportation of Radioactive Materials. Federal Register 45(61) Thursday, March 27, 1980, pp. 20097-20103. EPA 1987. Environmental Protection Agency. Radiation Protection Guidance to Federal Agencies for Occupational Exposure. Federal Register 52(17) Tuesday, January 27, 1987, pp. 2822-2834. HEW 1976. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; PHS; Food and Drug Administration; Bureau of Radiological Health. Gonad Doses and Genetically Significant Dose from Diagnostic Radiology: U.S., 1964 and 1970. HEW Publication (FDA) 76-8034. Rockville, MD. NTIS PB-254173. (See p. 3; p. 21, table 5-5; p. 22.) Hewitt, J.E., L. Hughes, J.W. Baum, A.V. Kuehner, J.B. McCaslin, A. Rindi, A.R. Smith, L.D. Stephens, R.H. Thomas, R.V. Griffith and C.G. Welles 1978. Ames Collaborative Study of Cosmic Ray Neutrons: Mid-Latitude Flights. Health Physics 34: 375-384. Hewitt, J.E., L. Hughes, J.B. McCaslin, A.R. Smith, L.D. Stephens, C.A. Syvertson, R.H. Thomas and A.B. Tucker 1980. Exposure to Cosmic-Ray Neutrons at Commercial Jet Aircraft Altitudes. In: Natural Radiation Environment III, Symposium Proceedings, Houston, TX, April 23-28, 1978, edited by T.F. Gesell and W.M. Lowder. NTIS CONF-780422-V2. PP. 855-881. (See p. 865, fig. 5.) ICAO 1973. International Civil Aviation Organization. Technical Panel on Supersonic Transport Operations Fourth Meeting. Montreal. Doc 9076.SSTP/4. July 3-20, 1973. (See pp. 4-10, 4-31.) ICRP 1977. International Commission on Radiological Protection. Problems Involved in Developing an Index of Harm. ICRP Publication 27. New York: Pergamon Press. (See p. 18, par. 54.) Javitz, H.S., T.R. Lyman, C. Maxwell, E.L. Myers and C.R. Thompson 1985. Transport of Radioactive Material in the United States: Results of a Survey to Determine the Magnitude and Characteristics of Domestic, Unclassified Shipments of Radioactive Materials. SRI International, Sandia National Laboratories Report SAND84-7174, TTC-0534. NTIS DE85016198. (See p. 40.) IMAGE OF AC 120-52 APPENDIX 2 PAGE 2 NCRP 1987a. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements. Recommendations on Limits for Exposure to Ionizing Radiation. NCRP Report No. 91. Bethesda, MD. (See sec. 4.3; P. 30.) NCRP 1987b. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements. Exposure of the Population in the United States and Canada from Natural Background Radiation. NCRP Report No. 94. Bethesda, HD. (See secs. 2.1; 7.4.5; 9.1.1; 9.1.4, table 9.3.) Nero, A.V., M.B. Schwehr, W.W. Nazaroff, K.L. Revzan 1986. Distribution of Airborne Radon-222 Concentrations in U.S. Homes. Science 234: 992-997. NRC 1977. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Final Environmental Statement on the Transportation of Radioactive Haterial by Air and Other Modes. Report NUREG-0170 (Vol. 1). NTIS PB-275529. (See sec. 4.3.1.) O'Brien, K. 1978. LUIN, A Code for the Calculation of Cosmic Ray Propagation in the Atmosphere (Update of HASL-275). Report EML-338. New York: Environmental Measurements Laboratory, Department of Energy. NTIS EML-338. (We used galactic radiation data generated by a recent (1988) unpublished revision of LUIN; see app 1 in present circular.) O'Brien, R. and J.E. McLaughlin 1972. The Radiation Dose to Man from Calactic Cosmic Rays. Health Physics 22: 225-232. Seidman, H., M.H. Mushinski, S.K. Gelb and E. Silverberg 1985. Probabilities of Eventually Developing or Dying of Cancer _ United States, 1985. Ca-A Cancer Journal for Clinicians 35(1): 36-56. (See p. 52.) Shleien, B., T.T. Tucker and D.W. Johnson 1977. The Mean Active Bone Marrow Dose to the Adult Population of the United States from Diagnostic Radiology. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; PHS; Food and Drug Administration; Bureau of Radiological Health. HEW Publication (FDA) 77-8013. Rockville, MD. NTIS PB-262909. (See PP. 8. 12.) Stather, J.W., C.R. Muirhead, A.A. Edwards, J.D. Harrison, D.C. Lloyd and N.R. Wood 1988. Health Effects Models Developed from the 1988 UNSCEAR Report. NRPB-R226. National Radiological Protection Board, Chilton, Didcot, Oxon OX11 ORQ, Great Britain. (See p. 48, pars. 15 and 16.) UNSCEAR 1986. United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation. Genetic and Somatic Effects of Ionizing Radiation. Annex C: Biological effects of pre-natal irradiation. New York: United Nations. (See p. 338.) Upton, A.C. et al. 1966. Radiobiological Aspects of the Supersonic Transport. Health Physics 12: 209-226.

AM 1100.3E OAM ORGANIZATION

 AM 1100.3E OAM ORGANIZATION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E TITLE PAGE ORDER AM 1100.3E OFFICE OF AVIATION MEDICINE ORGANIZATION JULY 16, 1993 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE i and ii FOREWORD This directive describes the organizational structure of the Office of Aviation Medicine. Organization and functions at division level and above are documented in FAA Order 1100.2C, Organization - FAA Headquarters and FAA Order 1100.5C, FAA Organization -Field, and approved by the Administrator. Structure, functions, and responsibilities at branch level and below are prescribed by the Federal Air Surgeon and are documented in this order. Jon L. Jordan, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE iii TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1. GENERAL Paragraph 1. Purpose 2. Distribution 3. Cancellation 4. Explanation of Changes 5. Organization Approval Authorities 6. thru 19. reserved CHAPTER 2. OFFICE OF AVIATION MEDICINE 20. Mission 21. Structure 22. Functions 23. Special Delegations 24. Special Relations 25. The Federal Air Surgeon 26. Deputy Federal Air Surgeon 27. Director, Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI) 28. thru 29. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 2-1 CHAPTER 3. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT DIVISION 30. Program Management Division 31. Planning, Evaluation, and Information Resource Management Branch 32. Management Support Branch 33. Finance Branch 34. thru 39. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 3-1 CHAPTER 4. MEDICAL SPECIALTIES DIVISION 40. Medical Specialties Division 41. Psychiatric Staff 42. Substance Abuse Program Staff 43. Aeromedical Standards Branch 44. Employee Health Branch 45. thru 49. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 4-1 CHAPTER 5. CIVIL AEROMEDICAL INSTITUTE 50. Civil Aeromedical Institute 51. Program Management Staff 52. thru 59. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 5-1 CHAPTER 6. AEROMEDICAL CERTIFICATION DIVISION 60. Aeromedical Certification Division 61. Medical Review Branch 62. Special Issuance Branch 63. Program Support Branch 64. thru 69. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 6-1 IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE iv CHAPTER 7. AEROMEDICAL EDUCATION DIVISION 70. Aeromedical Education Division 71. Aviation Medical Examiner Programs Branch 72. Airman Education Programs Branch 73. thru 79. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 7-1 CHAPTER 8. HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH DIVISION 80. Human Resources Research Division 81. Technical Information Systems Staff 82. Human Factors Research Laboratory 83. Training and Organizational Research Laboratory 84. thru 89. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 8-1 CHAPTER 9. AEROMEDICAL RESEARCH DIVISION 90. Aeromedical Research Division 91. DATA Analysis Staff 92. Veterinary Medicine Staff 93. Toxicology and Accident Research Laboratory 94. Aviation Physiology Laboratory 95. Protection and Survival Laboratory 96. thru 99. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 9-1 CHAPTER 10. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH DIVISION 100. Occupational Health Division 101. Occupational Medicine Branch 102. Clinical Operations Branch 103. Environmental Health Branch 104. thru 109. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 10-1 CHAPTER 11. DRUG ABATEMENT DIVISION 110. Drug Abatement Division 111. Program Implementation Branch 112. Compliance and Enforcement Branch 113. Special Projects Branch 114. thru 119. reserved Organizational Chart Figure 11-1 CHAPTER 12. REGIONAL MEDICAL DIVISIONS 120. Regional Aviation Medical Division Organizational Chart Figure 12-1 IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 1

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

1. PURPOSE

. This directive documents the organizational structure of the Office of Aviation Medicine to the lowest formally organized element.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This directive is distributed to the Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards and to all employees in the Office of Aviation Medicine.

3. CANCELLATION

. This directive cancels Order AM 1100.3D.

4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES

. This directive completely updates the organizational structure of the Office of Aviation Medicine.

5. ORGANIZATIONAL APPROVAL AUTHORITIES

. a. Organization and functions at division level and above are prescribed in FAA Order 1100.2C, Organization - FAA Headquarters, and in FAA Order 1100.5C. FAA Organization - Field. They are approved by the Administrator and are repeated in this document only for ease of reference. b. Authority to make changes in structure, authority, or responsibility at branch level and below in the Office of Aviation Medicine is delegated to the Federal Air Surgeon by paragraph 10e of FAA Order 1100.1A, FAA Organization - Policies and Standards. c. The Program Management Division, AAM-100, maintains this order, and prepares changes as necessary.

6-19. RESERVED

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 2

CHAPTER 2. OFFICE OF AVIATION MEDICINE

20. MISSION

. To apply aviation medical knowledge and research technology to the safety and promotion of civil aviation.

21. STRUCTURE

. The functional organization of the Office of Aviation Medicine is shown in Figure 2-1.

22. FUNCTIONS

. a. Is the principal staff element of the FAA with respect to: (1) Medical certification/qualification of airmen and other persons associated with safety in flight. (2) Airman medical regulations, standards, and policies and procedures. (3) FAA employee medical standards and policies and procedures. (4) Designated aviation medical examiner system. (5) Occupational health programs of the agency. (6) Aviation medical research. (7) Aeromedical and human factors in civil aircraft accident investigations. (8) Biometric and biostatistical data for use in human factors evaluations. (9) Aeromedical education. (10) Agency health awareness activities. (11) Implementation and oversight of industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (12) Medical review of all positive drug cases involving DOT employees. (13) FAA employee substance abuse testing programs. b. With respect to the foregoing: (1) Develops, recommends, and coordinates national policies for issuance by the Administrator. (2) Develops and prescribes technical standards, systems, and procedures consistent with national policies. (3) Prescribes national medical program goals and priorities for field guidance and execution. (4) Maintains liaison with other governmental agencies and private, professional and technical organizations to ensure maximum support of the national civil aviation medical effort. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 3 (5) Evaluates the adequacy of, and coordinates policies, rules, regulations, procedures, and medical program execution in meeting agency goals and priorities. c. Develops, prescribes, recommends, and evaluates medical regulations, standards, and policies and procedures for airmen and agency employees. d. Coordinates with the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and Office of Accident Investigation in providing professional medical services for the investigation of civil aircraft accidents. e. Ensures that medical certification activities conform with international medical standards and policies. f. Provides professional and technical medical advice and assistance to the Administrator and other officials and participates in all intra-agency deliberations which concern medical determinations. g. Determines the medical qualifications of FAA employees in positions with medical qualifications standards, as well as applicants for these positions, and grants or denies medical clearances for employment or continued employment. h. Exercises line authority over regional aviation medical divisions. I. Develops, implements, and conducts inspection and compliance efforts for the agency's aviation industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs.

23. SPECIAL DELEGATIONS

. The Federal Air Surgeon is delegated authority to: a. Determine the medical qualifications of applicants for airman medical certificates and to issue certificates to qualified applicants, bearing such limitations as may be required in the interest of safety. b. Request additional medical information from applicants, and authorize release of such information. c. Deny applications for airman medical certificates. d. Require medical reexamination or other investigation of the medical qualifications of holders of airman medical certificates, as provided in section 609 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. e. Designate or terminate the designation of aviation medical examiners (AME's), under the authority provided in section 314(a) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. f. Reconsider, reverse, or modify the medical certificate actions of designated AME's under the provisions of section 314(b) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. g. Ensure that all agency medical officers, scientists, and professional persons engaged in FAA aviation medical activities comply with medical standards, rules, regulations, and agency orders. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 4 h. Issue notices of proposed rulemaking and hold public hearings in rulemaking proceedings pertaining to the establishment of medical rules and regulations. I. Grant, deny, or terminate special issuance of airman medical certificates to applicants who do not meet standards prescribed in Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. j. Review and authorize all aviation medicine research projects or tasks.

24. SPECIAL RELATIONS

. a. Aviation medicine research projects may be recommended by any FAA element and shall be approved by, and performed under the program guidance of, the Federal Air Surgeon. b. The Federal Air Surgeon shall work closely with the Associate Administrator for Regulation and Certification on matters of medical standards for airmen and airman medical certification and records; and with the Associate Administrator for Air Traffic regarding medical standards for air traffic control specialists (ATCS's).

25. THE FEDERAL AIR SURGEON

. In matters related to aviation medicine: a. Provides professional advice and assistance to the Executive Director for System Operations and the Administrator in making and implementing executive decisions, in the formulation and presentation of budget and program plans, and in the development and maintenance of productive relationships with the public, the aviation community, and other Government agencies. b. Develops, coordinates, executes, and is accountable to the Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards for the adequacy of: agency policies, standards, systems, and procedures; airman rules, regulations, and standards; and program plans issued by or on behalf of the Administrator. c. Provides for program evaluation and undertakes action to correct deficiencies. d. Manages and evaluates the agency's industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs, and the agency's employee substance abuse testing programs. e. Assures that all elements of the Office of Aviation Medicine participate constructively in the FAA Equal Employment Opportunity Action Plan and in equal employment opportunity planning for the future. f. Provides leadership and direction in the planning, management, and control of office activities.

26. DEPUTY FEDERAL AIR SURGEON

. In absence of the Federal Air Surgeon, the Deputy Federal Air Surgeon assumes the duties and responsibilities of the Federal Air Surgeon. In addition, the Deputy Federal Air Surgeon oversees the daily operations of the Medical Specialties Division, the Drug Abatement Division, the Program Management Division, and the Regional Medical Divisions. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 5

27. DIRECTOR, CIVIL AEROMEDICAL INSTITUTE (CAMI)

. The Director, Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI), oversees the daily operation of the Aeromedical Certification Division, the Aeromedical Education Division, the Human Resources Research Division, the Aeromedical Research Division, and the Occupational Health Division, all located at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The Director conducts human factors and medical research projects applicable to the FAA's mission; develops, maintains, and administers a system for the medical examination and certification of U.S. civil airmen; develops, maintains, and administers aviation medical education programs to meet the needs of the agency; provides research services related to the evaluation and validation of selection and training programs for air traffic control specialists (ATCS) and other aviation personnel; and develops, maintains, and administers an occupational health program that includes occupational medicine, industrial hygiene, and clinical activities. As noted specifically in the tenancy agreement with the Aeronautical Center, CAMI: a. Provides emergency medical advice for all agency personnel at the Aeronautical Center. b. Provides consultation advice and emergency treatment for on-the-job illness of injury for personnel located at the Aeronautical Center and provides medical services required to support the Aeronautical Center emergency operations program. c. Provides a full range of industrial hygiene services for Aeronautical Center employees and tenants, including other personnel at the facility on temporary duty.

28.-29. RESERVED

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 5-1 Figure 2-1 OFFICE OF AVIATION MEDICINE ORGANIZATIONAL CHART IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 6

CHAPTER 3. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT DIVISION

30. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Program Management Division is shown in figure 3-1. b. Functions. This division is the principal element of the Office of Aviation Medicine with respect to all aspects of management operations and evaluation of the national medical program activities. c. With respect to the foregoing, the division: (1) Develops, coordinates, publishes, and distributes field guidance to accomplish the Office of Aviation Medicine program goals. (2) Recommends policy and develops plans and procedures for evaluation of national medical activities. Makes recommendations and coordinates action to correct deficiencies. (3) Develops, recommends, and administers policies and procedures for the Office of Aviation Medicine in areas of: (a) Organizational and program planning, including emergency readiness for all elements of the office. (b) Budget and financial management. (c) Information resources management. (d) Organization and staffing. (e) Human resource management, training, and utilization. (f) Office physical security. (g) Management analysis. (h) Personnel management operations. (i) Program evaluation. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 7

31. PLANNING, EVALUATION AND INFORMATION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT BRANCH

is responsible for the following functions: a. Develops and implements the Office of Aviation Medicine planning program by recommending planning standards and policies and procedures to meet Office of Aviation Medicine management needs, comply with applicable FAA and Department of Transportation (DOT) planning requirements and policies, and applicable Federal laws. b. Facilities development of Office of Aviation Medicine plans. c. Develops emergency readiness plans for Office of Aviation Medicine personnel and facilities. Coordinates development of Office of Aviation Medicine's civil aviation defense readiness plans and programs to ensure continuity of civil aviation operations during a national emergency. Provides for AAM representation on all medical matters relating to defense readiness. d. Develops, plans and implements the Office of Aviation Medicine evaluation program by recommending evaluation standards and policies and procedures to meet Office of Aviation Medicine management needs, and to comply with applicable FAA and DOT evaluation requirements and policies. e. Evaluates AAM program management, operations, and functions nationwide. f. Serves as the Office of Aviation Medicine focal point for all external audits or evaluations to include Office of the Inspector General, General Accounting Office, etc. g. Coordinates and implements Office of Management and Budget (OMB) management programs such as OMB's Circular A-76 program (Performance of Commercial Activities). h. Develops, manages, and implements the AAM Information Resource Management (IRM) program ensuring compliance with agency IRM policies and requirements. Budgets for IRM resources. Develops Office of Aviation Medicine IRM policies. Develops application systems. Plans the Office of Aviation Medicine IRM program, procuring hardware, software, maintenance, and IRM support services. I. Manages and coordinates executive information systems and processes. j. Plans, manages, establishes policies, and controls the headquarters Office of Aviation Medicine Local Area Network including all system management, procurement, usage, and maintenance requirements. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 8 k. Develops and implements Office of Aviation Medicine total quality management (TQM) by recommending policies, standards, and procedures to meet FAA requirements and policies. l. Facilitates TQM processes and activities in the Office of Aviation Medicine. m. Coordinates and executes a variety of program and management analyses, studies, and special projects at the request of Congress and FAA and Office of Aviation Medicine management. n. Plans, conducts, and supports organizational development and other efforts to promote effective work force utilization and productivity improvement; develops and administers systems for using work measurement techniques in the formulation of criteria for evaluating staffing requirements. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 9

32. MANAGEMENT SUPPORT BRANCH

is responsible for the following functions: a. Develops personnel programs within the framework of agency personnel policy, and provides leadership in the development and implementation of a national program for the Office of Aviation Medicine. b. Represents the Office of Aviation Medicine in the development of new agency personnel programs and administers the Office of Aviation Medicine's responsibilities under existing agency programs, including representation in the development of standards; administration of the incentive awards program, Equal Employment Opportunity programs, the personnel security program, employee relations matters; and other agency personnel projects. c. Develops and recommends national training objectives and programs for the Office of Aviation Medicine within the framework of agency training policies. Reviews regional training plans to ensure consistency with national training objectives. d. Directs the paperwork management program, providing control and coordination of publications, forms, reports, and records. e. Maintains accountability records of assigned property and equipment throughout the Office of Aviation Medicine headquarters and conducts annual inventory of such. f. Manages office space and telephones for the Office of Aviation Medicine headquarters organization. g. Develops and administers FAA's Physicians Comparability Allowance Plan. h. Manages the office Directives Management Program and coordinates the review of agency directives and Medical Guideline Letters. i. Assists in the management of international activities within the Office of Aviation Medicine organization, and in coordinating the development of international policies, International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standards and regulations. j. Develops, standardizes, and administers requirements for space and equipment for Medical Field Offices (MFO). This includes all temporary MFO's, new Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) operations support wing MFO's, and new permanent MFO's. k. Develops workload staffing standards to determine the personnel requirements necessary for the accomplishment of the Office of Aviation Medicine's objectives. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 10

33. FINANCE BRANCH

is responsible for the following functions: a. Plans and conducts a program to promote effective work force utilization and productivity improvement; develops and administers systems for using work measurement techniques in the formulation of criteria for evaluating staffing requirements. b. Coordinates and evaluates the OMB Circular A-123 program (Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act) within the Office of Aviation Medicine. c. Manages and provides central coordination of all Office of Aviation Medicine research, engineering, and development (RE∧D) resources. d. Develops the Office of Aviation Medicine's budgetary policies and procedures, guidance material, and such other instructions as may be required to ensure an effective, efficient administration of the budget and fiscal programs for the Operations and RE∧D appropriation as follows: (1) Develops fiscal programs and budget estimates for Headquarters. (2) Allocates funds among Office of Aviation Medicine Washington Headquarters, CAMI, and the Regions, makes quarterly program reviews, and develops adjustments to allocations. (3) Reviews and evaluates national aviation medicine program budget estimates, work programs, and fiscal programs to determine responsiveness to national program requirements and capability of execution within the funds and resources provided and makes appropriate recommendations. (4) Develops the 5-Year Program for national Office of Aviation Medicine activities under the Operations and RE∧D appropriations. (5) Develops and participates in the presentation and recommendations in defense of the national Office of Aviation Medicine budget during FAA, DOT, OMB, and Congressional committee reviews. (6) Provides financial management advice to the Federal Air Surgeon and staff regarding medical programs and projects.

34-39. RESERVED

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 10-1 Figure 3-1 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 11

CHAPTER 4. MEDICAL SPECIALTIES DIVISION

40. MEDICAL SPECIALTIES DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Medical Specialties Division is shown in Figure 4-1. b. Functions. This division provides professional advice and technical knowledge to the Federal Air Surgeon, other Office of Aviation Medicine divisions, and other agency elements with respect to medical rulemaking, research, psychiatry, airman medical certification, agency employee medical clearance, accident investigation, employee health awareness activities, and occupational health. c. With respect to the foregoing, the division: (1) Develops, recommends, and promulgates medical standards and regulations for airmen as well as medical elements of rules, orders, and policies and procedures for other FAA programs. (2) Plans, develops, and administers the agency national Health Awareness Program. (3) Operates the FAA headquarters health clinic. (4) Develops, recommends, and promulgates standards, rules, and policies and procedures for agency employee-related medical programs. (5) Reviews, evaluates, and makes recommendations related to the Office of Aviation Medicine research program. (6) Serves as focal point for all international aviation medicine activities and ensures compliance with international agreements. (7) Provides medical review of all positive drug test cases involving Department of Transportation employees. (8) Monitors post-rehabilitation status of agency employees in safety- and security-sensitive programs. (9) Provides professional advice and technical support to the Federal Air Surgeon. (10) Participates in the identification of research requirements and the coordination of Office of Aviation Medicine research with other FAA offices. (11) Provides expert consultation to FAA offices regarding research results. (12) Develops, recommends, and promulgates medical standards for FAA ATCS personnel, and develops, recommends, and promulgates agency orders, policies and procedures for the agency ATCS Health Program. (13) Develops and recommends policies, directives, standards, and procedures, and implements FAA Employee Substance Abuse Programs. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 12

41. PSYCHIATRIC STAFF

is the principal element of the Office of Aviation Medicine which provides professional clinical advice and technical knowledge to the Federal Air Surgeon and other agency elements with respect to psychiatric and related condition a. Develops and coordinates with the Biomedical and Behavioral Sciences Branch research projects involving human factors in aviation safety, particularly in the areas of psychiatry and psychology. b. Participates with the Aeromedical Education Division in the development and presentation of AME training relating to the screening and evaluation of civil airmen. c. Provides expert advise and support in the area of alcoholism and substance abuse. d. Reviews results of psychiatric and psychological evaluations performed outside the Office of Aviation Medicine and makes recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon. e. Performs clinical psychiatric examinations of selected airmen, ATCS's, and other agency employees as required, and recommends action on individual cases. f. Supports agency legal counsel in case development and arranging for and/or providing expert testimony concerning the relationship between an individual's psychiatric-medical condition and aviation safety and supports the agency position in medical-legal matters. g. Provides clinical psychiatric advice and assistance to the Assistant Administrator for Civil Aviation Security. h. Provides psychiatric advice and assistance to the FAA headquarters health clinic. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 13

42. SUBSTANCE ABUSE PROGRAM STAFF

is the principle element of the office responsible for the development, implementation, administration, and management of FAA substance abuse programs as they pertain to FAA employees. This staff is responsible for the following functions: a. Develops, establishes, and coordinates national policies, goals, objectives and plans as they relate to the implementation of the FAA employee drug/alcohol testing program and in accordance with applicable regulations. b. Prepares directives on the FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program. c. Develops, recommends, and implements policies on employee substance abuse testing. d. Develops, recommends and implements new program initiatives to deter substance abuse. e. Provides guidance and direction to regional and center Drug Program Coordinators. f. In coordination with the Program Management Division, evaluates program implementation to determine operational effectiveness and consistency. g. Develops FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program strategic and tactical plans. h. Develops and analyzes FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program statistics. I. Serves as the point of contact on all FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program audit activities. j. Coordinates the FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program, and serves as a liaison to FAA, DOT and other organizations with regard to substance abuse programs. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 14

43. AEROMEDICAL STANDARDS BRANCH

ensures the application of the principles of aviation medicine to all aspects of the National Aviation System. With respect to the following: a. Develops, recommends, and promulgates medical standards for airmen and non-FAA ATCS personnel as well as rules, regulations, agency orders, and policies and procedures relative to medical programs of the FAA. b. Develops, recommends, and promulgates medical standards for FAA ATCS personnel as well as orders and policies and procedures relative to the agency's ATCS Health Program. c. Conducts a medical review system for special, complicated, or otherwise designated airman medical certification cases and other medical cases which require a determination at the Administrator or Federal Air Surgeon level. d. Reviews all medical regulatory programs, standards, and policies and procedures, and related activities of Office of Aviation Medicine. e. Provides management for, and support to the Federal Air Surgeon on one time special projects (e.g., forms, contract management, instructional manual revision, presentations, briefing papers, and issue papers). f. Serves as the Office of Aviation Medicine's liaison to other Federal and state agencies in matters related to the medical standards and certification procedures. Assists in the deployment of medical regulations, rules, standards, and policies and procedures in other Federal, state, and international agencies. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 15

44. EMPLOYEE HEALTH BRANCH

provides professional advice and technical information to the division manager, the Federal Air Surgeon, and other agency elements with respect to the health of agency employees. With respect to the foregoing: a. Manages the FAA Headquarters health clinic. Provides emergency care for on-the-job injuries and evaluates on-the-job illnesses. b. Plans, develops, and administers the agency national Health Awareness Program. Develops, recommends, and promulgates orders, policies, and procedures for the agency's national Health Awareness Program. c. Manages the agency headquarters Health Awareness Program. d. Provides technical guidance, reviews, and makes recommendations on to the Federal Air Surgeon concerning medical evaluation reports submitted by medical consultants from outside the agency. e. Conducts medical screening tests as part of employee health promotion activities and counsels employees about test results and the appropriate course of follow-up action. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 16

45. BIOMEDICAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES BRANCH

applies expertise in the medical, physiological, psychological, biochemical, and human engineering sciences to assure not only the definition of aeromedical requirements concerned with human performance, health, and protection in the National Aviation System, but also the monitoring, coordination, and accomplishment of research studies necessary to meet those requirements. Particular emphasis is placed on determining the effects of human behavior on system operations. Specific program areas that address these requirements include medical standards, human performance, accident prevention, protection and survival, and human resources. With respect to the following: a. Establishes and administers a structured system to identify, collect, and review requirements of FAA and other federal user elements for purposes of research planning. b. Provides advice and assistance to the Federal Air Surgeon for use in the review and approval of projects. c. Coordinates biomedical and behavioral sciences research. d. Provides expert biomedical and behavioral sciences advice and assistance to such agency elements as the Associate Administrator for Air Traffic, the Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards, the Associate Administrator for Human Resource Management, the Program Engineering and Maintenance Service, the Office of Flight Standards, the Systems Engineering Service, the FAA Technical Center, and other user elements. e. Assures dissemination of project findings to interested FAA managers and makes recommendations to those managers for application of these findings. f. Serves as the Agency's focal point for all international Aviation Medicine research matters and ensures compliance with international agreements. g. Conducts and/or monitors aeromedical research projects as determined by the Federal Air Surgeon's Research Committee. h. Coordinates 16pf testing for ATCS and Federal Air Marshal applicants.

45-49. RESERVED

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 16-1 Figure 4-1 MEDICAL SPECIALTIES DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 17

CHAPTER 5. CIVIL AEROMEDICAL INSTITUTE

50. CIVIL AEROMEDICAL INSTITUTE

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Civil Aeromedical Institute is shown in Figure 5-1. b. Functions. The Civil Aeromedical Institute conducts medical and related human factors research projects applicable to the FAA's mission; develops, maintains, and manages a system for the medical examination and certification of U.S. civil airmen; develops, maintains, and administers aviation medical educational programs to meet the needs of the agency; administers occupational health programs for agency employees and supports/ensures such programs for aviation industry employees; operates a medical clinic for the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center; and provides professional advice and technical knowledge to the Federal Air Surgeon and other agency elements. (1) Conducts research, aeromedical certification, medical education, and occupational health activities. (2) Evaluates human performance in aviation and air traffic controller environments, both simulated and actual, by conducting and applying the results of multidisciplinary medical, physiological, biochemical, and psychological studies; initiates both in-house and contractual research related to improving performance; and participates in select on-site visits to investigate and analyze major problems areas. (3) Participates in the national ATCS Selection, Training, and Tracking System (STTS); develops improved selection and retention tools for ATCS personnel; and serves as the national repository for data from the STTS. (4) Conducts research into the pharmacological, biochemical, and psychological aspects of human interactions with civil aviation environments. (5) Plans and executes in-flight studies to determine the effects of the civil aviation environment, flight procedures, and equipment upon the human body. (6) Conducts research into the capabilities and limitations relating to the effectiveness and reliability of personnel in the National Airspace System. (7) Investigates the effects of drugs, toxic chemicals, and certain practices peculiar to civil aviation on the human body, its tissues, and normal functions. (8) Maintains experimental animal facilities to perform laboratory tests in support of assigned research projects. (9) Monitors cabin safety problems and conducts research into on-board equipment and procedures to identify potential safety and efficiency improvements. (10) Investigates select general aviation and air carrier accidents and searches for biomedical and psychological causes of the accidents, including evidence of disease and chemical abuse; analyzes the accident data for select aviation populations; and studies accident survival. (11) Studies survivability factors in aircraft accidents. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 18 (12) Serves as the agency central repository for reports and data concerning the medical and human engineering design aspects of specific aviation accidents. (13) Evaluates and recommends to the Federal Air Surgeon appropriate revisions of the airman medical certification standards. (14) Administers a program for the selection, training, and management of physicians designated to conduct aviation medical examinations of civil airmen throughout the United States and abroad. (15) Administers a review system for the processing, professional evaluation, and disposition of applications for medical certification. (16) Manages a national repository of airman medical records. (17) Develops and publishes biostatistical data from airman medical records. (18) Disseminates medical education information through reports, booklets, films, and lectures to FAA components and the aviation public. (19) Administers programs of professional seminars and training for FAA pilots, inspectors, and medical personnel in aviation physiology, global survival, medical aspects of aircraft accident investigation, aviation medicine, and occupational/environmental medicine. (20) Administers a centralized national medical education programs for airmen, including medical exhibits, focused on aviation safety in support of the FAA national Accident Prevention Program and the national High-Altitude Indoctrination Program under agreements between the FAA and the United States Air Force and Navy. (21) Plans, develops, and delivers professional seminars for the AME program, the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs, and other FAA programs as required. (22) Serves the civil aviation community as a centralized national resource for aeromedical and scientific data. (23) Develops, recommends, administers, and evaluates policies, standards, regulations, and procedures for all FAA occupational health activities for agency employees and supports/ensures such programs for commercial aviation industry employees. (24) Manages the agency ATCS Health Program, including the ATCS Health Information System. (25) Provides a Health Awareness Program for federal employees at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. (26) Provides clinical support to the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center and its tenants. (27) Conducts preemployment, preappointment, and pilot medical examinations, and provides industrial hygiene services for personnel located at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. (28) Conducts a Hearing Conservation Program for the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 19

51. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT STAFF

. a. The staff provides budget/financial, procurement, information resource management, and administrative/management services for all elements of the Civil Aeromedical Institute. b. With respect to the foregoing, the staff: (1) Develops and coordinates local guidance and ensures implementation of Office of Aviation Medicine policies to accomplish program goals. (2) Develops, consolidates, and coordinates information required for budget submissions and other reports. Provides guidance, analyses, and preparation of assigned fiscal requirements on issues pertaining to staffing and funds. (3) Develops, recommends, and implements policies and procedures for CAMI in the areas of: (a) Program planning. (b) Budget execution and financial management of the Direct and Reimbursable Program activities. (c) Management information. (d) Organization and staffing. (e) Human resource management, training, utilization, and security. (f) Management analysis, communications, and facility support operations. (g) Automation and information resource management including centralized computer system management. (h) All procurement actions for supplies, equipment, and contracted services. (i) Monitoring of contractual services for equipment maintenance, research support, contract research studies, personal services, and reimbursable agreements for CAMI.

52.-59. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 19-1 Figure 5-1 CIVIL AEROMEDICAL INSTITUTE IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 20

CHAPTER 6: AEROMEDICAL CERTIFICATION DIVISION

60. AEROMEDICAL CERTIFICATION DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Aeromedical Certification Division is shown in Figure 6-1. b. Functions. This division administers the national program for airman medical certification. c. With respect to the foregoing, this division: (1) Develops, recommends, administers, and evaluates standards and procedures for all FAA airman medical certification activities and associated recordkeeping systems; provides professional and technical guidance to all elements of the agency engaged in such certification and recordkeeping activities. (2) Manages a national repository of airman medical records and a system for processing medical applications and issuing or denying medical certification. (3) Administers review systems for the professional evaluation and disposition of applications for medical certification. (4) Makes recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon on the disposition of referred airman medical qualification cases and operates a system for the processing and disposition of requests for special issuance. (5) Develops and recommends medical specifications for aircraft certification activities. (6) Provides evaluation data and recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon in the development of airman certification regulations, standards, rules, orders, and policies and procedures. (7) Evaluates the effectiveness of national, international, and field administration of medical certification and related aeromedical activities. (8) Provides evaluation data and recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon in the development of minimum medical standards for airmen, for certain (non-FAA) ATCS's, and for others concerned with flight activities. (9) Develops and publishes biostatistical data from airman medical records. (10) Develops and recommends rules, orders, and policies and procedures necessary to administer the medical certification program. (11) Establishes and maintains operating standards and procedures to ensure an effective and efficient medical certification automated processing system. (12) Monitors performance of AME's and provides statistical data to the Aeromedical Education Division for efficient management of the AME program. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 21 (13) Establishes, administers, and maintains standards and procedures to ensure an effective and efficient system for the electronic transmission of FAA Form 8500-8, Application for Airman Medical Certificate or Airman Medical and Student Pilot Certificate, medical data, and required electrocardiograms. (14) Develops and administers the medical elements of the Driving Under the Influence/Driving While Intoxicated (DUI/DWI) Program. Under the program, the Office of Aviation Medicine determines whether an airman who has a DUI/DWI conviction or admininistrative action is eligible for medical certification. (15) Develops and administers internal operating directives and procedures for the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs as they pertain to holders of medical certificates issued under Part 67 of the regulations. (16) Participates with the Aeromedical Education Division in the development and delivery of training for AME's and FAA personnel.

61. MEDICAL REVIEW BRANCH

. Determines the medical qualifications of airmen based on available information and initiates appropriate action; reviews controversial cases regarding issuance or denial of certification; develops national program guidance on matters regarding airman medical certification; manages the international repository of electrocardiograms (EKG's) and the automated EKG system. a. REVIEW, QUALIFICATIONS, AND EVALUATION SECTION. Analyzes and identifies incomplete or problematic applications for airman medical certification and initiates appropriate resolution action(s). Evaluates medical information and reports as they relate to medical applications, determines their responsiveness and relevance under established certification policies and procedures, and takes appropriate action. Reviews EKGs for technical deficiencies and coordinates further action with AME's and staff physicians when required.

62. SPECIAL ISSUANCE BRANCH

. Determines the disposition of special issuance and appeal cases and operates a system for processing such cases. Convenes and conducts consultant panel meetings as required to review and recommend disposition of special issuance cases. a. PROCESSING SECTION. Evaluates and processes new special issuance cases and conducts consultant panel meetings as required. b. RENEWAL SECTION. Evaluates and processes recertification cases, evaluating follow-up reports, and issuing a renewed medical certificate when appropriate. Manages the automated Special Issuance Tracking System.

63. PROGRAM SUPPORT BRANCH

. Provides administrative, clerical, financial, statistical, automation, and program management support for the division including procurement and administration of certification-related contracts. Manages the automated system for collection and dissemination of medical data for the aeromedical certification program, medical accident investigation program, and international repository of airman medical certification records. a. RECORDS SECTION. Maintains medical certification records and provides search, retrieval, and duplication services in support of the airman medical certification program. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 22 b. CORRESPONDING SECTION. Provides clerical support to the division, including composing and preparing correspondence to airmen regarding aeromedical certification.

64-69. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 22-1 Figure 6-1 AEROMEDICAL CERTIFICATION DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 23

CHAPTER 7. AEROMEDICAL EDUCATION DIVISION

70. AEROMEDICAL EDUCATION DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Aeromedical Education Division is shown in Figure 7-1. b. Functions. This division develops policies, procedures, and practices with respect to aeromedical education, and administers aviation medical education programs to meet the needs of the agency and the civilian aviation community. c. With respect to the foregoing, the division: (1) Plans, develops, and administers the AME Program. (2) Plans, develops, and administers professional and/or technical training for FAA pilots, inspectors, and medical personnel in a variety of topics, including aviation physiology, global survival, medical and human factors aspects of aircraft accident investigation, aviation medicine, and occupational/environmental medicine. (3) Plans, develops, and administers nationwide aeromedical education programs for airmen in support of the FAA national Accident Prevention Program and the national High-Altitude Indoctrination Program, under agreements between the FAA and the United States Air Force and Navy. (4) Plans, develops, and administers aeromedical training in support of the AME Program, the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs, and any other programs required to meet the needs of the agency. (5) Selects, designates, re-designates, re-appoints, and terminates designation of military (Department of Defense, Coast Guard, and other federal agencies) and international AME's. (6) Disseminates aeromedical education information and data to FAA personnel, AME's, and the civilian aviation community, and the general public upon approval by the Federal Air Surgeon, using all available delivery media and/or methods. (7) Manages and maintains the CAMI aeromedical library. (8) Serves as a centralized national resource of aeromedical information and scientific data for the civilian aviation community. (9) Supports research programs within the agency, and conducts own research as required to support the development of medical education programs. (10) Plans, develops, and administers an employee development program for Office of Aviation Medicine personnel. (11) Determines in coordination with the Regional Flight Surgeons, the geographical distribution of designated AME's (including senior AME's) to ensure adequate coverage to serve the needs of the pilot population. Takes action to correct any existing discrepancies nationally and internationally. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 24 (12) Plans, develops, and administers a uniform AME performance evaluation program that provides information as to the quality of examinations conducted by each AME. (13) Coordinates with the offices of the Surgeons General of the Armed Forces, and with appropriate representatives of the Coast Guard, National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), and other federal agencies, in the designation of military flight surgeons and federal civilian physicians as AMEs. (14) Coordinates with the State Department and foreign embassies in the designation of international AMEs. (15) Provides management data for evaluation of the AME system.

71. AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER PROGRAMS BRANCH

. a. This branch develops, maintains, and administers nationwide aviation medical education programs for AME's to meet the needs of the agency and the civilian aviation community. b. With respect to the foregoing, the branch: (1) Plans and develops standard criteria, and administers a centralized program for the selection, designation, training, and management of physicians appointed to conduct aviation medical examinations of civil airmen throughout the United States and abroad. Ensures that the approved standard criteria for selection, designation, and training are applied equitably in all areas. (2) Coordinates with the offices of the Surgeons General of the Armed Forces, and with appropriate representatives of the Coast Guard, NASA, and other federal agencies, in the designation of flight surgeons and federal civilian physicians to conduct aviation medical examinations and issue airman medical certificates to government personnel needing FAA certification. (3) Coordinates with the State Department and foreign embassies in the designation of international physicians to conduct aviation medical examinations and issue FAA medical certificates to US airmen in foreign countries, in accordance with Section 67.12 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. (4) Monitors the compilation and publication of the directory of AME's, and maintains a master list of all AME's. (5) Develops and implements necessary training to ensure that AME's and their staffs are informed of pertinent agency regulations and of the latest developments in medical technology, procedures, and research in the field of aviation medicine. (6) Plans, develops, and conducts AME training programs as outlined in Order 8520.2D, Aviation Medical Examiner System. Training is designed to include current information from the medical and behavioral sciences that bears on the ability to safely operate aircraft. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 25 (7) Provides management data for evaluation of the AME system. (8) Disseminates aviation medical education information and data using all available delivery media and/or methods to assist AMEs in training the flying public in aviation safety. (9) Develops and recommends policies, procedures, and standards for the administration of the AME system. (10) Operates and maintains the AME Records System which is the central repository of all of the information on the AME's (active and inactive).

72. AIRMAN EDUCATION PROGRAMS BRANCH

. a. This branch plans, develops, maintains, and administers nationwide aviation medical education programs for airmen to meet the needs of the agency and the civilian aviation community. b. With respect to the foregoing, the branch: (1) Plans, develops, and conducts nationwide education activities (using all available delivery media and/or methods). to disseminate aeromedical information and scientific data to airmen, aviation industry, aviation organizations, academic institutions, and the general public in support of the agency's mission of promoting aviation safety. (2) Develops physiological and survival training standards for FAA flight crews. Reviews existing standards periodically, and when necessary, recommends updates for publications in FAA Order 4090.9D, FAA Aircraft Management Program. (3) Develops and disseminates educational materials (Federal Air Surgeon's Medical Bulletin, brochures, handouts, videotapes) to the civilian aviation community on topics that address important aeromedical issues related to day-to-day aviation operations. Develops audiovisual materials on specific aeromedical subjects for loan to AME's to support the dissemination of medical information that promotes aviation safety. (4) Plans, develops, and conducts or arranges professional and/or technical training for FAA personnel, including pilots, inspectors, accident prevention program personnel, and medical personnel in areas of aviation physiology, global survival, medical and human factors aspects of aircraft accident investigation, aviation medicine, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and first aid. (5) Plans, develops, conducts or arranges, and administers nationwide aeromedical education programs for airmen focused on aviation safety (including aeromedical exhibits) in support of the FAA National Accident Prevention Program and the national High-Altitude Indoctrination Program, under agreements between the FAA and the United States Air Force and Navy. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 26 (6) Provides altitude chamber training for FAA flight crews (to meet regulatory requirements) and civilian airmen at CAMI and at military installations across the country. Operates and maintains CAMI altitude chambers in support of the physiological training program and of research projects. (7) Develops and maintains a database on altitude (hypobaric) chamber operations for the purpose of assessing the prevalence of adverse individual reactions to chamber flights, evaluating the long-term effects of repeated chamber flight exposures among instructors, and monitoring chamber workload or usage.

73.-79. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 26-1 Figure 7-1 AEROMEDICAL EDUCATION DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 27

CHAPTER 8: HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH DIVISION

80. HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Human Resources Research Division is shown in Figure 8-1. b. Functions. This division conducts an integrated program of field and laboratory research in personnel, organizational, and human factors aspects of aviation work environments. Research includes, but is not limited to, agency work force optimization, training analysis and career enhancement, human performance under various conditions of impairment, human error analysis and remediation, impact of advanced automation systems on personnel requirements and performance, and the psychophysiological aspects of workload and work scheduling on job proficiency and safety in aviation-related human-machine systems. As part of the evaluation and validation research efforts, centralized data bases are maintained for ATCS selection and training and for the selection and training of agency supervisors in special programs. c. With respect to these responsibilities, this division: (1) Studies human resources/human factors issues associated with the current and future National Airspace System (e.g., pilot-controller communication, cockpit resource management, performance errors) and in cooperation with the National Plan for Aviation Human Factors. (2) Evaluates selection and training programs for aviation personnel (e.g., controllers and flight crews) via longitudinal databases of selection test scores, psychological measures, and training and field performance to ensure the validity and effectiveness of selection, training, and certification. (3) Conducts human factors research to evaluate operational performance, human skill requirements, and safety implications of advanced automation concepts. (4) Conducts research on the psychological dimensions of the fit between individuals and their work environment to optimize job performance, job satisfaction, and well being. (5) Executes human factors research concerned with the influence of stressors (e.g., workload and workshifts) on team and individual performance to maximize work proficiency and safety in flight and ground environments. (6) Analyzes the role of biographical, psychological, situational, and organizational factors in supervisory and managerial recruitment, selection, and training systems. (7) Develops dynamic and valid job task analyses from which skill requirements and performance measures are derived for air traffic control, other agency occupations, and pilots. (8) Provides expert advice and assistance to the Federal Air Surgeon and to such agency elements as the Associate Administrator for Air Traffic, the Associate Administrator for Human Resource Management, and other user elements. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 28

81. TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS STAFF

. This section provides support to the research laboratories through computer system management, computer programming for the development of databases, and acquisition and maintenance of all computer hardware and software utilized by division personnel. Assists in the coordination of information resources management activities within the division and CAMI.

82. HUMAN FACTORS RESEARCH LABORATORY

. This laboratory plans and conducts a broad-based program of basic and applied research in human factors issues in the design, operation and maintenance of components of the National Airspace System (NAS). The Laboratory's primary mission is to enhance safety and human performance in the operation of the NAS. Guidance for program development was obtained from the National Plan for Aviation Human Factors. Research includes assessing the impact of advanced technology; design of intelligent systems to aid individual and team performance; work to facilitate information transfer among humans and equipment; research on stressors and environmental conditions which tend to impair human performance; and research to identify characteristics of job tasks, equipment, environments and the human which influence performance of pilots, ATCS's, and airway facilities maintenance specialists. a. ADVANCED SYSTEMS RESEARCH SECTION. Performs research on the impact of advanced technology on functions performed by humans and the implications of advanced automation for human/machine design. Employs notions of human centered design and human/computer collaboration and "teaming" in the functional design of automated systems, particularly for pilots and ATCS's. Investigates applications of intelligent systems and innovative control/display concepts as approaches for improving human performance and overall system effectiveness. b. BEHAVIORAL STRESSORS RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research on stressor variables and conditions which could have the effect of impairing an individual's readiness to perform at required performance levels. Considers work environment issues involving ATCS and pilot job performance such as workload, shift management, age, fatigue, adverse physical conditions, stressors involving drug and alcohol usage, and color perception. Quantifies level of performance decrements and identifies remedial actions and strategies for taking design, procedural, or policy steps to reduce performance decrements and enhance individual performance readiness. c. INFORMATION TRANSFER RESEARCH SECTION. Performs research to facilitate information sensing, processing, control, and management. Develops requirements for communications and information transfer for air/ground, ground/air, human/equipment, and human/human interface conditions. Explores influence of automated system concepts on information transfer functions and throughput requirements. Also considers the design and delivery of technical information in procedures and diagnostic documents and addresses questions of comprehensibility and design of formats and delivery techniques. d. PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT RESEARCH SECTION. Performs research to quantify, analyze, and assess performance of pilots, ATCSs and Airway Facility maintainers under a wide variety of laboratory and on-site conditions. Develops human error taxonomies which facilitate root cause analysis and the identification and modification of human error inducive designs. Assesses team as well as individual performance for purposes of crew resource management (CRM) and designing crew functions and tasks with shared-authority provisions, particularly with pilots and ATCS's. Develops and maintains human performance data bases as a source of information for identifying and prioritizing human factors issues and for designing strategies for problem solution. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 29

83. TRAINING AND ORGANIZATIONAL RESEARCH LABORATORY

. This laboratory conducts an integrated program of field research to optimize behavioral, personnel, and organizational aspects of aviation work environments. Research includes, but is not limited to, development and evaluation of selection and training systems for aviation occupations and the assessment of psychological and work environment factors which influence individual performance and organizational effectiveness. a. AVIATION CAREER SYSTEMS RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research on the relationships between biographical, psychological, situational, and organizational factors and the effective performance of supervisory and managerial job functions; analyzes the functional utility of training curricula designed to improve leadership skills and supervisor/manager performance; and establishes performance criteria for the validation of supervisor, management, and other specialized recruitment, selection, development, and training systems. b. ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS RESEARCH SECTION. Identifies by scientific methods the psychological dimensions (e.g., personality variables, job attitudes) and work environment factors (organizational climate, management practices) that impact on organizational effectiveness and individual health, performance, and ability to meet the problem-solving demands of complex aviation requirements. c. SELECTION AND VALIDATION RESEARCH SECTION. Develops and evaluates the validity and effectiveness of selection tests and programs for aviation personnel (e.g., controllers, aircrew) through longitudinal research on selection test scores, psychological measures, criterion performance measures, and application of job task data. d. TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE DATA RESEARCH SECTION. Performs research on the validity and effectiveness of training and personnel performance and selection programs for aviation occupations (e.g., controllers, pilots); determines program components that predict training and on-the-job success of individuals and work teams (e.g., cockpit or tower crews); assesses the impact of different instructional technologies and methodologies on training and performance; identifies new methods for measuring, archiving, and disseminating performance data for use as research criteria, formative feedback to trainers, and management information.

84.-89. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 29-1 Figure 8-1 HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 30

CHAPTER 9: AEROMEDICAL RESEARCH DIVISION

90. AEROMEDICAL RESEARCH DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Aeromedical Research Division is shown in Figure 9-1. b. Functions. The Aeromedical Research Division evaluates human performance in aviation and air traffic controller environments, both simulated and actual, by applying multidisciplinary medical, physiological and biochemical studies; conducts protection and survival research; initiates both in-house and contractual research related to improving performance; and participates in select onsite visits to investigate and analyze major problem areas. c. With respect to the foregoing: (1) Plans and executes studies to determine the effects of the civil aviation environment, flight procedures, and equipment upon the human body. (2) Conducts research into the clinical and biomedical capabilities and limitations relating to the effectiveness and reliability of personnel in the National Airspace System. (3) Investigates the effects of drugs, toxic chemicals, and certain practices peculiar to civil aviation on the human body, its tissues, and normal functions. (4) Studies survivability factors relating to aircraft accidents. (5) Monitors aircraft cabin safety problems and conducts research into on-board equipment and procedures to identify potential safety and efficiency improvements. (6) Investigates selected general aviation and air carrier accidents and searches for biomedical and clinical causes of the accidents, including evidence of disease and chemical abuse; analyzes the accident data for selected aviation populations; and studies accident survival. (7) Serves as the agency central repository for reports and data concerning the medical and human engineering design aspects of specific accidents that are investigated.

91. DATA ANALYSIS STAFF

. Provides biometrics and biostatistical advice and assistance to division scientists. Works with the division scientists to ensure that computer-based data collection is in a form most adaptable to automated collection, tabulation, and subsequent technical and biostatistical analysis. Assists in the coordination of information resources management activities within the division and CAMI.

92. VETERINARY MEDICINE STAFF

. Maintains experimental animal facilities to perform laboratory tests in support of assigned research projects. Coordinates with division scientists the procurement and receipt of needed experimental animals. Maintains facilities and procedures in accordance with certification requirements of the American Association for Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 31

93. TOXICOLOGY AND ACCIDENT RESEARCH LABORATORY

. Studies medical findings in aircraft accidents and defines relationships between those findings and the safe operation of aircraft. a. AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts medical and laboratory studies of aircraft accident victims, including onsite participation in selected cases, to analyze medical, engineering, and human factors findings gained from such cases and conducts appropriate research into the relationships of such findings to the safe operation of aircraft. Develops methods for the better understanding of such factors in aircraft accidents. Studies performance decrements resulting from disease processes to determine their effects on aviation safety. Maintains a comprehensive data base pertaining to cockpit and cabin safety-related factors in general aviation and transport aircraft. Research may incorporate aircraft and simulators. b. FORENSIC TOXICOLOGY RESEARCH SECTION. Detects and measures drugs, alcohol, toxic gases, and toxic industrial chemicals in victims of fatal aircraft accidents as a contribution to the analysis of accident causation; studies the conditions which affect the accuracy and validity of such measurements and adapts or develops improved methods for making such measurements. Clinical chemical measurements are made and analyzed to determine significant health trends in aviation personnel, and analytical service is furnished in support of other CAMI tasks when required. c. BIOCHEMISTRY RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research into problems that affect the aviation industry and that depend primarily on biochemical factors. Develops analytic methodology in areas of aviation concern. Performs analytic procedures at a reference laboratory level and contributes to the quality assurance programs required by CAMI.

94. AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY

. Conducts research on current and anticipated physiological problems in aviation medicine. Research is designed to define safe task performance in aviation and air traffic control activities. Static and potentially unstable medical conditions, treated and untreated, are studied to help predict incapacitation in flight and air traffic control scenarios, and the influence of various environmental factors on functioning in aviation environments is evaluated for both air crews and passengers. Research uses electrophysiological and/or behavioral indices of performance deficits as appropriate; uses human subjects in field studies, human subjects working in laboratory simulations, or animal model systems, as appropriate and necessary. a. NEUROSCIENCE RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research into the effects of sensory deficits and/or other brain dysfunctions on safe task performance in aviation. Conducts research into the effects of drugs and other environmental toxicants on brain functions and safe task performance. Serves agency as advisory resource in areas related to neurological factors affecting aviation safety. b. VISION RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research on current and anticipated vision problems in aviation activities. Research includes: supporting the airman medical certification process; assessing the impact of corrective devices available on the market; evaluating the effects of aging and chronic disease as they relate to airman visual performance; and promoting suitable vision screening procedures by evaluating newly emergent techniques for the assessment of visual performance and their applicability to aviation. Serves the agency as an advisory resource in areas relating to ophthalmic factors affecting aviation safety. c. ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research into environmental factors that detrimentally influence human functioning and physiology in aviation environments. Studies emergency situations to determine adequacy of aircraft protective breathing devices. Develops information on the medical certificability of civilian airmen exhibiting a broad range of medical conditions, both untreated and treated. Subject stressors include altitude exposure, compromised air quality, thermal imbalance, and noise and vibration; also included for study are biochemical microenvironments induced by selective use of drugs (prescription, nonprescription, and illicit), alcohol, and cigarettes. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 32 d. RADIOBIOLOGY RESEARCH SECTION. Performs research on the effects of radiation (both ionizing and non-ionizing) on living systems with particular attention to the characteristics of radiosensitive tissue; and identifies radiation hazards within the aviation environment and studies methods of protection from such hazards.

95. PROTECTION AND SURVIVAL LABORATORY

. Conducts studies and research pertaining to the human aspects of protection and survival from exposure to hazardous conditions relative to civil aviation. Research includes, but is not limited to: methods of attenuating or preventing crash injuries, devising concepts and evaluating survival equipment used under adverse environmental and emergency conditions, establishing human physical limitations of civil aviation operations, and evaluating emergency procedures from downed aircraft. Develops and administers a multi-media program of research documentation and safety education. a. TECHNICAL AND SCIENTIFIC IMAGERY STAFF. Conceives, plans, and accomplishes imagery support for aeromedical research projects in the division using multi-disciplinary techniques and acquired skills in imagery technology. Supports research programs within the laboratory through specialized computer-based data entry and data analyses. Prepares research documentation for use as educational material. b. BIODYNAMICS RESEARCH SECTION. Evaluates the injury potential of new materials and structures. Provides equipment and crash expertise for protection and survival research programs. Performs specialized data collection and analysis functions necessary for impact research accomplishment. Develops new methods, techniques, and equipment for reevaluating injury potential. Conducts tests utilizing animate and inanimate test subjects under simulated crash environments and supports other sections in conducting dynamic tests. c. CABIN SAFETY RESEARCH SECTION. Conducts research studies and tests pertaining to the emergency evacuation of aircraft, water survival, and physical anthropology; accomplishes analysis of the data resulting from these activities; and disseminates the data and analysis through reports, and by participation in scientific/technological meetings. Studies emergency situations to determine adequacy of survival equipment based on human requirements.

96.-99. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 32-1 Figure 9-1 AEROMEDICAL RESEARCH DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 33

CHAPTER 10: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH DIVISION

100. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Occupational Health Division is shown in Figure 10-1. b. Functions. This division administers agency occupational health programs for commercial aviation industry and agency employees pursuant to Pub. L. 91-596, the Occupational Safety and Health Act; and Executive Order 12196, Occupational Safety and Health Programs for Federal Employees; and provides professional advice and technical knowledge to the Federal Air Surgeon and other agency elements. This division manages a professional, technical, and clerical staff that functions in the Occupational Medicine Branch, the Clinical Operations Branch, and the Environmental Health Branch. c. With respect to the foregoing: (1) Develops, recommends, administers, and evaluates standards, regulations, and policies and procedures for all FAA occupational health activities. (2) Develops appropriate regulations, policies, and procedures in support of the occupational health programs for commercial aviation industry employees. (3) Manages the agency ATCS Health Program, including the ATCS health information system. (4) Provides evaluation data and recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon in the development of ATCS medical standards, orders, and policies and procedures. (5) Develops, conducts, and coordinates with the Medical Specialties Division, projects involving clinical factors in aviation safety. (6) Provides technical guidance, reviews results of medical evaluations of Office of Workers Compensation Program cases, and makes recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon. (7) Provides professional and technical guidance and evaluation for all elements of the agency engaged in occupational health activities. (8) Provides appropriate laboratory and physical examinations for agency employees exposed or potentially exposed to physical, chemical, or biological hazards in the course of their duties. (9) Provides a national program for the preservation of employee health through the recognition, evaluation, and control of environmental health hazards. (10) Provides emergency medical advice and industrial hygiene services for personnel located at the Aeronautical Center. (11) Provides consultation, advice, and emergency treatment for on-the-job illness or injury for personnel located at the Aeronautical Center; and provides medical services required to support the Aeronautical Center emergency operations program. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 34 (12) Coordinates all elements of the FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program at the Aeronautical Center. (13) Provides a health awareness program available to all federal employees at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. This program promotes a healthy workforce through health screening, health information, and the encouragement of a healthy life style.

101. OCCUPATIONAL MEDICINE BRANCH

. Develops, recommends, administers, and evaluates policies, standards, and procedures for all FAA occupational medicine activities. Functions include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Develops rulemaking for implementing the agency's Occupational Health Program. b. Develops research or studies efforts to identify occupational health problems that may affect airline industry employees. c. Provides evaluation data and recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon in the development of agency orders and policies and procedures. d. Provides technical guidance and evaluation of medical services at airports for airline passengers and employees. e. Identifies potential health problems and negative environmental impacts on airline passengers and, when appropriate, issues Advisory Circulars. f. Manages the FAA ATCS Health Program. g. Reviews or develops medical standards for agency employees. Recommends medical standards or changes in medical standards to the Federal Air Surgeon. h. Provides technical guidance and reviews results of medical evaluations performed by medical specialists outside the agency and makes recommendations to the Federal Air Surgeon. i. Provides professional technical guidance and evaluation for all elements of the agency concerning the Occupational Health Division.

102. CLINICAL OPERATIONS BRANCH

. a. Provides clinical support to the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center and its tenants. b. Provides consultation, advice, and emergency treatment for on-the-job illness or injury for agency personnel located at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. c. Plans and administers medical services to support the Aeronautical Center emergency operations program. d. Conducts a hearing conservation program for the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 35 e. Develops, conducts, and coordinates, with the Aeromedical Research Division, projects involving clinical factors in aviation safety. f. Performs the clinical functions associated with all FAA Employee Substance Abuse Programs at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center. g. Provides a Health Awareness Program available to all federal employees at the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center.

103. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH BRANCH

. a. Establishes objectives, standards, and policies and procedures, and manages a comprehensive environmental health/industrial hygiene program for all agency employees. Provides environmental health/industrial hygiene investigation and evaluation services, laboratory research, training support, and program implementation. b. Provides professional and technical guidance, and establishes standards and policies and procedures for all elements of the agency engaged in environmental health/industrial hygiene activities. c. Represents the agency on all matters pertaining to environmental health and industrial hygiene.

104-109. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 35-1 Figure 10-1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 36

CHAPTER 11. DRUG ABATEMENT DIVISION

110. DRUG ABATEMENT DIVISION

. a. Structure. The functional organization or the Drug Abatement Division is shown in Figure 11-1. b. Functions. The division is the principal agency element responsible for the development, implementation, administration, evaluation, and compliance monitoring of the aviation industry anti-drug program as mandated by Federal Aviation Regulations Part 121, Appendix I. This regulation requires air carriers, air taxi/commuters, and certain other aviation employers to implement anti-drug programs. The division is responsible for other related programs as required by statutes or national, DOT, or FAA initiatives. c. With respect to the foregoing, the division: (1) Establishes, coordinates, and communicates national policy, goals, objectives, and plans related to the implementation and compliance monitoring of the division's programs. (2) Develops, recommends, coordinates, and implements new programs which will reduce drug or alcohol misuse or abuse in the aviation industry and improve safety. (3) Serves as principal agency contact point and liaison for the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, DOT modal administration, the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the Office of National Drug Control Policy, and other federal agencies on all matters relating to the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (4) Serves as principal agency contact point and liaison for aviation trade associations, airlines, and other aviation elements affected by the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (5) Develops and coordinates rulemaking actions required to change existing division programs or to implement new programs. Processes petitions for exemption from the division's programs. (6) Develops and disseminates guidance material and technical information to assist the aviation industry in complying with the FAR. Conducts or participates in informational conferences or public hearings. (7) Develops and maintains an automated information system to assure efficiency and effectiveness in all aspects of the division's programs. (8) Evaluates program implementation to determine operational effectiveness and identify problem areas for correction. Evaluates overall effectiveness of the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention regulations in preventing drug and alcohol abuse in the aviation industry. (9) Coordinates and integrates program activities with other affected operational elements within the agency. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 37 (10) Anticipates and plans for future operational requirements for headquarters and field elements. (11) Provides program management, technical oversight, and operational guidance to regional drug abatement staffs.

111. PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BRANCH

. This branch is responsible for the following functions: (a) Develops and recommends FAA industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention program policies and procedures. Coordinates regulatory interpretations with appropriate FAA and DOT offices. (b) Establishes goals and objectives for accomplishing program implementation. (c) Develops and distributes program guidance materials and provides technical assistance to the industry. (d) Develops evaluation criteria for use in reviewing aviation drug and alcohol plans submitted by aviation entities. (e) Manages review of aviation entity plans, recommends revisions to plan submitters, and approves plans when they meet regulatory requirements. Reviews plan amendments and all other actions related to specific aviation drug and alcohol plans. Oversees contractor support to supplement branch resources in review of industry plans. (f) Develops and maintains an automated industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention program tracking system for monitoring plan status and compliance with plan submission requirements. (g) Plans and conducts FAA-sponsored information conferences for the aviation industry on the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (h) Develops standards and criteria for the establishment of aviation consortia. Reviews consortium aviation drug and alcohol programs, recommends program revisions to consortia, and approves programs meeting regulatory requirements. Serves as the primary focal point for all aviation consortia issues. (i) Identifies carriers and operators in possible noncompliance with approved plans and notifies the Compliance and Enforcement Branch. (j) Works with industry program managers as appropriate to address general issues affecting program design and implementation. (k) Establishes evaluation criteria to determine impact and effectiveness of the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention regulations and conducts or coordinates the conduct of program evaluation studies, in conjunction with the other branches of the Division. (l) Initiates or develops proposed rule amendments or administrative actions to address program issues and problems identified in program evaluation, through interaction with the aviation industry and other governmental entities. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 38 (m) Reviews industry anti-drug program test results, analyzes data, and develops program summaries. Identifies possible noncompliance problems and notifies the Compliance and Enforcement Branch.

112. COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT BRANCH

. This branch is responsible for the following functions: (a) Formulates national policies and procedures relating to the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs' compliance functions. (b) Develops compliance monitoring procedures and methods, including on-site inspections, records review, reporting, and enforcement activities. (c) Provides program direction and oversight for the FAA regionally-based compliance activities for the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (d) Develops and coordinates rulemaking actions which relate to the compliance functions. (e) Evaluates the implementation of the compliance efforts to determine program effectiveness and recommends corrective actions for problems which are identified. (f) Works with industry program managers to correct problem areas which are identified during compliance monitoring and investigates complaints about rule violations. (g) Develops proposed sanctions for aviation entities which are not in program compliance, in conjunction with the Office of the Chief Counsel. (h) Conducts on-site inspections in response to complaints of rule violations. Conducts other special inspections, as required. (i) Develops, promotes, and oversees the implementation of self-evaluation programs by aviation employers to encourage voluntary compliance. (j) Oversees contractor support for the compliance and enforcement program.

113. SPECIAL PROJECTS BRANCH

. This branch is responsible for the following functions: (a) Conducts special studies to support development of program strategies and initiatives, resolution of policy issues, rulemaking, projection of resource requirements, and program evaluation. (b) Analyzes program data and prepares reports on program status and results, in response to requests from FAA offices, the Office of the Secretary of Transportation, Congress, and other organizations. (c) Develops or coordinates the preparation of program strategies, goals, and objectives as required for the Office of Aviation Medicine, FAA, and DOT planning efforts in coordination with other branches in the Division. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 39 (d) Prepares the division's portion of Office of Aviation Medicine budget requests, including budget initiatives, to reflect program plans, policy initiatives, workloads, and other factors bearing on resource requirements. (e) Develops project plans and options, in conjunction with the other branches, for implementation of program and policy initiatives and deployment of relevant resources, and coordinates these efforts with affected offices and programs in FAA, DOT, and other organizations. (f) Coordinates the Office of Aviation Medicine operational planning process for the division to facilitate priority setting, assignment tracking, and workload distribution. (g) Serves as the Division's focal point in matters relating to automation and MIS. (h) Develops or assists other Division branches in the preparation of standard operating procedures, organizational structures, and operating policies to assure efficient and effective program administration. (i) Develops division policy or guidance in administrative support areas. (j) Serves as division focal point for Freedom of Information Act and Congressional correspondence concerning the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention program, and serves as internal focal point on program issues pertaining to release of information to the public and privacy rights.

114.-119. Reserved

. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 39-1 Fig 11-1 DRUG ABATEMENT DIVISION IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 40

CHAPTER 12. REGIONAL MEDICAL DIVISIONS

120. REGIONAL AVIATION MEDICAL DIVISIONS

. a. Structure. The functional organization of the Regional Aviation Medical Divisions is shown in Figure 12-1. b. Functions. (1) The divisions manage and direct regional aviation medical programs under the executive direction of the Deputy Federal Air Surgeon. They administer and direct the airman medical certification, occupational health, and AME programs throughout the region. They investigate and evaluate the human factors aspects of civil aircraft accidents, conduct and participate in medical educational programs for airmen and agency employees, and administer the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention and FAA employee substance abuse programs. The Regional Flight Surgeons represent the Federal Air Surgeon on all medical matters within their geographic area. (2) With respect to the foregoing: (a) Plan and administer a medical certification program for airmen, including professional review and adjudication of cases involving medical pathology and other problems requiring resolution at the regional level. (b) Administer and operate regional programs which determine the medical fitness and clearance (e.g., ATCS Health Program) of agency employees for work duty. (c) Administer the regional AME program, including the selection, training, designation, redesignation, or termination or non-renewal of designation. (d) Direct, coordinate, and participate in the program of human factors evaluation in aircraft accident investigation of those accidents occurring within the region (or elsewhere, upon request of higher authority); perform collaborative accident research with CAMI. (e) Provide medical services (e.g., medical examinations, emergency medical assistance) to agency field employees who are within commuting distance of FAA medical field offices (normally located in Air Route Traffic Control Centers). (f) Provide professional advice and guidance to the Regional Administrator on all aviation medical matters and arrange for the provision of such advice and guidance to other officials throughout the region. (g) Conduct periodic visits to field offices and facilities to advise and assist on medical matters. (h) Support selected aviation medicine research and medical standards validation efforts. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 41 (i) Manage the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention and FAA employee substance abuse programs within the region. (j) Participate in aviation and medical education programs for airmen and agency employees, and participate in international airman medical education programs, as opportunities arise. (k) Exercise line authority over the medical field offices. (l) Implement the FAA Employee Substance Abuse Program in the Region. (m) Provide medical advice to the regional occupational health and safety personnel for the evaluation and monitoring of the work site and monitoring of agency personnel under the OSHA rules and regulations, e.g., asbestos abatement, hazardous noise areas. (n) Implements the agency's national Health Awareness Program in the region. c. Regional Drug Abatement Staff. (1) The Regional Flight Surgeon, or the Medical Program Director, or the Deputy Regional Flight Surgeon, where appropriate, shall be the line manager for the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs in the field, and shall direct and oversee the Regional Drug Abatement Staff. (2) The Regional Drug Abatement Staff shall be responsible for: (a) Serving as the regional focal point for the industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (b) Conducting compliance inspections of aviation industry employers and such enforcement and follow-up efforts as may be directed. (c) Providing technical assistance to aviation employers regarding their industry anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs. (d) Participating with the headquarters Drug Abatement Division in informing and educating the aviation industry on aviation drug and alcohol regulations, policies, and guidance. (e) Conducting special information collection or dissemination efforts relating to the operation of the program. d. Specific Relations. The Aviation Medical Divisions shall keep their respective Regional Administrators informed of all significant issues within their purview, and shall participate on the Regional Management Team in support of the Region's input to the agency's mission and goals. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 42 e. Medical Field Offices. (1) The flight surgeon shall perform all of the functions assigned to the Aviation Medical Division except those formally restricted or reserved to the Regional Flight Surgeon. (2) The medical program responsibilities delegated to the flight surgeon shall include: (a) The ATCS Health Program. (b) Airman medical certification. (c) Designated Aviation Medical Examiner system. (d) Medical investigation of aircraft accidents. (e) Airman and employee medical education. (f) Drug Testing. (g) Medical advice to the regional occupational health and safety personnel for the evaluation and monitoring of the work site and monitoring of agency personnel under the OSHA rules and regulations, e.g., asbestos, abatement, hazardous noise areas. (h) The agency's national Health Awareness Program. IMAGE OF AM 1100.3E PAGE 42-1 Figure 12-1 REGIONAL MEDICAL DIVISION

1110.97 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEM EXECUTIVE STEERING COMMITTEE

IMAGE OF 1110.97 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 1110.97 Federal Aviation Administration 6/18/84 SUBJ: AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEM EXECUTIVE STEERING COMMITTEE

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes the composition and functions of the Air Traffic Control Specialist (ATCS) Health Information System (HIS) Executive Steering Committee.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to the division level in Washington, regions, centers.

3. BACKGROUND

. On February 1, 1982, the ATCS HIS became operational. HIS is an integrated real-time information system containing a wide variety of data for assessing the dynamics of the ATCS Health Program. The system operates on an upgraded main frame host computer with all system software and data base residing in IBM 3081, located at the Aeronautical Center using a commercially-available data base management system. HIS possesses full privacy and security protection features and was designed to be internally flexible, in terms of the scope and depth of its storage and ability to handle new classes of information.

4. COMPOSITION

. The HIS Executive Steering Committee is composed of representatives from the Office of Aviation Medicine, Air Traffic Service, the Aviation Safety Analysis System Program Manager, Office of Personnel and Training, Aeromedical Certification Branch, Civil Aeromedical Institute, Regional Flight Surgeons, and Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) Flight Surgeons. The chairperson shall be selected by the Federal Air Surgeon for a 1-year term.

5. FUNCTIONS

. The Committee: a. Serves as an advisory body to the Federal Air Surgeon on matters relating to HIS and subsequent coordination with the Aviation Safety Analysis System (ASAS) Program Manager. b. Determines Aviation Medicine reporting requirements to meet the needs of both the headquarters and field. c. Determines system enhancements or modifications including data additions or deletions, code systems, and other specialized system requirements . d. Determines needs for potential expansion of the system to include direct input and data retrieval at the ARTCC's medical offices and possibly by Aviation Medical Examiners. IMAGE OF 1110.97 PAGE 2 e. Determines requirements, guidelines, and responsibilities for quality control as well as for data retrieval requests and release. f. Develops a system evaluation plan and conducts periodic system evaluations.

6. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

. a. Members shall meet at the call of the chairperson. b. The chairperson shall be responsible for the following: (1) Presiding over all meetings. (2) Providing written notice of all meetings to all committee members in advance of meetings. (3) Keeping complete and accurate minutes of all meetings and distributing copies to all committee members. (4) Coordinating requirements for unscheduled meetings with appropriate levels of management for approval and notification of committee members. (5) Developing and distributing agenda items for meetings to committee members in advance of meetings. (6) Appointing an acting committee chairperson to serve during temporary absence. (7) Publishing and disseminating technical papers of committee members. c. Committee recommendations shall be referred by the Federal Air Surgeon to the ASAS Program Manager.

7. MEETINGS

. Meetings shall be held at least twice a year under sponsorship of Washington Headquarters or the FAA region in which held. H. L. Reighard, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: A-WXYZ-2 Initiated By: AAM-600

1600.64 AVIATION ANTI-DRUG PROGRAM INSPECTOR'S CREDENTIAL, FAA FORM 1600-76

IMAGE OF 1600.64 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 1600.64 Federal Aviation Administration SUBJ: AVIATION ANTI-DRUG PROGRAM INSPECTOR'S CREDENTIAL, FAA FORM 1600-76

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes guidance and procedures for the issue of credentials to Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspectors.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to division level in Washington, regions, and centers; to the branch level in the Offices of Aviation Safety Analysis, Aviation Safety Oversight, Civil Aviation Security Operations, Flight Standards, and Aircraft Certification; and a limited distribution to all field offices and facilities.

3. SCOPE

. a. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulation 49 CFR Part 40 and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Final Rules, 14 CFR Part 61 et al., establish requirements for certain aviation industry carriers and related businesses to implement drug abatement programs affecting specific categories of employees. FAA has established a compliance and enforcement program in the Office of Aviation Medicine (AAM) responsible for monitoring compliance of these programs and initiating enforcement actions as necessary. b. Because these responsibilities require on-site inspection and investigation and access to persons, documents, facilities, and operations relating to a covered company s FAA mandated anti-drug program, a credential is considered necessary to identify aviation anti-drug program inspectors.

4. APPROVAL AUTHORITY

. The FAA Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards, AVS-1, is the approving authority for the issue of the Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspector Credential, as delegated by the Assistant Administrator for Civil Aviation Security, ACS-1.

5. RESPONSIBILITIES

. a. AVS is responsible for establishing the criteria for eligibility, issue, and accountability of FAA Form 1600-76, Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspector s Credential, designed for exclusive use by AVS personnel. Appendix 1, Sample Form, contains a sample of FAA Form 1600-76. b. The Office of Aviation Medicine will monitor the procedures for the issue and control of the credential as required by Order 1600.25D, FAA Identification Media, Official Credentials. and Passports. and Vehicle Identificalion Media. IMAGE OF 1600.64 PAGE 2 c. An employee to whom the credential is issued will use it solely as identification in the conduct of FAA inspections and investigations made pursuant to the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, and the applicable Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR). The employee is responsible for safeguarding the credential and must promptly report any loss, theft, or mutilation of the credential to the appropriate official in accordance with paragraph 9.

6. CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITY

. Credentials are issued to the following persons: a. Program analysts assigned to the Drug Abatement Branch (AAM-220) in the Office of Aviation Medicine, whose duties include aviation industry anti-drug program inspection and investigation. b. Regional Aviation Drug Abatement Program Managers (ADAPM) whose duties include aviation industry anti-drug program inspection and investigation. c. Persons assigned to a regional Aviation Drug Abatement Program and designated by the Drug Abatement Branch Manager (AAM-220) to participate in the aviation industry anti-drug program inspection and investigation effort. NOTE: The employee must engage in official duties which require the employee to conduct inspections and investigations for the FAA pursuant to the FA Act of 1958, as amended, and applicable FAR's.

7. APPLICATIONS FOR CREDENTIALS

. Each designated inspector will complete an FAA Form 1600-14, Identification Card/Credential Application, and sign a blank FAA Form 1600-76. Regional personnel will forward the two forms along with two passport-size photographs that meet the requirements of Order 1600.25D to the ADAPM, who will forward the documentation to AAM-220. The AAM-220 Branch Manager will be responsible for signing the FAA Form 1600-14 as the "Authorizing Official".

8. ISSUE OF CREDENTIALS

. a. The Federal Air Surgeon (AAM-1) is responsible for the issue and control of Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspector s Credentials. b. Following preparation of the documents and approval, AAM-1 will forward the credential to the applicant via registered mail or hand deliver to the Washington headquarters staff. A receipt signed by the applicant will be returned to AAM-1 upon receipt of the credential. AAM-1 will maintain a record of all current and former credential holders. AAM-1 will also maintain a record of all credentials reported lost, stolen, or mutilated, including the original application and all documentation of the loss, theft, or damage. IMAGE OF 1600.64 PAGE 3

9. LOST STOLEN OR DAMAGED CREDENTIALS

. a. The Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspector s Credential is accountable Government property. If the credential is lost or stolen, the holder will immediately notify AAM-1. A written report citing the circumstances of the loss will be prepared by the credential holder and forwarded to AAM-1 within 48 hours with an information copy to the servicing security element. In the Washington National Headquarters, notification will be to Office of Civil Aviation Security Operations, using Form DOT F 1660.6, Incident Report, or a memorandum. b. Any subsequent recovery of the credential will be reported Promptly to AAM-1 and the servicing security element. c. Upon receipt of a report of a lost or stolen credential, a replacement credential may be issued following the procedures of paragraphs 7 and 8. The FAA Form 1600-14 will be annotated with the reason for reissue.

10. SURRENDER OF CREDENTIALS

. The Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspector s Credentials shall be surrendered to the AAM-220 Manager under any of the following circumstances: a. Termination of employment. b. Reassignment to a position that does not meet the eligibility requirements specified in paragraph 6. c. Extended leave or absence in excess of 30 days. d. On request.

11. DESTRUCTION

. Aviation Anti-Drug Program Inspector Credentials which become damaged or are surrendered pursuant to paragraph 10 will be forwarded to AAM-1 for disposition and destruction. Garland P. Castleberry Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards

APPENDIX I

 IMAGE OF 1600.64 APPENDIX I PAGE 1 APPENDIX I. AVIATION ANTI-DRUG PROGRAM INSPECTOR'S CREDENTIAL Distribution: A-WXYZ-2; A-W(SV/OV/CO/FS/IR)-3; Initiated By: AAM-220 A-FOF-O (LTD)

1700.10 MEDICAL KEY TO SAFETY INSIGNIA

IMAGE OF 1700.10 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 1700.10 Federal Aviation Administration 20 Oct. 1970 SUBJ: MEDICAL KEY TO SAFETY INSIGNIA

1. PURPOSE

. This order authorizes and prescribes the use of the "Key to Safety" medical insignia in aeromedical education and training program activities.

2. BACKGROUND

. The man in the man-machine relationship is an important element in the medical factors relating to aviation safety. The use of this insignia in connection with airman medical education and training program activities will point up the concept that knowledge plus experience is a key to safety. The promotion of this theme during medical training presentations and seminars will serve as an effective reminder to airman trainees of the importance of these factors in improving safety.

3. USE OF THE INSIGNIA

. The use of the Medical Key to Safety insignia (see Appendix 1) shall be used to promote the theme of the aeromedical education and training program. The insignia is authorized for use in exhibits, airman medical training, literature, motion picture credits, slides, Aviation Medical Examiner Seminars, and as a patch on jackets worn by FAA medical personnel conducting training It should be noted that the official Departmental Seal and the FAA insignia must be used for some of these purposes and is optional for other purposes (see Order 1700.6). Accordingly, under some circumstances two insignia will be required.

4. APPROVAL AUTHORITY

. The Federal Air Surgeon is authorized to approve the use of this insignia in agency aeromedical education and training program activities. K. M. Smith Acting Administrator

APPENDIX 1

 IMAGE OF 1700.10 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 Appendix 1 MEDICAL KEY TO SAFETY INSIGNIA Distribution: WRAM-2, CAM-3 Initiated By: AM-12 WAS/AT/FS/GC/MS/PA/PN/SM/TR-1

1710.4A DIRECTORY OF AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS

IMAGE OF 1710.4A PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 1710.4A Federal Aviation Administration 7/11/79 SUBJ: DIRECTORY OF AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS

1. PURPOSE

. This order revises procedures for publishing the Directory of Aviation Medical Examiners.

2. DIS4RIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in the Office of Aviation Medicine in Washington; regional Aviation Medical Divisions; the Aeronautical Center, Administrative Services Division, and to the branch level in the Civil Aeromedical Institute; to the NAFEC Medical Staff; and to medical offices in the Air Route Traffic Control Centers.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 1710.4 is canceled.

4. FORMS

. AC Form 1720-1, NSN 0052-00562-4000, unit of issue_PD, can be obtained from the FAA Depot.

5. PRINTING SCHEDULE

. Magnetic tapes and reproducibles for printing the directory will be submitted to the Government Printing Office through the Printing and Distribution Branch (AAC-45) on or before the third Monday in February, June, and October of each year.

6. RESPONSIBILITIES

. a. Civil Aeromedical Institute. Aeromedical Education Branch, shall: (1) Prepare printing requests (AC Form 1720-1). (2) Deliver printing requests, tapes, preliminary pages, etc., to AAC-45 as specified in paragraph 7 below. (3) Obtain mailing lists and deliver to the Distribution Section (AAC-45) as specified in paragraph 7 below. b. Regional Flight Surgeons shall ensure all changes, corrections, or additions involving their portions of the directory are received by the Aviation Medical Examiner Section (AAC-141) prior to the deadline in paragraph 7a. IMAGE OF 1710.4A PAGE 2

7. PROCEDURES

. The following procedures must be observed in order to meet FAA and GPO schedules: a. Changes, corrections, and additions to the directory must be received by AAC-141 not later than the first day of February, June, and October to be included in the directory dated that month. b. Magnetic tapes shall be submitted to AAC-45 no later than the Monday following the third weekend in February, June, and October. c. Mailing labels for distribution purposes shall be submitted to AAC-45C not later than 10 working days following the dates specified in paragraph 5. H. L. REIGHARD, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon, AAM-1 Distribution: A-W(AM)-3; A-XZ(AM-2); A-Y(AD)-2; Initiated By:AAC-140 A-Y(AM)-3;A-FAT-1(LTD)MEDICAL

1710.5 FEDERAL AIR SURGEON'S MEDICAL BULLETIN

IMAGE OF 1710.5 PAGE ORDER Department of Transportation 1710.5 Federal Aviation Administration 6/18/70 SUBJ: FEDERAL AIR SURGEON'S MEDICAL BULLETIN

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes responsibility and procedures for publication of the Federal Air Surgeon's Medical Bulletin

2. RESPONSIBILITY

. The Chief, Aeromedical Education Branch (AC-140) is responsible for compiling, publishing and distributing the Bulletin.

3. PROCEDURES

. The following procedures shall be observed in the publication process: a. Items shall be solicited from the Office of Aviation Medicine, Regional Medical Divisions, and Aeronautical Center medical elements. b. Items received shall be forwarded periodically to the Federal Air Surgeon for determination as to their suitability for inclusion in the Bulletin. c. A page paste up of the Bulletin, consisting of previously approved material, will be forwarded to the Federal Air Surgeon for his review and signature. It will then be returned to the Chief, Aeromedical Education Branch for incorporation of any indicated changes, publication, and distribution. P. V. Siegel, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: WCAM-3, RAM-2 Initiated By: AM-12

1910.1E FAA HEADQUARTERS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN

IMAGE OF 1910.1E FRONT PAGE ORDER 1910.1E FAA HEADQUARTERS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN September 5, 1985 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE i and ii FOREWORD This order establishes the FAA Headquarters Emergency Operations Plan. It provides the procedural guidance for FAA headquarters and subordinate echelons to maintain continuity of operations and insures executive direction of the agency during a national emergency. Donald D. Engen Administrator IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE iii TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1. GENERAL 1. Purpose 2. Distribution 3. Cancellation 4. Explanation of Changes 5. Definitions 6. Reports 7. Scope 8. Concept of Operation 9. FAA Alerting System 10. Concept of Transit 11. Authority to Change this Order 12. Supplementing Directive 13.-19. Reserved CHAPTER 2. COMMAND, CONTROL, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (C3) 20. General 21. System Elements 22. Emergency Operating Facility Description 23. Emergency Operating Facility Staff Organization 24. Emergency Operating Facility Staff Functions Figure 2-1. FAA Headquarters Emergency Operations Organizational Structure Figure 2-2. Emergency Operations Staffing Assignments 25. Administration 26. Logistics 27. Security 28. Communications 29. Reserved CHAPTER 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 30. General 31. Office of Accounting 32. Program Engineering and Maintenance Service 33. Office of Management Systems 34. Associate Administrator for Airports 35. Associate Administrator for Air Traffic 36. Office of Budget 37. Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards 38. Office of the Chief Counsel 39. Office of International Aviation 40. Acquisition and Materiel Service 41. Associate Administrator for Human Resource Management 42. Systems Engineering Service 43. Director, Southern Region 44. Director, Northwest Mountain Region 45. Manager, Emergency Operations Staff 46. Office of Public Affairs 47. Associate Administrators 48.-49. Reserved IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE iv CHAPTER 4. EXTERNAL AGENCY EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION SUPPORT 50. General 51. DOT Emergency Executive Teams 52. OJCS Executive Agency Emergency Coordination Group 53. OJCS Operations Planning Group (OPG) 54. Joint Air Transportation Service (JATS) Group 55. National Communications System (NCS) Liaison Group 56. National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) Liaison 57. Security Clearance and Identification Requirements for Personnel Assigned to Liaison Duty with Other Federal Agencies 58.-59. Reserved APPENDIX 1 REPORTS (2 Pages) APPENDIX 2 ACTIONS FOR INCREASING THE READINESS POSTURE OF FAA HEADQUARTERS (6 Pages) APPENDIX 3 SAMPLE ORDER FOR OFFICE OR SERVICE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN (2 Pages) APPENDIX 4 TYPICAL EMERGENCY OPERATING FACILITY LAYOUT (1 Page) IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 1

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

1. PURPOSE

. This order provides guidance to ensure the effective discharge of FAA's responsibilities as specified in the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, and Presidential Executive Orders. This order establishes the basis for maintaining executive direction and continuing operation of FAA during a national emergency.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to the division level in the Office of the Associate Administrator for Development and Logistics; to the branch level in the Office of the Associate Administrator for Air Traffic and in the Offices of Accounting, Budget, Aviation Medicine, Airport Standards, Chief Counsel, Civil Aviation Security, International Aviation, and Personnel and Technical Training and in the Acquisition and Materiel, Program Engineering and Maintenance, Air Traffic Operations, Air Traffic Plans and Requirements, and Systems Engineering Services; director level in the regions with a division level distribution to the Operations Centers; the Facilities Division at the FAA Technical Center, and the Management Services Division at the Aeronautical Center.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 1910.1D, FAA Headquarters Emergency Operations Plan, dated December 7, 1979, is canceled.

4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES

. This order contains updated references to current organizations including the Manager, Emergency Operations Staff, Office of the Deputy Administrator.

5. DEFINITIONS

. a. Command and Control. The exercise of direction and control by a properly designated authority over assigned resources is the accomplishment of the mission. b. Command, Control, and Communications System (C3). An integrated system comprised of policy, procedures, organizational structure, personnel, equipment, facilities, and communications which provides authorities at all levels with timely and adequate data to plan, direct, and control their operations. c. National Command Authorities (NCA). The President and the Secretary of Defense or their duly deputized alternates in succession. d. FAA Aviation Command Center (ACC). A command center located in FOB-10A from which the Administrator and key staff members execute agency direction during contingency or crisis situations. e. Emergency Operating Facility (EOF). A command center at any echelon from which designated authorities function during times of crisis or national emergency. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 2

6. REPORTS

. The following reports will be submitted as required: a. Emergency Cadre Personnel Report (RIS: DA 1900.8). This report shall be filed by each office/service as required in paragraph 23b. b. Situation Report (RIS: DA 1900.9). The principal officer of the Emergency Operating Facility will file daily situation reports as required in paragraph 3 of Appendix 1, Reports.

7. SCOPE

. This order is applicable to all FAA elements and personnel assigned to support emergency operations as outlined in this plan or as directed by competent authority.

8. CONCEPT OF OPERATION

. During peacetime, operations of FAA will be accomplished through established organization structures and lines of authority. However, in times of national emergency or general war, it may be necessary for designated cadres to assume direction of the agency through the established C3 System. In the event that dispersal of designated cadres to alternate command facilities is required, this will be as specified by the Administrator or next executive in the operational line of succession (OLS) contained in Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan. Cadres dispersed will assume direction of the agency as outlined in this plan. Should dispersed cadres he unable to reach alternate command facilities, the designated regional director(s) shall assume executive direction of the agency and operation of the National Airspace System (NAS) in accordance with existing orders, planning documents, directives, and other vital records maintained in alternate command centers. Should all primary and alternate EOF's and cadres be destroyed, surviving elements of the FAA will operate autonomously until the lines of authority and direction can be reconstituted by the National Command Authority (NCA).

9. FAA ALERTING SYSTEM

. a. The System. Experience has shown that FAA needs an alerting system of its own that can be initiated by the Administrator whenever circumstances indicate a need for increased support to civil and military air operations and one that can be easily disseminated to all FAA facilities. The system is completely UNCLASSIFIED and has three levels of readiness (ALFA, BRAVO, and CHARLIE) in increasing order of readiness. The actions to be taken by the offices and services under each FAA readiness level are given in Appendix 2, Actions for Increasing the Readiness Posture of FAA Headquarters. b. Activation of the System. The Deputy Administrator (ADA-1) has the function to advise and assist the Administrator in directing the emergency operations program, and the Emergency Operations Staff (ADA-20) assists ADA-1 in this function. Consequently, at any time the Administrator, either upon the advice of ADA-1 or for other reasons, determines the need to increase the FAA readiness posture, the notification action will be passed to ADA-20. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 3 c. Notification Procedures. Upon direction to activate the system, ADA-20, by UNCLASSIFIED GENERAL NOTICE TO AIRMEN (GENOT), will notify applicable offices, services, regions, centers, air route traffic control centers (ARTCC), and the Aviation Standards National Field Office (AVN) of the readiness level to be attained. Copies of the GENOT will be handcarried to the ADA-20 points of contact in the Washington offices and services. During nonduty hours, delivery of the alerting GENOT to the offices and services may be delayed until the beginning of the next duty day. If, however, the urgency of the situation dictates otherwise, ADA-20 will telephone the GENOT to its points of contact. These procedures will be repeated for each level of readiness, including termination of the alert. IF THE SITUATION SHOULD BECOME CRITICAL, ALL OFFICES AND SERVICES WILL BE NOTIFIED TO TAKE CERTAIN ACTIONS. d. Other Agency Alert Status. FAA, as a modal agency of the Department of Transportation (DOT), will respond to alert actions directed by the Department when Federal civil agencies and departments are directed to increase their readiness level by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). FAA, with its close ties with the military, will also be aware of the military levels of readiness. ADA-20 will monitor these readiness levels. Changes in the civil agency alerting system are UNCLASSIFIED. Since support to DOT is FAA's prime interest in any increase in the Federal Civil Readiness Level, ADA-20 will notify only the Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, and the regions and centers, unless otherwise directed. Changes in Defense Readiness Conditions (DEFCON) of the military are classified SECRET. Since support of the military and civil air operations is FAA's prime interest in any increase in the military readiness level, ADA-20 will notify only the Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, APR-120, AMA-1, ADA-30, ATO-440 (who will notify AAT-1), regions, centers, ARTCC's, and AVN, unless otherwise directed. There will be no need to take any actions with respect to a change in the civil or military readiness level, as the FAA alerting system includes supporting actions to both DOT and the military.

10. CONCEPT OF TRANSITION

. a. Concept. The FAA alerting system is based on the expectation that a period of warning will precede any deterioration of international relationships leading to the declaration of a national emergency by the President or Congress. The system also recognizes that international relations can change rapidly, and one contingency in a rapid change could be a surprise attack on the United States. The levels of readiness are designed to cover the warning period by having the FAA headquarters transition from a normal day-to-day peacetime posture and organization to a national emergency posture and organization. NOTE: Depending upon the situation, the ALFA and BRAVO levels of readiness may be omitted in the interest of speeding up the transition to a maximum readiness level. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 4 (THRU 6) b. ALFA. Readiness level ALFA is a warning that we are entering the alert transition period, and the organization does not change. With the declaration of readiness level ALFA, the Washington offices and services should review their emergency operations plans to be prepared for the next phases of transition, should they follow, and to assure that emergency designees will be available, should they be needed. c. BRAVO. Readiness level BRAVO is the initial phase in the organizational change. In this level, we may begin to receive intelligence information from the Department of Defense (DOD) and the Department of State (DOS) on the international situation. This information will be analyzed by ADA-20 who will brief the members of the EOF cadre and designee members of the headquarters emergency operations cadres (EOC) on what is expected of them and what to expect at the alternate EOF's, should they be directed to deploy to any of them. d. CHARLIE. Within readiness level CHARLIE, there may be many individual phases or actions which will complete the transition to the organization needed to respond to both DOT and DOD in a national emergency. We may receive direction from DOT to man some of the positions at the DOD EOF. Similarly, we may receive a request from DOD to man the FAA positions in the National Military Command Center (NMCC). We will also be preparing for and implementing our plans for activating the FAA national emergency organization at the headquarters alternate EOF's. ADA-20 will brief its points of contact in the Washington offices and services on each phase or action, as well as briefing the emergency cadres (if not briefed in level BRAVO) and executive agency emergency support liaison. e. Surprise Attack. If there should be a surprise attack, or if we receive warning that one is imminent, whether we are in a peacetime organization and posture or during one of the readiness levels, all Washington offices and services will be notified by the Aviation Command Center. For this contingency, periodic briefings will be given throughout the year, by the Emergency Operations Staff, to the Washington offices and services' points of contact and the emergency designees on expected emergency actions.

11. AUTHORITY TO CHANGE THIS ORDER

. The Deputy Administrator is authorized to make changes to this order except for changes in responsibilities.

12. SUPPLEMENTING DIRECTIVE

. Offices, services, and subordinate elements shall prepare required supplementing plans as outlined in the format shown in Appendix 3, Sample Order for Office or Service Emergency Operations Plan.

13 - 19

IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 7

CHAPTER 2. COMMAND, CONTROL, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (C3)

20. GENERAL

. The FAA Command, Control, and Communications System (C3) is established to provide the capability for the Administrator to execute peacetime crisis management of the National Airspace System; to function during wartime or national emergency; and to function as an adjunct of the DOD, if directed. The system has been developed using existing resources, wherever possible, and is keyed to interface with the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) organization and other elements of the NCA during pre-attack, trans-attack, and post-attack/reconstitution phases of general war.

21. SYSTEM ELEMENTS

. The following comprises the primary elements of the system: a. FAA ACC. The ACC, located in FOB-10A, Washington, D.C., is the primary element in the C3 System. It is the focal point of the operational structure/organization controlling day-to-day operations of the agency. It is established, maintained, and operated in accordance with Order 1770.6A, Operations Center. b. Alternate EOF, DOT EOF. In order to provide an alternate command facility from which the agency could be directed in the event FOB-10A is damaged or destroyed for any reason, an alternate facility has been developed and is collocated with the DOT EOF. This EOF serves both FAA and DOT as a primary alternate C3 operating location. c. Alternate EOF, Southern Region. The EOF. located in the Atlanta ARTCC, provides a backup to the other centers. The EOF serves as the primary command facility if the Administrator relocates or the Director, Southern Region, assumes direction of the agency in accordance with Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan. d. Alternate EOF, Northwest Mountain Region. Additional redundancy of command control capability is provided by the EOF located in the Denver ARTCC. The EOF serves as the secondary command facility if the Administrator relocates or the Director, Nortwest Mountain Region, assumes direction in accordance with Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan. e. Other Regional and Center EOC's and EOF's provide those regional and center directors and executive staffs with a C3 capability from which executive direction emanates during crisis/emergency conditions.

22. EMERGENCY OPERATING FACILITY DESCRIPTION

. The layout shown in Appendix 4, Typical Emergency Operating Facility Layout, provides a typical EOF for use by executives/planners in developing a capability at any level. It is the basic design used for the headquarters alternate EOF. Variations may be used to suit local requirements and desires. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 8

23. EOF STAFF ORGANIZATION

. a. Each EOF has a designated manager and supporting staff who are charged with maintaining and operating the centers under the executive oversight of ADA-1 through ADA-20. During times when a center is activated for fulltime operations, augmentation is provided by members of the headquarters EOC at the direction of the Administrator or designated executive in the operational line of succession. Cadre composition will be determined at the time the decision is made to augment and will vary according to the nature of the crisis. In all cases, the deployed cadre will have representatives from the Traffic Flow Management Branch (ATO-440), Operations Center (ADA-30), Associate Administrator for Air Traffic (AAT), Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards (AVS), Office of International Aviation (AIA), Program Engineering and Maintenance Service (APM), Acquisition and Materiel Service (ALG), and Systems Engineering Service (AES). b. Each office and service will include in its supplementing order the positions/persons designated for assignment to the emergency cadre from which deployment selection will be made. Each office and service will maintain lists of personnel assigned emergency operations duties under this order and provide changes to those lists to ADA-20 each fiscal quarter. c. The structure of the headquarters emergency operations organization is shown in Figure 2-1, FAA Headquarters Emergency Operations Organizational Structure. The associate administrators, offices, and services shown above the broken line, comprise the EOF Staff. The elements shown below the broken line in Figure 2-1 perform liaison duties with other agencies and at the alternate EOF in Atlanta. d. The staffing required from each office of the associate administrator and each office and service, for both the EOF Staff and liaison personnel with other Government agencies, is shown in Figure 2-2, Emergency Operations Staffing Assignments.

24. EOF STAFF FUNCTIONS

. The staff assists the Administrator in providing overall central direction, coordination, and control of the agency in performing its operational and emergency support missions. Once activated, it will be the point of contact and source of information for the regions, centers, and liaison groups serving other Federal agencies. a. Functions During Pre- and Trans-Attack Phases. (1) Establishing contact with the Secretaries of Transportation and Defense, the JCS, the regions/centers, the DOT Air Transportation elements, and the JCS Executive Agency Emergency Coordination Group (EAECG). IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 9 Figure 2-1 FAA HEADQUARTERS EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 10 Figure 2-2 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS STAFFING ASSIGNMENTS IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 11 (2) Providing continuity of air traffic control nationwide and responding to requests for any special air traffic control procedures or information from the Secretary of Defense and JCS. NOTE: It is expected NORAD Regional Commanders will coordinate directly with the ARTCC's to implement the current agreements between them, although some special requests may come to the Administrator from the JCS or Secretary of Defense. The latter type requests will be of prime interest to the staff. (3) Monitoring the emergency operations of the regions and centers in order to respond to operational requirements of the National Airspace System. b. Functions During Post-Attack Phase. (1) Determining the status of the NAS. (2) Developing and executing a plan of action to reestablish an airspace system to fit the then-existing conditions for controlling air traffic and reporting this capability to the JCS and the DOT Air Transportation elements. (3) Determining the status of the civil air carrier aircraft fleet and reporting this information to the DOT Air Transportation elements and the Military Airlift Command (MAC). (4) Determining the status of civil and joint use (civil/military) airports with runways of 5,000 feet or longer and reporting this information to the DOT Air Transportation elements and to the JCS. (5) Determining the status of the general aviation resources committed to State and Regional Disaster Airlift (SARDA) operations and reporting this information to the DOT Air Transportation elements. (6) Responding to requests from the DOT Air Transportation elements, the Secretary of Defense, and the JCS for flight inspection-of navigation aids; for use of PAA aircraft in aerial reconnaissance or airlift operations; for use of FAA's communications system; and for other requests in support of recovery operations. (7) Determining procedures for fully reconstituting the NAS including FAA headquarters. (8) Providing DOT Air Transportation elements with claimancy requests for the NAS, air carrier aircraft, civil airports, and general aviation resources. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 12 (THRU 14)

25. ADMINISTRATION

. Administrative functions/procedures will be developed and promulgated by designated EOF managers and will be included in appropriate supplementing documents.

26. LOGISTICS

. Logistics support will be provided as outlined in Orders 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan; 4590.1A, Logistics Support for Emergency Operations; and 1900.42C, FAA Headquarters Regional and Center Emergency Operating Facilities (EOF). Support consists of a combination of prestockage and follow-on interservice/agency support agreements negotiated with local DOD agencies under DOD 4000.19M (DRIS Program).

27. SECURITY

. a. Clearance EOF's. (1) Personnel assigned to the staff must possess a security clearance of at least SECRET. The normal means of identification for access to the facility is Form DOT F 1600.1.3, DOT Identification Card. (2) In addition to the required security clearance and proper identification, names of personnel assigned to the emergency cadres must be on the official admittance list before entry to the facility will be permitted. This list is prepared by ADA-2 from the master roster of personnel having relocation assignments as provided in paragraph 23b. b. Priority Movement. (1) Federal Employee Emergency Identification Card, FEMA Form 12-11, a red-bordered identification card, with photograph, is issued to key personnel with emergency responsibilities to facilitate their movement to whichever EOF they may be assigned. Offices and services are responsible for initiating requests for issuance of the FEMA Form 12-11 to their emergency designees and alternates as set forth in Order 1600.25C, FAA Identification Media. (2) ADA-20 shall be responsible for reviewing and authenticating FAA Form 1600-14, Identification or Credential Card Application. The Office of Civil Aviation Security, ACS-300, is responsible for the procurement, issuance, control, and recovery of FEMA Form 12-11.

28. COMMUNICATIONS

. The communications supporting the C3 System, as described in Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan, and as supplemented, provides interface with other agency command systems; e.g., FEMA, DOD, World-Wide Military Command and Control System (WWMCCS), National Communications System (NCS), etc.

29. RESERVED

. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 15

CHAPTER 3. RESPONSIBILITIES

30. GENERAL

. This chapter contains definitive responsibilities of offices and services whose functions are essential to the accomplishment of the agency's national emergency missions. These responsibilities complement those given in chapter 2 of this order. Offices and services not listed or not assigned other emergency responsibilities shall follow the guidance given in Order 1900.1D, Appendix 9, Emergency Guidance and Instructions for FAA Personnel and Their Dependents.

31. THE OFFICE OF ACCOUNTING

: a. Represents FAA on all national emergency accounting matters. b. Develops standby accounting guidance for use by offices, services, regions, a centers in a national emergency. c. Provides advance and evacuation payments to FAA headquarters personnel with emergency assignments and provides emergency financial assistance to their dependents. d. Directs FAA's payroll and accounting processes at the FAA alternate EOF(s), including arrangements to pay personnel of other Federal agencies who may be temporarily serving at these facilities.

32. THE PROGRAM ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE SERVICE

: a. In collaboration with ADA-20, develops standby guidance for use by regions and centers concerning the operation recovery procedures and techniques for restoring damaged facilities following a national disaster or war. b. In collaboration with Airport Standards, Aviation Standards, and Air Traffic, monitors and analyzes the damage to FAA equipment and facilities following a national disaster or war. c. Assists ALG-1 in determining requirements and claiming supporting resources to maintain or restore the operating continuity of-the NAS. See Appendix 5, Critical Resources Claimancy, of Order 1900.1D. d. In collaboration with Air Traffic, develops plans and procedures for providing primary and alternate communications capability and improving communications reliability to reduce reliance on vulnerable long-line services during national emergencies.

33. THE OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

: a. Ensures data processing support services are provided Washington headquarters during a national emergency and, as required, to FAA organizations outside the Washington headquarters. b. Provides advice and assistance on vital records management to the offices, services, regions, and centers. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 16

34. THE ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR AIRPORTS

: a. Provides guidance to the managers of civil airports for development and implementation of operational plans during and following a national emergency. b. Furnishes guidance for the planning and design of fallout shelters in airport terminal buildings. c. In collaboration with AAT-1, AFO-1, and APM-1, analyzes damage reports following a national disaster or attack to determine which civil airports may be operational. Establishes priorities for restoration of these airports and facilities. d. Performs claimancy functions to obtain critical resources for restoration of civil airports. See Appendix 5, Critical Resources Claimancy, of Order 1900.1D. e. Administers the financial programs for emergency construction and reconstruction of airport facilities.

35. ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR AIR TRAFFIC

: a. In coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Administration (OST), DOD, and the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), develops a plan for Security Control of Air Traffic and Air Navigation Aids (SCATANA) during national emergencies. b. Maintains liaison with major military commands and other Government agencies to ensure the most efficient use of airspace by the military in national emergencies. c. In collaboration with APM-1, develops plans and procedures for providing primary and alternate communications capability, improving communications reliability, and reducing reliance on vulnerable long-line service during national emergencies. d. In collaboration with APP-1, AFO-1, and APM-1, following a national disaster or attack, determines which air traffic control facilities may be operational and establishes priorities for reconstruction of damaged or destroyed facilities. e. Provides assistance to ALG-1, in the post-attack period, in claiming supporting resources to maintain or reconstitute the operating continuity of the NAS. See Appendix 5, Critical Resources Claimancy, of Order 1900.1D. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 17

36. THE OFFICE OF BUDGET

: a. Develops standby emergency budget estimates; provides guidance to the offices, services, regions, and centers on the regular budget program that must incorporate funding requirements for emergency operations including related training; reviews, analyzes, integrates, and incorporates emergency budget submission with the overall funding requirements of FAA. b. Represents FAA on all emergency budget matters; assesses budgetary requirements for such FAA programs; plans and directs the operation of FAA's budget process in an emergency; administers emergency fiscal programs to include cooperation with Federal financial agencies; and issues program guidance within FAA for budgeting actions during an emergency as soon as Federal Government guidelines are developed and become effective.

37. THE ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR AVIATION STANDARDS

: a. Determines changes in flight operations safety policies, standards, rules, or procedures for civil aircraft or airmen, which are necessary due to emergency conditions. b. Establishes FAA policy for conducting the flight inspection mission under military emergency conditions. c. Prepares plans for the protection and emergency management of agency aircraft. d. During a national emergency, assumes operational control of all agency aircraft not assigned to the region. e. Plans for and operates an airlift capability using agency aircraft for movement of personnel, cargo, and priority documents between alternate EOF's and other destinations. f. Administers FAA's responsibilities with respect to the Civil Air Reserve Fleet (CRAF), War Air Service Program (WASP), and SARDA plans and programs. g. In collaboration with AAT-1 and APM-1, analyzes damage reports to determine the effect on civil aircraft, aircraft operations, and supporting services . h. In the post-attack period, determines the requirements and claims for supporting resources needed to maintain or restore the operating continuity of civil aircraft involved in CRAF, WASP, SARDA, and other essential flight activity. See Appendix 5, Critical Resources Claimancy, of Order 1900.1D. i. Provides guidance to regions, centers, and industry with respect to aircraft anti-hijacking security, aircraft and cargo security, and airport security, employees, facilities, and other resources during national emergencies. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 18 j. Develops and disseminates information concerning threats against air commerce. k. Provides medical advisory service to the offices, services, regions, and centers on emergency medical readiness, and protection and appropriate medical care of personnel, including those exposed to various agents or substances. l. Coordinates with other Federal agencies and appropriate civil authorities having responsibilities for emergency medical services. m. Establishes procedures and coordinates plans with appropriate local authorities for emergency medical service response concerning personnel assigned to FAA headquarters, Washington, D.C. n. Establishes basic emergency medical service capability at the alternate EOF's and coordinates response plans with appropriate local emergency medical services systems. o. Maintains a current directive containing specific items and responsibilities to the medical service. p. Provides guidance to the offices, services, regions, and centers on emergency readiness matters to include those designed to safeguard FAA personnel, to prevent unauthorized access to agency aircraft, equipment, facilities, material, communication security (COMSEC) information, and equipment as a safeguard against theft, arson, tampering, malicious damage, espionage, and sabotage during a national emergency. q. Provides security design requirements to the offices and services, regions, and centers for construction of new FAA facilities so as to incorporate those features required to meet emergency conditions. r. Maintains and implements a program to assure timely distribution, throughout FAA, of threat information pertinent to emergencies. s. Provides technical countermeasures security guidance, as may be required.

38. THE OFFICE OF THE CHIEF COUNSEL

furnishes legal advice to the Administrator, offices, regions, and centers on all national emergency matters to include coordinating and ensuring the adequacy of legal aspects of emergency plans, programs, and functions. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 19

39. THE OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL AVIATION

: a. Provides guidance and direction to the offices, services, and regions regarding U.S. international agreements affecting civil aviation during national emergencies, including the suspension, amendment, or promulgation of such agreements. b. In collaboration with AVS-1 and the affected region, initiates appropriate action whenever it is necessary to restrict, suspend, or amend the approvals of U.S. certified air carriers and commercial operators when emergency conditions occur in foreign areas in which these operators are authorized to conduct operations. See Appendix 3, Emergency Actions Involving Air Carrier Operations in Foreign Areas, Order 1900.1D. c. Coordinates with the Agency for International Development (AID), DOS, and DOD in developing and implementing plans to meet emergency situations which affect foreign assistance activities and functions of FAA and its personnel abroad. See Order 1240.9, International Aviation Programs. d. Coordinates with the Department of Commerce (DOC) and other appropriate agencies in regard to international programs and agreements for the effective preservation and utilization of civil aviation equipment and facilities of the Federal Government and its allies during emergency situations. e. In collaboration with ADA-20, provides centralized collection, evaluation, interpretation, and dissemination of intelligence information throughout the FAA including the regions, and to other U.S. agencies, as appropriate, concerning international activities of FAA and international aviation facilities affected by the emergency situation. f. Provide the FAA Academy advice on the status of foreign students during national emergencies. See Order 1900.1D, paragraph 508, Disposition of Students.

40. THE ACQUISITION AND MATERIEL SERVICE

: a. Provides guidance to the regions and centers for maintaining the continuity of logistics functions, including management of resources, during national emergencies. b. With the assistance of AAT-1, AVS-1, and APM-1, following an attack, claims supporting resources to maintain or restore the operating continuity of the NAS and agency aircraft. c. Provides guidance to regions and centers, and to concerned offices and services, for accomplishing inventory of essential residual assets and for identifying, assembling, and consolidating those resources required to support post-attack recovery and reconstitution efforts. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 20 d. Develops plans to allocate and distribute residual resources to meet highest priority agency needs. e. Coordinates the procurement and logistics programs for repair of essential air traffic control facilities damaged during national emergencies. f. Evaluates plant damage to contractors' production facilities following an attack and determines the impact of the damage on FAA's contract schedules. Where warranted, provides assistance to contractors in obtaining facilities and material for production of critical FAA items as provided for in the Defense Materiel System.

41. THE ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

develops policies and provides guidance to offices, services, regions, and centers on personnel management procedures during a national emergency to include redistribution of personnel needed to restore, support, and maintain essential FAA facilities following an attack.

42. THE SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SERVICE

prepares and maintains FAA's frequency portion of the Federal Government mobilization plans and the FAA's emergency operations program.

43. THE DIRECTOR, SOUTHERN REGION

: a. Maintains the headquarters alternate EOF in a high state of operational readiness. b. Provides administrative and logistical support to the headquarters EOC when deployed to the alternate EOF. c. Assumes the direction of FAA in accordance with Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan, paragraph 308, Operational Line of Succession. d. Provides technical countermeasures security guidance, as may be required.

44. THE DIRECTOR, NORTHWEST MOUNTAIN REGION

: a. Maintains the headquarters alternate EOF in a high state of operational readiness. b. Provides administrative and logistical support to the headquarters EOC when deployed to the alternate EOF. c. Assumes the direction of FAA in accordance with Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan, paragraph 308. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 21

45. THE MANAGER, EMERGENCY OPERATIONS STAFF (ADA-20)

: a. Develops and maintains plans to ensure continuity of the agency's operational capability in national emergencies and major disasters. Included in these plans will be support of DOT and DOD. b. Acts as the focal point for ADA-1, within FAA, for coordinating actions with OST, DOD, and other Federal agencies during national emergencies and major disasters. c. Provides leadership and coordination within FAA and with other departments and agencies in the development of national-level plans and agreements pertinent to national emergency operations, except CRAF, WASP, and SARDA. Provides assistance and coordination as required by AVS-1 in developing plans and guidance for CRAF, WASP, and SARDA programs. d. In collaboration with APM-1, develops standby guidance for use by regions and centers concerning operational recovery procedures for restoring damage facilities following a national disaster or attack. e. Develops and maintains Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan, and provides assistance in the preparation and review of the supporting plans of offices and services. f. Maintains current a master roster of all FAA headquarters emergency designees. g. Insures that the FAA alternate EOF's are maintained in a high state of operational readiness. h. Controls and monitors the Vital Records Program (emergency operating records) maintained at the FAA alternate EOF's. i. Develops guidelines, policies, and plans for agency Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) defense operations. See Appendix 3, FAA Emergency Operations Plan, Order 1900.1D. j. Supports the Headquarters ACC, when activated. See Order 1900.27D, Aviation Command Center. k. In collaboration with AIA-1, collects, evaluates, interprets, and disseminates intelligence information throughout the FAA and to other U.S. agencies. l. Reviews and evaluates the emergency readiness plans, supplements, or checklists developed by regions and centers. See Appendix 14, Order 1900.1D, FAA Emergency Operations Plan. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 21(THRU 24) m. Provides staff support to the Administrator and other executives at the FAA alternate EOF's as may be necessary for carrying out their management functions and for facilitating their work in formulating, coordinating, and communicating major policy decisions. n. Maintains the DOT EOF in a high state of operational readiness and provides required support, when activated.

46. THE OFFICE OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS

provides policy and general guidelines to the offices, services, regions, and centers for carrying out information programs and activities, during and following an emergency, to include procedures governing the release of emergency information to employees, the news media, the aviation community, and the general public.

47. ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATORS

. The Associate Administrators for Development and Logistics, Air Traffic, Aviation Standards, and Policy and International Aviation shall serve the Administrator in an at-large advisory capacity.

48.-49. RESERVED

. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 25

CHAPTER 4. EXTERNAL AGENCY EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION SUPPORT

50. GENERAL

. In addition to the personnel detailed to the FAA EOF's, FAA headquarters provides personnel to certain Federal departments and agencies described in paragraphs 51 through 56.

51. DOT EMERGENCY EXECUTIVE TEAMS

. FPC Circular 60, Continuity of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government in National Emergencies, prescribes the policy of the Federal Government to develop and maintain plans and programs to assure the continuity of the Federal Government under all emergency conditions, including attack on the U.S. The requirement for continuity is most urgent for those parts of the Federal Government that must perform essential civil functions throughout the trans-attack and immediate post-attack period of a nuclear war. DOT is designated as a Category A organization; i.e., "requiring a capability for uninterrupted emergency operations including pre-, trans-, and immediate post-attack periods." As such, DOT is to be prepared to carry out essential functions from any one of three geographic locations. It is to have three executive teams at the national level to carry out essential national functions. a. DOT's Executive Teams. The location of DOT's executive teams will be: (1) Team A - at the DOT headquarters. (2) Team B - at the FEMA EOF. (3) Team C - at the DOT EOF. b. FAA Elements. FAA will provide an air transportation element to each of the DOT executive teams. FAA designees to these elements are specified in Pamphlet DOT P 1915.4C, Emergency Cadre Listings for Departmental Alternate Headquarters Sites. Each of the three air transportation elements will be headed by the senior Air Traffic person on the element. The element will operate on alternate shifts to ensure 24-hour operation. Element members will be drawn from Air Traffic, Program Engineering and Maintenance Service, and Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards. The elements will be supported by the FAA EOF. The functions to be performed by the elements in supporting the DOT essential tasks are: (1) Provide information on the status of the NAS, air carrier resources, and civil airports to assist DOT in identifying transportation resources available to meet emergency air transportation requirements. (2) If requested by DOT, provide status and availability of general aviation resources to certain states or regions. (3) In the post-attack phase, compile claimancy data provided by the FAA EOF Staff on critical issues for the NAS, civil air carriers, general aviation resources, and civil airports. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 26 (4) Provide information which will assist DOT in the emergency management including construction, reconstruction, and maintenance of the Nation's civil airports, civil aviation operating facilities, civil aviation services, and civil aircraft, except manufacturing facilities. NOTE: Emergency Operating documents for use of Element A are maintained in ADA-20. Similar documents for use of Elements B and C are maintained at their respective EOF's and ADA-20.

52. OFFICE OF THE JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF (OJCS) EXECUTIVE AGENCY EMERGENCY COORDINATION GROUP

. Designated officials relocate to the NMCC at the Pentagon or to the alternate center, when requested by the JCS. The FAA representatives are part of the Executive Agency Emergency Coordination Group (EAECG). Other members of this group are representatives from the White House, DOS, General Services Administration (GSA), and FEMA. The purpose of the coordination group is to ensure that the best possible military solutions--those that have been completely and thoroughly coordinated with the interested Federal Government agencies--can be recommended to the JCS and the NCA in the shortest possible time. The tasks of the FAA representatives are to: a. Represent FAA at the OJCS. b. Serve as point of contact for OJCS directorates for coordination and collaboration in the development of Joint Staff actions pertaining to air traffic control and other civil and military air transportation matters. c. Keep FAA informed of matters under consideration by OJCS. d. Keep the OJCS informed of matters under consideration by FAA. NOTE: Emergency operating documents for use of the FAA representatives to the OJCS Executive Agency ECG are maintained in ADA-20. e. References: These references are maintained in ADA-20. (1) JCS Memorandum 349-71, Emergency Operating Procedures of the JCS. (2) Director, Joint Staff Memorandum 75-73, Emergency Operating Procedures of the JCS, Implementing Instructions.

53. OJCS OPERATIONS PLANNING GROUP (OPG)

. The OPG functions in accordance with the same directives and procedures as the EAECG. However, they are at a lower executive level and are concerned with operational planning rather than policy and agency decisionmaking. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 27

54. JOINT AIR TRANSPORTATION SERVICE (JATS) GROUP

. Designated FAA personnel relocate to the FEMA EOF when requested. JATS provides emergency air transportation for the Executive Branch of the Federal Government during conditions that require operations from dispersed EOF's. Use of JATS is limited to key officials of the Executive Branch and those vital documents essential for day-to-day operations that cannot be transported by other means. FEMA controls and evaluates requests from civilian agencies for service The FAA group assists FEMA in coordinating requests for service with the military and supervises air traffic control at the FEMA EOF. The USAF Operations Plan 4-71, Joint Air Transportation Service Plan, is maintained in ADA-20.

55. NATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NCS) LIAISON GROUP

. Designated personnel relocate to a pre-arranged dispersal point when and as directed by the Manager, NCS. The FAA representatives coordinate all communication matters between NCS and FAA. Their principal functions are to advise the Manager, NCS, on the manner in which FAA's communications facilities can be employed to support the President and the NCA by interfacing with other Federal Government or commercial communications systems to carry on vital communications that may have become disrupted.

56. NATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION (NTIA) LIAISON

. A designated individual relocates to the NTIA EOF when requested. This individual coordinates frequency allocations with representatives of other agencies with a view of ensuring that FAA has available to it such frequency spectrum as may be necessary for the agency to perform its tasks in support of DOD as well as the civilian aviation community.

57. SECURITY CLEARANCE AND IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO LIAISON DUTY WITH OTHER FEDERAL AGENCIES

. a. DOT Air Transportation Elements. (1) Element A. Members of this element, who report to the DOT Headquarters Situation Center in rooms 7204D and 7334 in the DOT Building, require a SECRET security clearance. Standard DOT identification will suffice for entry into the DOT Situation Center. (2) Element B. Members of this element, who report to the FEMA EOF (location classified), require a TOP SECRET clearance, based on a background investigation, in addition to a picture identification badge issued by FEMA. Standard DOT identification cards are not sufficient for access to this facility. ADA-20 will obtain the appropriate application forms to be completed by the designee and arrange for proper processing and accountability of the badges. (3) Element C. Members of this element, who report to the DOT EOF, Site C, (location classified), will require SECRET clearances. The list of names for this element will be given to OST by ADA-20. A standard DOT identification card will suffice with verification at time of entry to the EOF against the current list of FAA designees assigned to that facility. IMAGE OF 1910.1E PAGE 28 (THRU 34) b. OJCS Executive Agency ECG/OPG. Members of these groups who report to the MMCC/alternate NMCC require a TOP SECRET clearance based on a background investigation within the past 5 years and an identification badge issued by DOD. Standard DOT identification cards are not sufficient means for access to these facilities. The identification badges are obtained by ACS-300. It is the responsibility of ADA-20 to arrange appropriate processing and accountability of these badges. These personnel will be added to an OJCS roster at both the NMCC and the alternate NMCC upon receipt of proper clearance certification through the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA). c. NCS Liaison Group. Members of this group who report to the alternate NMCC require a TOP SECRET clearance based upon the same criteria as in subparagraph b. above. It is the responsibility of the Associate Administrator for Air Traffic to furnish the Manager, NCS, with the names of personnel assigned to this group. The Manager, NCS, will then obtain the necessary identification badges. The responsibility for control and recovery of these badges rests with the Associate Administrator for Air Traffic. d. NTIA Liaison. No special identification is necessary. A DOT identification card will suffice. Incumbent for this assignment is carried on NTIA access list at its EOF. The location of the NTIA EOF is classified.

58.-59. RESERVED

.

APPENDIX 1. REPORTS

 IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 1. PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1. REPORTS

1. GENERAL

. The OST Manual of Emergency Action Documents and Order 1900.1D require the Administrator to submit certain reports on the readiness posture of FAA. These reports are divided into two categories; i.e., those which are required before the activation of the FAA alternate EOF and those required upon the activiation of the alternate EOF.

2. REPORTS REQUIRED BEFORE ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF

. In order to keep the Secretary of Transportation apprised of the operational status of FAA, ADA-20 will inform the Director, Office of Emergency Transportation (DET-1), whenever any changes occur in the FAA readiness posture.

3. REPORTS REQUIRED UPON ACTIVATION OF THE ALTERNATE EOF

. a. As soon as the principal officer of the emergency cadre is in position at the alternate EOF and has determined that he/she is prepared to assume responsibility for agency operations, the officer will advise the Administrator at FAA headquarters of that fact by the fastest means available, substantially as follows: "FAA alternate is ready to assume operational responsibility." b. Following the activation report, a message shall be sent as follows: (1) Originator (FAA alternate) (2) Addressee (Administrator) (3) Status of the alternate EOF including: (a) Personnel (b) Facilities (c) Estimate of operational capability (d) Outstanding requirements 1 Operational 2 Administrative c. If the FAA alternate is ordered to assume operational responsibility for the senior officer will initiate daily situation reports to the Secretary of Transportation at the current DOT headquarters location. d. If the FAA alternate is ordered to assume operational responsibility for the Office of the Secretary, the senior officer will initiate daily situation reports to the Director, Office of Defense Resources. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 1. PAGE 2 e. Daily Situation Reports, RIS: DA 1900.8., are required by paragraphs 3c and 3d of this appendix and will include as a minimum, but not be limited to, the following: (1) Originator (2) Addressee (3) Status of situation (a) Personnel condition (b) Condition of facilities (c) Summary of readiness status (d) Logistics and administrative situation (e) Communications and control problems f. Additional data required by the Office of Defense Resources and the Office of the Secretary may be expected and will be included on demand. These reports will be continued until orders to discontinue are issued by the receiving office or until frequency or content is changed by direction.

APPENDIX 2

 IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 2. PAGE 1 APPENDIX 2. ACTIONS FOR INCREASING THE READINESS POSTURE OF FAA HEADQUARTERS

1. GENERAL

. This appendix describes the minimum required actions to be taken by Washington offices and services, assigned emergency operations responsibilities, under each FAA readiness level. Paragraph 9 contains additional information on the FAA alerting system.

2. FAA READINESS LEVEL ALFA

. It is expected that response to this level will involve very few personnel and will have little effect on regular agency activities. The response should be carried out without disclosure to the general public. WHEN LEVEL ALFA IS DECLARED, THESE ACTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN AUTOMATICALLY: ITEM A-1 ADA-20 Notify office/service emergency operations points of contact, ADA-1, ADA-30, AAT-445, and FAA alternate EOF's. A-2 ADA-20 Be prepared to brief the emergency operations points of contact on the situation. A-3 ADA-20, ADA-30 Be prepared to activate the ACC. See Order 1900.27C, Aviation Command Center. A-4 Offices/Services (1) Review and update, as necessary, emergency operations plans. (2) Validate the list of personnel assigned to the Emergency Cadre with ADA-20. (3) Notify ADA-20 when readiness level ALFA is attained. (4) Review actions under level BRAVO. A-5 ADA-20 Notify the Administrator when level ALFA is attained.

3. FAA READINESS LEVEL BRAVO

. Actions should be affected with minimum disclosure to the general public. It is recognized, however, that continuation of a situation justifying implementation of directed measures for an appreciable period is likely to result in general public notice. WHEN LEVEL ALFA IS DECLARED, THESE ACTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN AUTOMATICALLY: IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 2. PAGE 2 ITEM B-1 ADA-20 Notify activities listed under Item A-1 of change in level. B-2 ADA-20 Brief as under Item A-2. B-3 ADA-20 When directed, activate all or part of the Emergency Cadre. B-4 AVS-1 Review plans for deployment of agency aircraft to dispersal airports. B-5 AVS-1 Review any actions which might have to be taken with respect to Civil Air Carrier Dispersal, SARDA, WASP, and CRAF plans. B-6 AVS-1, ADA-20 Update the listing of air carriers that should be alerted to disperse their fleets when this situation dictates. Ensure that the Telecommunications Center has this listing, including current addresses for the carriers. B-7 AIA-1, AVS-1 Review the situation with a view to restricting U.S. air carrier operations in foreign countries. B-8 ADA-20 Review preparatory action for NBC defense. B-9 ABU-1 Review procedures for obtaining emergency budgetary guidance from Office of Management and Budget (OMB). B-10 AAA-1 Review procedures for making advance and salary payments to personnel with emergency assignments and salaries to those who will be placed on administrative leave when operations stop at headquarters. Review arrangements to pay personnel of other Federal agencies who may be serving the FAA alternate EOF/DOT EOF. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 2. PAGE 3 B-11 APM-1, ALG-1 Review status of logistics support arrangements for joint use equipment and/or facilities. See Order 4590.1A and interservice/agency support agreements. B-12 APM-1, ALG-1 Review plans to ship small reserves of critical items to dispersal points for safekeeping. B-13 Offices/Services (1) Review leave status with a view to the Possible recall of personnel. (2) Review inventory of vital records maintained at the alternate EOF/DOT EOF to ensure currency. (3) Notify ADA-20 when level BRAVO is attained. (4) Review actions under level CHARLIE. B-14 ADA-20 Advise the Administrator when level BRAVO is attained.

4. FAA READINESS LEVEL CHARLIE

. The actions under this level WILL NOT be taken automatically. Instead, the Administrator will direct the implementation of measures selected from those listed below which, in the Administrator's judgment, will be necessary for increased agency readiness to meet the then existing situation. These actions can be carried out without regard for general public speculation. The messages directing the implementation of selected measures will be identified as CHARLIE ONE, CHARLIE TWO, etc. a. Operational Actions. ITEM C-1 ADA-20 Transmit a warning message to air carriers regarding review of their plans for deployment of aircraft to dispersal airports. C-2 AAT-1, APM-1 Take all measures for full, continued emergency operations of FAA facilities or services that directly or indirectly perform an operational function in support of military air operations. C-3 AVS-1 Determine and advise ADA-20 of the capability to airlift personnel from Hangar 6 to the alternate EOF. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 2. PAGE 4 C-4 ADA-20 Transmit message to air carriers recommending that they implement their dispersal plans. C-5 AVS-1 Deploy agency aircraft. C-6 AAT-1, APM-1 Be prepared for imposition of SCATANA and dispersal of civil and military aircraft. b. Personnel Actions. ITEM C-7 AHR-1 Advise all employees regarding post-attack employment procedures and be prepared to extend the normal working hours. C-8 AIA-1 Advise regional directors and AEU-1 to alert field offices under their jurisdiction in foreign countries to take actions as necessary in accordance with the existing situation. Alert field offices not under control of a regional director. Advise the Administrator of field office status. C-9 AIA-1 Consider evacuation of FAA employees and their dependents from affected overseas areas. Coordinate with regional directors and AEU-1. Consult and coordinate with the DOS. C-10 AIA-1 Consider suspension of foreign students' training programs and determine disposition of students in coordination with the DOS, sponsoring agency, or parent Embassy. C-11 ADA-20 Issue charged dosimeters to personnel with emergency operations assignments. C-12 AHR-1 Review any actions that may have to be taken with respect to pending retirements. Consider the effect of such retirements on agency essential personnel needs or tasks. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 2. PAGE 5 C-13 AHR-1 Consider recommending the recall of FAA students from the FAA Academy. Coordinate the disposition of foreign students at the FAA Academy with AIA. C-14 Offices/Services Until further notice, cancel approval of routine leave for personnel needed to provide essential services. If needed, recall personnel on leave or in travel status to meet emergency assignments. C-15 Offices/Services Place personnel not needed for essential services on administrative leave and issue instructions regarding their responsibilities while in such status (see Appendix 9, Emergency Guidance and Instructions for FAA Personnel and Their Dependents, Order 1900.1D). c. Administrative and Security Actions. ITEM C-16 ADA-20 Advise the Administrator of the status of the headquarters building evacuation plans. C-17 Offices/Services, ADA-20 Review the emergency assignments of personnel, ensuring that all cadre positions are filled, all credentials are in order, designees are briefed on their duties, means of transportation, and method of alert. C-18 Offices/Services (1) Determine availability of personnel in the OLS for the office/service head. (2) Be prepared to suspend FAA programs determined to be nonessential to emergency operations. (3) Curtail or postpone all nonessential agency activities. (4) Provide the Administrator with an estimate or operational capability to carry out the assigned office/service functions under emergency conditions. C-19 AGC-1 Advise the Administrator on the legal aspects of planned or proposed emergency actions. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 2. PAGE 6 C-20 Offices/Services Notify ADA-20 when directed level CHARLIE actions are attained.

5. AIR DEFENSE EMERGENCY

a. Without further direction, accomplish all measures to attain the highest degree of readiness. b. Upon notification of Warning YELLOW (attack Probable), relocate emergency operation cadres (if not previously done) to the alternate EOF's along with records essential to immediate operation. Upon notification of such warning, personnel without emergency assignment are to follow civil defense instructions. See Appendix 9, Emergency Guidance and Instructions for FAA Personnel and Their Dependents, Order 1900.1D.

6. DEFENSE EMERGENCY

. Upon notification of a defense emergency, the FAA readiness level, which is appropriate to the circumstances, will be disseminated. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 3. PAGE 1

APPENDIX 3. SAMPLE ORDER FOR OFFICE OR SERVICE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN

AIR TRANSPORT SERVICE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes the plan for conducting Air Transport Service (ATS) activities during a national emergency and is written in support of FAA Order 1910.1E, FAA Headquarters Emergency Operations Plan. TABLE OF CONTENTS 2. Distribution 3. Cancellation 4. Objective 5. Organization and Staffing 6. Personnel Assignments 7. Operational Line of Succession 8. Mission 9. Duty Assignments 10. Notification Procedures APPENDIX 1. ORGANIZATION AND STAFFING Figure 1. Emergency Staff Organization Figure 2. Personnel Assignments Figure 3. Liaison Assignments to Other Federal Agencies Figure 4. Telephone Alert System

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to the branch level within the service and to all ATS employees having an emergency assignment.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order TS 1910.1D, Air Transport Service (ATS) Emergency Operations Plan, is canceled.

4. OBJECTIVE

. This plan provides for continuity of operations and executive direction of the ATS during a national emergency. It prescribes the staffing of the ATS representation on the Emergency Operations Staff and FAA liaison teams to other Federal agencies. The emergency responsibilities of ATS are shown in Chapter 3, FAA Order 1910.1E, FAA Headquarters Emergency Operations Plan. The progression of emergency actions for ATS during an alert build-up is shown in Appendix 1, Order 1910.1E. The functions of the Emergency Operations Staff and liaison groups assigned to other Federal agencies are described in Chapters 2 and 4, respectively, of Order 1910.1E.

5. ORGANIZATION AND STAFFING

. The organization and staffing of the ATS Emergency Staff are shown in Figure 1, Appendix 1. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 3. PAGE 2

6. PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTS

. Assignments to the Emergency Operations Staff are shown in Figure 2, Appendix 1. Assignments to liaison duty with other Federal agencies and DOT are shown in Figure 3, Appendix 1.

7. OPERATIONAL LINE OF SUCCESSION

. The line of succession for the Director, ATS. is as follows: a. Deputy Director. b. Manager, Operations Division. c. Manager, Maintenance Division. d. Manager, Regulations Division.

8. MISSIONS

. One mission of the ATS is to assist the Administrator, as part of the Emergency Operations Staff, by directing air transport activities. The other mission is to support the ATS liaison team members with other Federal agencies by providing information on air transport activities.

9. DUTY ASSIGNMENTS

. (As Required.)

10. NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES

. The service will be notified by ADA-20 when FAA increases its readiness posture. When this notification is received, the telephone alert system shown in Figure 4, Appendix 1, will be activated. If a person called cannot be reached, the caller is responsible for making the calls of the person who cannot be contacted. Deployment of personnel to alternate EOF's is not automatic. Movements will be only at the specific direction of the Administrator. IMAGE OF 1910.1E APPENDIX 4. PAGE 1 (AND 2)

APPENDIX 4. TYPICAL EMERGENCY OPERATING FACILITY LAYOUT

Distribution: A-W(TO/TR/AA/BU/AM/AS/CS/GC/IA/PT/LG/PM)-3 Initiated By: ADA-20 A-X(minus CC)-1; A-X(CC)-2; A-Y(MS)-2; A-Z(AN)-2

2100.9A PREPARING AND PROCESSING PROPOSALS FOR AMENDMENTS TO 14 CFR 67

 IMAGE OF 2100.9A PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 2100.9A Federal Aviation Administration SUBJ: PREPARING AND PROCESSING PROPOSALS FOR AMENDMENTS TO 14 CFR 67

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes procedures for processing proposals to amend Part 67, Medical Standards and Certification, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in the Office of Aviation Medicine and the Civil Aeromedical Institute; to Regional Aviation Medical Divisions, and to the NAEEC Medical Staff.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 2100.9, Preparing and Processing Proposals for New or Amended Regulations Concerning 14 CFR 67, dtd 22 Sep 71, is canceled.

4. APPLICABILITY

. This order applies to divisions and staffs in the Office of Aviation Medicine and to medical elements in regions and centers.

5. CRITERIA

. Each proposal for a new regulation or amendment to existing regulations must be determined necessary or desirable in the interest of aviation safety or in the administration of civil aviation. This determination is established through investigation and study or demonstrated through actual operational experience.

6. RESPONSIBILITIES

. a. Draft Items. Each division within the Office of Aviation Medicine, the Civil Aeromedical Institute, the Regional Aviation Medical Divisions, or the NAFEC Medical Staff shall prepare drafts of proposed regulatory items for subject matter within its area of responsibility and concern. b. Control and Handling. The Aeromedical Standards Division shall serve as the focal point for control and handling of all regulatory action, and shall: (1) Advise and assist the Federal Air Surgeon with respect to all regulatory activities. (2) Review and take appropriate action on all drafts of proposed regulatory items including the establishment and supervision of a rules project where indicated. IMAGE OF 2100.9A PAGE 2

7. PROCEDURES

. a. Drafts of proposed regulatory items shall be prepared and submitted by the head of the organizational element involved to the Federal Air Surgeon for review and processing. They shall include: (1) A statement of the issue involved, including its scope. (2) A list of the regulations involved. (3) The reason for initiating the project, including the source of the suggestion that a rules project is needed. (4) A summary of background material, the alternatives available, and complete justification for the establishment of a rules project. (5) An analysis of any differences between existing procedures and the recommended action. (6) The known or anticipated positions of interested persons. b. Establishment of a Rules Project. Where the review of a draft proposed regulatory item indicates the need to establish a rules project, the Aeromedical Standards Division shall prepare and distribute the initiating document, and all associated reports, in accordance with the provisions of Order 2100.13, FAA Rule Making Policies. H. L. REIGHARD, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: WAM-3/CAM-3/RAM-2/NAM-2 Initiated By: AAM-200

3150.1B AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY TRAINING FOR FAA FLIGHT PERSONNEL

IMAGE OF 3150.1B PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3150.1B Federal Aviation Administration 3/7/75 SUBJ: AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY TRAINING FOR FAA FLIGHT PERSONNEL

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes an aviation physiology training program for FAA flight personnel to include course content, location of agency, military and NASA training facilities, and procedures for applying for such training.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in Washington, Regions, Aeronautical Center, and NAFEC; and normal distribution to all Flight Standards, Air Traffic, and International Aviation Field Offices.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 3150.1A is canceled.

4. OBJECTIVE

. The objective of this order is to provide information, list training sources, define the program content, and provide administrative procedures to enable FAA aircrew personnel to learn the physiological effects of flight and how to compensate for the numerous body handicaps posed by the f light environment.

5. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

. Aviation physiological training requirements are as prescribed in Order 4040.9, General Manual for Operation of FAA Aircraft. Initial qualification in physiological training is met by attendance at a course as outlined in Appendix 2. Recurrent aviation physiological training requirements are listed in Appendix 4.

6. TRAINING PREREQUISITES

. Prerequisites for receiving aviation physiological training are: a. A valid first-, second- or third-class medical certificate. An inquiry shall be made concerning the current state of health of each trainee prior to the altitude chamber exposure. Doubtful cases shall be referred to a physician for appropriate decision. b. Assignment to flight duties within FAA as prescribed by Order 4040.9. c. All Air Traffic Control personnel receiving orientation flights on military jet aircraft, which fly at or above 18,000 feet Mean Sea Level, will be required to complete a training course in Aviation Physiology prior to such flights. Controllers flying as passengers in T-39 aircraft and aircraft with a C- designation are exempt from this requirement; however, commanders of these aircraft will brief passengers regarding oxygen system, life support and escape equipment prior to flights. IMAGE OF 3150.1B PAGE 2

7. APPLICATION FOR TRAINING

. a. The trainee's supervisor should contact the appropriate facility to arrange the initial physiological training course. Care should be exercised to assure the facility understands that the trainees are FAA employees. b. Personnel desiring the recurrent program should contact the Special Projects Unit, AAC-952A, FAA Academy, and make arrangements to attend the course in conjunction with their Flight Training Course as outlined in Order 4040.9, paragraph 309. Personnel needing the initial program may also be trained at the FAA Aeronautical Center. c. Personnel qualified to receive the recurrent program will normally find it difficult to obtain a suitable schedule for this brief specialized approach at the military facility. If time will not permit attendance at the FAA Aeronautical Center, it is suggested that recurrent applicants accept a 1-day initial program offered more frequently by the military facility.

8. EVIDENCE OF TRAINING

. Upon the trainee's successful completion of the course, the Physiological Training Facility (Appendix 1) shall (1) Issue FAA Form 3150-1, Physiological Training card, to the individual, and (2) send AC Form 9100-12, Physiological Training, to the Civil Aeromedical Institute's Physiological Operations and Training Section, AAC-143. Upon receipt of AC Form 9100-12, AAC-143 shall complete AC Form 3150-4, Individual Physiological Training Record, for inclusion in the individual's personnel records. Students trained at the Aeronautical Center shall be issued FAA Form 3150-1 by AAC-143

9. COURSE CONTENT

. See Appendix 2.

10. FORMS

. AC Forms 3150-4 and 9100-12, unit of issue: SH, are stocked by AAC-1430 FAA Form 3150-1, unit of issue. EA, is stocked by the FAA Depot, FSN: 0052-00-678-80000 H. L. REIGARD, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon IMAGE OF 3150.1B APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 (AND 2)

APPENDIX 1. U. S. GOVERNMENT PHYSIOLOGICAL TRAINING FACILITIES

Aeronautical Center, Oklahoma City, Okla. Andrews AFB, Md. MacDill AFB, Fla. Barbers Point NAS, Hawaii Mather AFB, Calif. Carswell AFB, Tex. Moody AFB, Ga. Castle AFB, Calif. NASA-Johnson Space Center, Tex. Cherry Point MCAS, N.C. Norfolk NAS, Va. Columbia AFB, Miss. Offutt AFB, Nebr. Corpus Christi NAS, Tex. Patuxent River NAS, Md. Craig AFB, Ala. Pease AFB, N.H. Davis-Monthan AFB, Ariz. Pensacola NAS, Fla. Edwards AFB, Calif. Point Mugu NMC, Calif. Ellsworth AFB, S.Dak. Randolph AFB, Tex. Fairchild AFB, Wash. Reese AFB, Tex. George AFB, Calif. San Diego NAS, Calif. Jacksonville NAS, Fla. Shaw AFB, S.C. Langley AFB, Va. Tyndall AFB, Fla. Lemoore NAS, Calif. Webb AFB, Tex. Laughlin AFB, Tex. Whidbey Island NAS, Wash. Little Rock AFB, Ark. Williams AFB, Ariz. Lowry AFB, Colo. Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio IMAGE OF 3150.1B APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1

APPENDIX 2. TOPIC OUTLINE FOR ACADEMIC TRAINING

This topic outline is a guide only. It is expected that the type of group will determine whether the instructor chooses to cover the subject material in a different sequence. It might also be appropriate to change the curriculum subjects on occasion. The idea is to teach a "need to know" Program in this short time period. 1. Physics of the Atmosphere A. Composition B. Divisions C. Atmospheric Pressure D. Gas Laws 2. Trapped Gases A. Anatomical Areas Affected B. Correlation of Gas Law Physics C. Disease State D. Treatment 3. Hypoxia A. Definition - Types - Causes B. Correlation of Atmospheric Physics C. Respiratory and Circulation Physiology Correlation with Hypoxia D. Symptoms - Time of Effective Performance E. Self-imposed Stresses - Enhancement of Low Grade Hypoxia F. Use of Oxygen as Hypoxia Combatant - Low and High Altitudes G. Oxygen Use for Improved Night Vision 4. Oxygen Equipment Use and Equipment Familiarization A. Description of Systems and Equipment Used in Civil Aviation with Primary Emphasis on High Pressure, Continuous Flow and Portable Kits. Use slides contained in oxygen equipment slide set. 5. Hyperventilation A. Definition - Cause - Physiology B. Symptoms - Treatment IMAGE OF 3150.1B APPENDIX 2 PAGE 2 6. Evolved Gas Disorder A. Definition - Physiology B. Treatment C. Correlation with SCUBA 7. Disorientation A. Physiology of Visual and Vestibular Illusions B. Correlation with both VFR and IFR Flight C. Prevention and Cure D. Barany Chair Demonstrations 8. Decompression Phenomena A. How It Occurs - Physics B. Emergency Procedures 9. Pre-flight Briefing A. Oxygen Equipment B. Mask Fitting and Chamber Assemblage 10. Altitude Simulator Program See Appendix 3 for altitude simulator profile and rapid decompression flight procedures. IMAGE OF 3150.1B APPENDIX 3 PAGE 1

APPENDIX 3. ALTITUDE SIMULATOR FLIGHT PROFILE

Altitude Simulator Flight Profile USAF/FAA Agreement Trainees Time: Approx. 50 min. (16 Students) PROCEDURE PHASE I - OXYGEN EQUIPMENT FAMILIARIZATION AND HYPOXIA SYMPTOMS Orientation of oxygen equipment, intercom and instrumentation configurations. Pre-flight check. Oxygen pre-breathing is optional. Begin ear check ascent. Students should be breathing 100% oxygen. Do not exceed 1,500 FPM on ear check descent. Following the ear check, trainees will begin ascent to 25,000 feet. Average rate of ascent should not exceed 3,500 FPM. During ascent, discuss gas expansion and elaborate further on the elimination of oxygen mask leakage, periodic checks of oxygen regulator operation and connections, etc. Divide trainees into two groups for the hypoxia exercise. Level at 25,000 feet. Perform the hypoxia exercises on each group allowing the trainees to experience the full onset of hypoxia, but try to prevent any student from progressing to the point of unconsciousness. Employ devices to challenge the mental and physical dexterity processes. Upon completion of the hypoxia exercises, begin chamber descent. Average rate of descent should not exceed 3,000 FPM. Discuss the individual tolerance factors, symptom variances, performance inabilities, time versus altitude in relation to severity, etc. Encourage students to participate in enumeration of hypoxia symptoms. Descend to ground level. IMAGE OF 3150.1B APPENDIX 3 PAGE 2 PHASE II - RAPID DECOMPRESSION Ascend chamber compartment to the predetermined altitude at which, when lock compartment is decompressed, the students will not level below 20,000 feet or higher than 25,000 feet. The rate of ascent should be controlled to prevent the students from ascending to level-off altitude faster than that performed on the Air Force Decompression Profile. Students should have their oxygen equipment in the standby position. Lock compartment should be ascended to 8,000 feet and the decompression performed without an obvious pre-signal to the students. The students will be expected to recognize the onset of the decompression and don their oxygen masks and check their oxygen equipment. Assistance will be given if necessary. During descent, discuss importance of pre-flight check, recognition of physical phenomena associated with decompression_rate of ascent versus cabin volume--possibility of excitement and hyperventilation, cure for hyperventilation. Rate of descent should not exceed an average of 3,000 FPM. Personnel should experience pressure breathing by activating the emergency lever or pressure control knob as soon as possible after starting descent. After finishing the pressure breathing exercise, students should place the diluter control lever in the "normal oxygen" position. Question all chamber participants regarding any physical discomforts. Make a negative remark on their sign-in cards or flight sheet. If affirmative, make a remark concerning their post-chamber treatment and condition when permitted to leave. IMAGE OF 3150.1B APPENDIX 4 PAGE 1 (AND 2)

APPENDIX 4. PHYSIOLOGICAL TRAINING COURSE

Physiological Training Course Recurrent Training TOPIC OUTLINE This course given at Aeronautical Center. Duration: 4 hours 1. Content - Classroom - 3 hours A. Hypoxia B. Self-imposed Stress C. Decompression D. Oxygen Systems and Equipment E. Decompression Sickness 2. Altitude Simulator Flight: 1 hour A. Pre-flight Equipment B. Ear Clearance Pretest Descent from 10,000 feet to 2,000 feet at 1,500 FPM C. Rapid Decompression Ascent from 8,000 feet to 18,000 feet in 10 seconds D. Hypoxia Mask removed at 25,000 feet E. Pressure Breathing Trainees experience a mild pressure breathing effect at 25,000 feet. F. Descent to ground level. Distribution: WRNC-3, FFS-0/FAT-0/FIA-0 (Normal) Initiated By: AAC-140

3150.3 TRAINING OF MEDICAL PROGRAM PERSONNEL

IMAGE OF 3150.3 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3150.3 Federal Aviation Administration May 17, 1978 SUBJ: TRAINING OF MEDICAL PROGRAM PERSONNEL

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes Office of Aviation Medicine standards for training of medical program personnel. For purposes of this Order, the term "traini ng" includes agency-conducted training, out-of-agency training, aviation medicine seminars and professional meetings which provide continuing medical education, and on-the-job training.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to director level in the Offices of Accounting and Audit, Budget, and Personnel and Training, and to branch level in the Office of Aviation Medicine in Washington. This Order also is distributed to regional and center directors, to regional Aviation Medical, Accounting, Budget, and Personnel Management Divisions; to branch level in the Civil Aeromedical Institute at the Aeronautical Center; to the NAFEC Medical Staff; and to medical offices in air route traffic control centers.

3. SCOPE

. This order applies to all medical program personnel employed by the agency located in Washington Headquarters, regions, centers and air route traffic control centers.

4. STANDARDS

. a. Medical Officers. To ensure that medical officers remain current in aviation medicine the following, within available resources, shall be supported: (1) Completion of the USAF "Primary Course in Aerospace Medicine" or acceptable alternative coursework, if the physician has no prior aviation medicine experience. (2) Annual attendance at the Aerospace Medical Association Scientific Meeting. (3) Annual attendance at one additional professional meeting related to the employee's particular scientific field. (4) Attendance at a three-day Aviation Medicine Seminar annually, and a five-day Seminar every three years. (5) Continuing medical education required for license retention or one annual educational undertaking (even if not required for licensure). IMAGE OF 3150.3 PAGE 2 (6) Training in EKG and X-ray interpretation and post-exercise cardiography, if not previously obtained, b. Newly-Appointed Medical Officers. Physicians new to the agency shall be provided, within available resources, the training specified in 4. a. above, as well as the following: (1) A working visit, soon after appointment, to a comparable regional office and/or air route traffic control center medical facility. (2) A thorough (3-5 days) indoctrination at the Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI) within the first 3 months of employment. (3) An orientation visit to the Office of Aviation Medicine between 3-6 months after entrance on duty. (4) Agency-conducted supervisory training. c. Residency Training. Medical officers desiring aerospace residency training should direct requests through supervisory channels to the Federal Air Surgeon, AAM-1. d. Other Medical Program Personnel. All other medical program personnel shall be provided, within available resources, training necessary to maintain and upgrade skills consistent with changing technology and job demands. As required, such personnel may receive basic and continuing training in such areas as emergency care, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, electrocardiography, alcohol and drug abuse, introductory occupational health and medical records management, as well as administrative and business management courses designed for such personnel. Such personnel also should be afforded opportunity to attend Aviation Medicine Seminars and to make working field visits to other regional offices and centers, especially the Civil Aeromedical Institute.

5. RESPONSIBILITY

. Medical program officials shall: a. Counsel all medical program personnel as to training requirements and opportunities, and shall provide for required training consistent with regional budgetary and administrative procedures. b. Establish means to acquire and disseminate information on local medical training opportunities from sources such as higher education departments, organizations such as American Red Cross, American Cancer Society, and local medical groups. IMAGE OF 3150.3 PAGE 3 c. Develop and provide up-to-date position descriptions to employees and initiate discussion of duties and mutual job expectations; conduct periodic (at least annual) review and necessary revision of position descriptions. d. Provide to medical officers a basic administrative and professional work kit as specified in Appendix 1. e. Provide or arrange for detailed briefings to all medical program personnel on the interrelationships within the national medical program, within the FAA, and with outside agencies such as the Office of Worker's Compensation Program, Civil Service Commission and the National Transportation Safety Board. f. Encourage participation of medical officers in varied duties such as accident investigation and pilot lectures.

6. OTHER TRAINING

. Suggested training opportunities for medical officers are listed in Appendix 2.

7. FUNDING

. Funds for these training activities shall be requested by the medical facilities through the normal budgetary process and annual calls for training estimates. H. L. REIGHARD, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon IMAGE OF 3150.3 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1

APPENDIX 1. - WORK MATERIALS

1. MEDICAL (provide to each medical officer) a. AME Directory b. CSC Qualification Standards, Air Traffic Control Series 2152 c. FARs, Part 67, Medical Standards and Certification d. FAA Directives: 3410.11A ATC Second Career Program 3910.2A Occupational Health Programs 3930.2 Medical Examination Procedures for Government Motor Vehicle Operators 3930.3 ATCS Health Program 8025. Aviation Medicine Participation in Aircraft Accident Investigations 8500.18 Medical Certification - Denial Procedures 8520.2B AME System 8520.3A Guide for AMEs 9000.1B Medical Reporting Requirements e. Index to OAM Reports f. Index of Reference Materials * g. Legislation: P.L. 91-616 Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Treatment, and Rehabilitation Act of 1970 P.L. 92-255 Drug Abuse Office and Treatment Act of 1972 P.L. 91-596 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 P.L. 79-658 Government Employees - Health Programs (and BOB Circular A-72) 2. MEDICAL REFERENCE MATERIAL* a. AMA Drug Evaluations b. Appropriate Medical Association Journals c. CFR 14, Vols. 1-59, 60-199 d. "C-V Problems Associated with Aviation Safety (FA74Wa-3447) e. "Drug Hazards in Aviation Medicine f. FAA Directives: 2700. Reimbursement of Agency Personnel for Cost of Required Medical Examinations 3700. Employee Assistance Program 3700.5 Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation Program for Alcoholism and Alcohol Abuse 3900.4 Noise Control in Occupational Environments 3900.1A Occupational Safety 3910.1B Issuance of Sunglasses 3910.3 Radiation Health Hazards and Protection 3920.1 Immunization of Key Personnel 3940.1 First Aid Kits in . . . Facilities 4040.9 Operation of FAA Aircraft (Para. 129) 8020.11 Aircraft Accident and Incident Notification 9000.2A Control and Disposition of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs IMAGE OF 3150.3 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 g. Federal Air Surgeon's Medical Guideline Letters (MGLs) h. Federal Air Surgeon's Medical Bulletins i. Federal Employees Compensation Act j. Federal Personnel Manual sections related to medical program activities k. Labor Agreements l. Medical Handbook for Pilots m. Merck Manual n. OWPC Title 20 Benefits o. Physicians Desk Reference 3. NONMEDICAL REFERENCE MATERIAL a. All Pertinent Regional Administrative Procedures and Directives b. World Aviation Directory c. Guide to FAA Publications, FAA-APA-PG-1 d. Listings of Region, Center, OAM Personnel e. Organization Handbook, 1100.2, Chapter 13, Office of Aviation Medicine IMAGE OF 3150.3 APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1

APPENDIX 2. SUGGESTED TRAINING FOR MEDICAL OFFICERS

Title or Category Source 1. Accident Investigation, I and II FAA 2. Aerospace Pathology Armed Forces Institute 3. Alcoholism --- 4. ATC Indoctrination FAA 5. Emergency Care --- 6. Family Practice Refresher --- 7. Labor Management Relations FAA 8. Microwave Radiation --- 9. Primary Course in Aerospace Medicine USAF 10. Toward Understanding Human Behavior Menninger ∧ Motivation Distribution: WAA/BU/PT-1;WAM-3 Initiated By: AAM-12 RNC-1; RAM/AC/BU/PM FAT-1 (minimum) CAM-3; NAM-3

3450.36A OFFICE OF AVIATION MEDICINE AWARDS PROGRAM

 IMAGE OF 3450.36A PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3450.36A Federal Aviation Administration 12/29/93 SUBJ: OFFICE OF AVIATION MEDICINE AWARDS PROGRAM

1. PURPOSE

: This order provides guidelines for the administration of the Office of Aviation Medicine (AAM) Awards Program.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to all AAM employees.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 3450.36, dated August 12, 1992, is cancelled.

4. BACKGROUND

. This program provides a forum for recognizing AAM employees for excellence and achievement in various categories of job and job-related activities. It includes an award for recognizing other FAA employees whose achievements have made a positive contribution to the AAM mission. There is also an award for recognizing an AAM organization for excellence of performance, exceptional achievement, and special efficiency. The criteria for these awards are tied closely to the principles enumerated in the FAA's Total Quality Management Philosophy. Through continuous improvement, it is the FAA's mission to foster a safe, secure, and efficient aviation system which contributes to national security and the promotion of civil aviation. The programs of Aviation Medicine are playing an ever increasing and more significant role in the fulfillment of this mission. This awards program is in addition to existing methods of recognition and shall not be used as a substitute for employee performance awards.

5. INDIVIDUAL AWARDS FOR EXCELLENCE AND ACHIEVEMENT

. a. General. The awards for excellence and achievement recognize AAM employees in various categories of job and job-related activities as listed in Paragraph 5b, below. There is also a category to recognize a FAA individual(s) who is not an AAM employee. Appendix l, Award Category Guidelines, provides criteria for evaluating performance under each of the categories. The guidelines are not all inclusive. All AAM employees, including Washington headquarters, Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI), Technical Center (ACT), Regional Aviation Medicine Divisions, and medical field office employees are eligible for nomination. IMAGE OF 3450.36A PAGE 2 b. Awards Categories. Annual awards may be presented in any or all of the below categories depending on the number and quantity of nominations: (1) Outstanding Manager Award (2) Outstanding Leader Award (3) Outstanding Innovator Award (4) Outstanding Team Player Award (5) Administrative Excellence Award (6) Technical or Scientific Publication Award (7) Educational Excellence Award (8) TQM Excellence Award (9) Friend of AAM Award (10) Flight Surgeon of the Year Award c. Nomination Procedures. (1) Nominations will be based on activities and accomplishments during the period January 1 through December 31 of the previous year. (2) Nominations may be initiated by any AAM employee. The employee initiating the nomination shall prepare the nomination in the format prescribed in Appendix II. Nominations must be no longer than two type-written pages. Supporting documentation may be attached as appropriate. (3) Nominations must be endorsed by the nominee's division manager at headquarters or CAMI or by the Regional Flight Surgeon for regional and medical field office nominations. If the nominee is a division manager in Washington headquarters or a Regional Flight Surgeon, the endorsement must be made by the Deputy Federal Air Surgeon; a CAMI division manager nominee must be endorsed by the Director, CAMI. Endorsements should add to, verify, support, or clarify the information in the nomination, as appropriate. The endorsement should also include a brief statement concerning the nominee's current job description and how it relates to the activities cited for the nomination. Endorsements should be no longer than one type-written page. (4) Nominations shall be submitted to the Federal Air Surgeon, AAM-1, by March 1 of each year. IMAGE OF 3450.36A PAGE 3

6. AAM OFFICE OF THE YEAR AWARD

. a. General. This award will be presented to the AAM organization which has displayed excellence of performance, exceptional achievement, and special efficiency. An organization is defined as a branch or division at headquarters or CAMI, a regional aviation medicine division, or a medical field office (including the Technical Center) which performs aviation medicine functions. Selection of the awardee will be based on the award criteria listed in 6b, below. Appendix 3, Award Criteria Guidelines, provides guidelines for evaluating performance under each of the areas. The guidelines are not intended to be all-inclusive. There may be other areas of performance which merit consideration. b. Award Criteria. (1) Program Accomplishment (2) Communications (3) Employee Development (4) External Relations (5) Human Relations (6) Professionalism (7) Other Significant Accomplishments c. Nomination Procedure (1) Nominations may be initiated and prepared by anyone in Washington headquarters, CAMI, a region, or field office. The nomination must be endorsed by the next level manager of the organization nominated. (2) Justification for the annual award shall be prepared as a brief narrative individually addressing the areas listed in paragraph 5b and should detail specific performance, accomplishments, and other contributions considered worthy of recognition. The total justification package must be no more than three typed pages. The endorsement memorandum should be less than one page. (3) The rating period will be from January 1 through December 31 of each year. (4) Nominations shall be submitted to the Federal Air Surgeon by March 1 of each year. IMAGE OF 3450.36A PAGE 4

7. SELECTION PROCEDURE

. a. The Federal Air Surgeon will establish annually a review panel to evaluate the nominations, and to recommend selection. The review panel will consist of a Regional Flight Surgeon, a medical field office physician, a representative from CAMI, and a representative from each AAM headquarters division. As a general rule, the review process will result in one selectee per category. In unusual cases where there are strongly contending candidates for the award, more than one selectee may be recommended. b. Winners will not be considered for an award in the same category the following year. c. The Federal Air Surgeon will make the final selections and announce the award recipients not later than April 1.

8. AWARDS PRESENTATION

. a. An AAM awards ceremony will be held in May of each year. In the case of a group winner, one individual should be selected by the group to receive the award. b. An inscribed plaque will be presented to the award winner in each category. c. A certificate will be presented to each winner of the individual awards. d. A certificate or other individual memento will be presented to each person who worked in the organization that won the Office of the Year Award. In addition, a traveling "Office of the Year" plaque will be passed on to the winning organization each year. e. A letter of recognition will be presented to the winners of the individual awards for inclusion in their permanent personnel file. f. The Office of Aviation Medicine will take appropriate steps to assure that awards are publicized throughout the Federal Aviation Administration. g. Winners of the AAM awards will be considered as nominees for the Aviation Standards Awards for Excellence Program, along with other nominations. h. Nominees/organizations not selected will be notified in writing. IMAGE OF 3450.36A PAGE 5 i. Recipients of the awards shall be authorized the necessary funding for travel and per diem by their respective offices to attend the awards ceremony. In the case of a group, travel and per diem will be authorized for only one representative of the group. Family members of award recipients are welcome to attend the ceremony, but are not authorized to travel at Government expense. Jon L. Jordan, M.D. Federal Air SurgeonAttachments

Appendix I. INDIVIDUAL AWARD CATEGORY GUIDELINES

IMAGE OF 3450.36A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 Appendix I. INDIVIDUAL AWARD CATEGORY GUIDELINES 1. Outstanding Manager Award. Awarded to the AAM manager whose personal efforts have resulted in the optimum work environment for his/her employees. Employees are recognized as our most important asset. The environment (both physical and emotional) assures employee dignity, encourages development of skills, promotes job pride and satisfaction, and rewards initiative and improvement. 2. Outstanding Leader Award. Awarded to the AAM manager, TQM work group leader, or program manager who has shown exceptional leadership qualities by directing or taking a principal role in executing AAM goals. Documentation should show major program accomplishments by his/her staff as a result of the nominee's personal dedication, initiative, and coordination or leadership abilities. 3. Outstanding Innovator Award. Awarded to the AAM employee who has introduced new or improved products or services of a technical nature which have resulted in major program impact, significant savings of FAA resources, or improvements in aviation medicine. 4. Outstanding Team Player(s) Award. Awarded to the AAM employee(s) who has demonstrated exceptional abilities by accomplishing AAM goals through fostering a team effort. Nominee(s) encourages participation, listens to and incorporates ideas of others, and directs the team effort to the accomplishments of significant AAM objectives. 5. Administrative Excellence Award. Awarded to the AAM employee in an administrative role who constantly looks for a better way of doing business and improving processes. Nominee is not afraid of change. The nominee identifies weaknesses, provides suggestions or implements procedures or activities that improve efficiency, saves resources, or improves service to our customers. 6. Technical or Scientific Publication Award. Presented to the AAM employee whose research has contributed significantly to the general body of technical or scientific literature in furtherance of the AAM mission. 7. Education Excellence Award. Awarded to the AAM manager or supervisor who has dedicated time and resources to actively promote the training of subordinates to meet AAM goals. Documentation should include the development/introduction of new or improved educational programs, evidence of continued formal on-the-job training, structured training plans, cross-training of subordinates, and promotion of related education and training opportunities for all employees. IMAGE OF 3450.36A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 8. TOM Excellence Award. Awarded to the AAM employee who has successfully implemented TQM philosophy and procedures to accomplish AAM goals. Documentation should include evidence of a personal commitment to the TQM philosophy, formal promotion of TQM, and significant accomplishments as the result of TQM efforts. 9. Friend of AAM Award. Awarded to individual(s) outside of the AAM organization whose actions have significantly enhanced the role of AAM or contributed to the AAM mission. Nominee's are restricted to employees of the FAA. (See FAA Order 1200.8C for recognition and awards for individuals not employed by the FAA.) 10. Flight Surgeon of the Year Award. Awarded to the Flight Surgeon who meets the basic criteria of at least three AAM individual awards. For example, if the Flight Surgeon has displayed exceptional performance in the areas of outstanding manager, outstanding team player, and TQM excellence, he/she could then be nominated for the Flight Surgeon of the Year Award. However, the employee need not be nominated for or win the other three individual awards to be eligible for this award, but must meet the basic criteria for three individual awards. Specific justification as to the employee's accomplishments in three individual AAM awards areas is required.

APPENDIX II

 IMAGE OF 3450.36A APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1 APPENDIX II Subject: ACTION: Aviation Medicine Awards for Achievement and Excellence From: Ms. Mary Smith, ANE To: Federal Air Surgeon, AAM-1 Thru: 1. The following individual is nominated for consideration in the annual Aviation Medicine Awards for achievement and excellence. a. Name: b. Grade: c. Organization: d. Current Position: e. Award Category: (i.e., outstanding leader award) 2. Narrative description of performance from Appendix 1 for which nominated. (Include specific activities, accomplishments, and contributions worthy of consideration.)

APPENDIX III. AAM OFFICE OF THE YEAR AWARD CRITERIA GUIDELINES

 IMAGE OF 3450.36A APPENDIX 3 PAGE 1 APPENDIX III. AAM OFFICE OF THE YEAR AWARD CRITERIA GUIDELINES 1. Program Accomplishment Operational efficiency, effectiveness, and responsiveness. The quality of products provided and services rendered in technical and administrative areas. 2. Communications The quality and quantity of communications flow to keep all pertinent employees, managers, customers, and program organizations well informed. 3. Employee Development The extent to which promotions, agency training, managerial relationships, and self-development opportunities are provided for employees to enhance their overall skills and abilities. 4. External Relations The degree to which outside organizations feel that they have been well served by the aviation medicine organization. The fostering of good will with outside organizations. 5. Human Relations Employee Participation - The extent to which employees seek and are given opportunities to participate in the decisions which effect their work. EEO/Affirmative Action - Giving employees equal opportunities to perform and succeed. Employee Morale - Feeling of Esprit de Corps. Presence of positive attitudes. General willingness to help fellow employees, managers, and the organization. 6. Professionalism Conformance to the technical, ethical and behavioral standards which are stated or implied in the office environment. Quality of leadership and excellence. IMAGE OF 3450.36A APPENDIX 3 PAGE 2 7. Other Significant Accomplishments Employee suggestions. Special achievements. Outside activities that cast employees and the FAA in a favorable light. Extraordinary mission or program accomplishment. New initiatives. Development of a new procedure or process that results in substantially increased productivity, efficiency, or economy of operation. Innovations of major significance to serve the public or in furthering agency or Government-wide programs. Distribution: A-WXY(AM)8 Initiated By: AAM-120

3900 HEALTH AWARENESS PROGRAM

 IMAGE OF 3900 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3900. Federal Aviation Administration SUBJ: HEALTH AWARENESS PROGRAM

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Health Awareness Program (HAP) and delegates responsibilities. It is a part of the agency's continuing effort to meet the health needs of FAA employees, to achieve greater employee awareness and knowledge of health-related subjects, to offer preventive medical services, and to change any inappropriate attitudes and behavior toward health risk factors.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in Washington headquarters, regions, and centers and to all supervisors in the field facilities.

3. BACKGROUND

. On October 1, 1988, the Office of Aviation Medicine (AAM) began a 1-year prototype health awareness project based in the FAA headquarters health clinic. The project was well received, was granted national program status, and was expanded in FY 1990 to the nine regions and two major centers, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center (AMC) and the FAA Technical Center (ACT). The regions and the two major centers appointed a contact person to coordinate the program with the national manager of the Health Awareness Program. They formed a working group to implement and refine the program nationally. The national manager of the Health Awareness Program (AAM-230) is the chair of this working group. In FY 1991, a contact person at the Center for Management Development (CMD) became a member of the working group.

4. SCOPE

. Each year the working group develops a schedule addressing various health issues. Although regions may differ slightly in the way programs are presented, the health topics at any given time are the same nationwide. The objective is to ensure that all personnel within FAA have the opportunity to receive specific information regarding a wide range of health-related topics, programs, and services. The mission statement, "Maximum Productivity Through Health Awareness" is fulfilled when employees become aware of potential health hazards, and take appropriate action before symptoms of disease and disability can shorten their life or reduce their productivity. IMAGE OF 3900 PAGE 2

5. RESPONSIBILITIES

. a. The Federal Air Surgeon. (1) Provides professional leadership and direction to all medical personnel involved in the FAA Health Awareness Program. (2) Appoints the HAP national manager who is located in Washington Headquarters Employee Health Branch (AAM-230). (3) Provides quarterly reports of the accomplishments of the FAA Health Awareness Program to appropriate management. (4) Provides liaison with ACT and CMD. b. Regional Flight Surgeons and Director of CAMI. (1) Provide quarterly reports of accomplishments of the FAA Health Awareness Program to the appropriate regional management. (2) Provide direction and consultation to all medical personnel implementing the FAA Health Awareness Program. (3) Appoint a HAP coordinator who is the contact person for the HAP manager. (4) Provide time for planning of programs and technical training for all medical personnel implementing the FAA Health Awareness Program. (5) Coordinate with Regional Administrators and the AMC Director to ensure knowledge of the FAA Health Awareness Program activities and the advantages of its educational and screening programs. c. The FAA Health Awareness Program Manager. (1) Provides program guidance and policy. (2) Provides professional advice and technical information to the Federal Air Surgeon, other AAM medical personnel, and other agency elements with respect to the FAA Health Awareness Program. (3) Provides professional and technical leadership in the planning, development, and implementation of the FAA Health Awareness Program. (4) Ensures that all program guidance and policy is coordinated with the Regional Flight Surgeons, the Director of CAMI, and the Directors of the Technical Center and CMD. IMAGE OF 3900 PAGE 3 (5) Recommends appropriate technical training for the Office of Aviation Medicine personnel implementing the FAA Health Awareness Program. (6) Provides quarterly reports of the current activities and accomplishments of the FAA Health Awareness Program to the Federal Air Surgeon. (7) Represents the Federal Air Surgeon in liaison with other Governmental and private organizations on matters related to health awareness programs. (8) Coordinates HAP activities jointly sponsored with the Employee Assistance Program (EAP), and volunteer community organizations as appropriately approved by the HAP coordinator. d. Health Awareness Program Regional and Center Coordinators. (1) Coordinate FAA Health Awareness Program activities with appropriate medical personnel in their jurisdictions. (2) Collect quarterly reports of program accomplishments from all medical personnel responsible for the FAA Health Awareness Program in their jurisdictions, and prepare consolidated reports. (3) Obtain appropriate approval of the quarterly consolidated reports for their jurisdictions prior to submitting the reports to the national manager of the FAA Health Awareness Program. (4) Coordinate Health Awareness Program activities jointly sponsored with the EAP, and volunteer community organizations as appropriately approved by the HAP coordinator. e. Facility Managers/Supervisors. Promote and facilitate the FAA Health Awareness Program for their employees. David R. Hinson Administrator Distribution: A-WXY-3; A-FOF-5 Initiated By: AAM-230

WA 3900.1B FAA BLOOD DONOR PROGRAM (RIS: AM 3790-3)

 IMAGE OF WA 3900.1B PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation WA 3900.1B Federal Aviation Administration 6/7/84 SUBJ: FAA BLOOD DONOR PROGRAM (RIS: AM 3790-3)

1. PURPOSE

. This order assigns responsibility for the FAA Blood Donor Program within FAA Headquarters offices and services.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in Washington Headquarters.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order WA 3900.1A, F M Blood Donor Program, is canceled.

4. SCOPE

. This order applies to all F M employees in the District of Columbia. Employees located in nearby Virginia have their own programs with the local chapters of the American Red Cross.

5. RESPONSIBILITY

. a. Office/service directors shall furnish the names of contact persons (and replacements as vacancies occur) to the Office of Aviation Medicine, attention: AAM-400. A list of organizational contacts is attached as Appendix 1. b. The FAA Headquarters Blood Donor Chief Recruiter AAM-400 shall provide necessary coordination with the American Red Cross and advice and assistance to organizational contacts and employees on any problems encountered. c. Contacts shall coordinate the recruiting efforts and advise employees as to benefits and procedures involved in obtaining group coverage.

6. EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION

. Physically qualified employees are urged to give this program their full support, as blood cannot be made available for emergencies unless quotas are met. H. L. REIGHARD, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon

APPENDIX 1. - BLOOD DONOR CONTACTS

 IMAGE OF WA 3900.1B APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1. - BLOOD DONOR CONTACTS Chief Recruiter : Irma R. Hart, R.N., AAM-400, 426-3250 Alternate : Donna L. Hansen, R.N., AAM-400, 426-3250 ORG. CONTACTS PHONE AAD-1 Pat Carlton 426-3456 AAA-10 Laureen Bakri 426-8010 ABU-300 Delores Powers 426-3727 ALR-10 Emily Jones 426-8895 APT-140 Phyllis Burbank 426-8916 ADL Claudia Long 426-8181 AVS-10 Dixie Dean 426-8185 AFO-5 Mary Ann Guntow 426-8441 ACS-1 Dorothy Pennino 426-9863 AWS-111 Robin West 426-9372 AWS-300 Becky Taylor Link 426-8203 AAM-600 Charles Ensor 426-8318 ASF-1 Sally Ryberg 426-2604 AAP Joni Caldwell 426-8634 AIA-1 Sandra S. Weaver 426-3214 AEE-1 John E. Wesler 426-8406 APO-2 Mary E. Glotzback 426-0583 ARP-10 Bessie Waiters 755-9471 AAS Joanne Anderson 426-3053 APP Linda Booth 426-3050 ACR-1 Mary Streat 426-3785 Dorothy Treadwell 426-3785 AGC-400 Clara Thieling 426-3681 APA-4 Glyn Bennett 426-3883 AOA-3 Kathy Rizzardi 426-3111 ALG-2 Ann Thorne 426-8515 AES-10 Connie Triplett 755-8481 APM-11 Louise Christie 426-3654 AMS-300 Tonie Williams 426-8067 ARO-1 Judy Leach 426-3425 Distribution: A-W-3 Initiated By: AAM-400

3910.1 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEE FITNESS CENTER

 IMAGE OF 3910.1 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation WA 3910.1 Federal Aviation Administration 5/9/80 SUBJ: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEE FITNESS CENTER

1. PURPOSE

. This order outlines the responsibility of the Federal Aviation Administration in connection with the Department of Transportation Employee Fitness Center. This order also implements and transmits as Appendix 1 Order DOT 3960.2, Depar tment of Transportation Employees Fitness Center.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to each employee in Washington Headquarters.

3. RESPONSIBILITY

. The Program Operations Division of the Office of Aviation Medicine is responsible for: a. Serving as the coordination point between FAA and the DOT Employee Fitness Center. b. Managing the administrative matters related to these programs including funding, interagency agreements, etc. c. Establishing the level of FAA participation in Special Fitness Programs. d. Notifying FAA employees of Special Fitness Programs. H. L. REIGHARD M.D. Federal Air Surgeon

APPENDIX 1. ORDER DOT 3960.2

 IMAGE OF 3910.1 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1. ORDER DOT 3960.2 1. PURPOSE. This Order establishes the Department of Transportation (DOT) Employee Fitness Center and describes the nature and objectives of its variety of programs. 2. REFERENCES. a. Public Law 79-658 (5 U.S.C. 7901) - Provides general authority for Federal departments and agencies to establish health service programs to promote and maintain the physical and mental fitness of their employees. b. OMB Circular A-72, "Federal Employees Occupational Health Service Programs" - Establishes criteria for Federal agencies and departments to follow in providing health services and programs to eliminate health risks under the Federal Employees Compensation Act. c. Federal Register Volume 43, No. 233, December 4, 1978 - Provides guidelines, from the General Services Administration, for the establishment of physical fitness facilities in Federal space. d. White House Memorandum to Heads of Department and Agencies, dated August 11, 1977 - Encourages Federal agencies to coordinate with the American Heart Association to set up an in-house cardiopulmonary resuscitation training program. 3. ORGANIZATION. a. The DOT Employee Fitness Center is an organizational element of the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Administration (M). Specific management responsibility within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Administration (M) is assigned to the Executive Officer as a function of the Working Capital Fund. b. The Assistant Secretary for Administration has established an Employee Fitness Center User's Committee to assist in overseeing the Center's activities and programs. Although possessing no policy or procedural responsibility, this Committee, which is made up of DOT employees, functions in an advisory capacity to the appropriate officials in the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Administration. IMAGE OF 3910.1 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 4. GOALS AND OBJECTIVES. a. The Center has been established as a health maintenance facility concentrating primarily on programs for cardiovascular endurance and neuromuscular strength and flexibility. The central theme is prevention of health problems by improving employees' physical fitness, thereby reducing the risk of coronary disease, lower back disorders, and other associated and disabling conditions. b. The Center is not a health treatment facility; all employees in need of medical counseling or treatment are referred to the appropriate Civilian Health Clinic. Because of the nature of several of the programs offered by the Center, the Coast Guard's Office of Health Services and the Federal Aviation Administration's Office of Aviation Medicine are consulted during program development, and continuous close coordination is maintained with these organizations to assure prompt reaction in case of medical emergencies at any of the Center's activity areas. 5. NATURE OF PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES. a. The Center has a complete facility to conduct cardiovascular stress testing and other analyses to assess one's overall state of physical fitness. Supervised programs are offered in the main exercise area which is equipped with a variety of aerobic and weight training apparatus. b. Based on participants' interest, yoga, stop smoking clinics, diet and nutrition clinics and other programs may be offered which are appropriate to the prevention of illness or disease and the attainment of physical fitness. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) training is also given so that DOT employees will possess the capability to render appropriate emergency services to fellow employees suddenly afflicted by heart and respiratory failure. c. The Center offers no sports or recreational programs, but instead defers to the respective employee recreation association to promote and support such activities. IMAGE OF 3910.1 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 3 d. Health records of those who participate in the Cardiovascular Stress Testing Program of the Center are maintained in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 and are properly registered and have been published as a Privacy Act System of records in Federal Register. 6. CRITERIA FOR PARTICIPATION. a. All DOT employees are eligible to participate in the programs of the DOT Employee Fitness Center. To be admitted to the Center the individual may be asked to show an official DOT identification card. Individuals may also be asked to obtain a consent form from their personal physician to participate in fitness activities. b. Because of space and time limitations, some programs, such as CPR training and cardiovascular stress testing, may be limited in terms of number of participants. When this situation arises, the Secretarial Offices and the Operating Administrations will be asked to designate their participants, usually based on some allotment technique. Because cardiovascular testing (The Preventive Health and Employee Fitness Program) also requires each organization to provide reimbursable funding for each of its designated participants, such requests for participation shall be made well in advance to allow each organization sufficient time to arrange for the availability of funds. c. Participation in all Center programs and activities is voluntary. Supervisors are urged to cooperate with employees in permitting them time to participate in the activities of the Fitness Center. This, however, should be done using prudence and good judgement by both the supervisor and the employee, in accordance with applicable department regulations regarding hours of duty. Programs are designed for structured group participation but individual instruction is also offered for those who desire to workout on their own_either at some other location or in the Center before working hours, after working hours, or during lunch period. d. The Center is not responsible for the loss of personal items and personnel using the facility should not bring money or other valuables with them. IMAGE OF 3910.1 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 4 7. LOCATION AND HOURS OF OPERATION. a. The Center is located on the rooftop level of the Nassif Building. The women's entrance is located at the southeast quadrant stairwell number one on the 10th floor; the men's entrance is via a separate elevator just to the south of the block of elevators in the southwest quadrant of the 10th floor. b. The Center's daily hours are from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.. Most structured and supervised programs are scheduled between 9 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. c. Further information regarding the Employee Fitness Center and its programs may be had by calling the Fitness Center Staff at 426-4819. FOR THE SECRETARY OF TRANSPORTATION: Edward W. Scott, Jr. Assistant Secretary for Administration Distribution: A-W-8 Initiated By: AAM-600

3910.1B ISSUANCE OF SUNGLASSES

 IMAGE OF 3910.1B PAGE 2 ORDER Department of Transportation WA 3910.1B Federal Aviation Administration 2 Nov 71 SUBJ: ISSUANCE OF SUNGLASSES

1. PURPOSE

. This order provides for the issuance of sunglasses to agency employees whose duties require their use. It is re-issued at this time to correct a typographical error in paragraph 6 in the FSN number for the pilot type sunglasses with adjustable temple assembly.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in Washington Headquarters, Regions and Centers, with wide distribution to all field offices and facilities.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 3910.1A is canceled.

4. ELIGIBILITY FOR ISSUANCE

. Sunglasses shall be issued to only those employees whose assigned duties require their use for protection from eye damage due to excessive glare or involve identification of aircraft in flight or in terminal areas. Personnel who fall in this category are: a. Air traffic control specialists assigned air traffic control duties in a tower cab. b. Air traffic control specialists assigned to airport advisory service duties at flight service stations where visual surveillance of the airport is maintained for this purpose. c. Employees required to pilot aircraft on agency business, and inspectors whose duties require their presence on the flight deck of aircraft. d. Field facility employees whose duties require working for protracted periods in areas of reflected glaring light, e.g., white coral sand, large bodies of water, snow removal and operation of oversnow equipment.

5. FUNDING

. The Aeronautical Center shall provide funding support through established budgetary procedures.

6. TYPES AVAILABLE

. Affected personnel who do not wear prescription lens spectacles shall be issued regulation pilot type sunglasses with adjustable temple assembly, FSN 8465-753-62610 Personnel who wear prescription spectacles shall be issued clip-on type, universal size, FSN 8465-753-66110 IMAGE OF 3910.1B PAGE 2

7. PROCUREMENT AND STOCKING

. Procurement and stocking of these sunglasses shall be accomplished by the FAA Depot, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

8. REQUISITIONING PROCEDURES

. Requisitions shall be submitted in accordance with handbook 4250.9, Field Inventory Management and Replenishment. Facility chiefs shall be responsible for submitting consolidated requisitions affecting their personnel, subject to a limitation of 10% in overstocking for emergencies. Individual requisitions shall be held to a minimum Facility chiefs shall also be responsible for insuring that glasses are requisitioned for and issued only to personnel eligible to use them as specified under the terms of this order. Facility chiefs or higher level shall review and certify their requirements on each requisition submitted to the FAA Depot.

9. REPLACEMENT

. Each pair of glasses shall be issued as a personally charged item of equipment Broken glasses shall be replaced free of charge upon surrender of the broken glasses to the facility chief. Lost or stolen glasses shall be replaced free of charge upon written certification of such loss to the facility chief. Left lens (FSN 9284-654-7948) and right lens (FSN 9284-654-7949) are available for replacement of broken lens in pilot type sunglasses. Replacement lenses shall be used when possible to reduce the demand for new glasses. H. L REIGHARD, M D. Acting Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: WRNCM-3, FOF-O (Wide) Initiated By: AM-430

3910.2A OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS

 IMAGE OF 3910.2A PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3910.2A Federal Aviation Administration 5 Jan 73 SUBJ: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS

1. PURPOSE

. This order restates the responsibility of the Office of Aviation Medicine for the FAA occupational health program by adding new areas of coverage, retitling branch activities, and the reassignment of regional responsibility.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in FAA headquarters, regions, NAFEC, and the Aeronautical Center, and "normal" distribution to all field offices and facilities. (The Regional Flight Surgeons will make distribution to the Assistant Regional Flight Surgeons in the Air Route Traffic Control Centers).

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 3910.2, same subject, is cancelled.

4. RESPONSIBILITY

. a. The Office of Aviation Medicine is responsible for providing technical advice, assistance, guidance and evaluation of all occupational health programs within the agency, b. All offices and services conducting any activities related to occupational health are responsible for coordinating such activities with the Office of Aviation Medicine.

5. DEFINITIONS

. Occupational health consists of two related programs: a. Occupational Health Program. A program of preventive medical care constructively with the health of employees as it relates to their work. b. Environmental Health Program. A program for the preservation of employee health through the recognition, evaluation and control of environmental health hazards.

6. FUNCTIONS AND ACTIVITIES

. a. Occupational Health Programs. The Occupational Health Programs are designed to provide and maintain an adequate agency work force and promote employee efficiency and well-being through: IMAGE OF 3910.2A PAGE 2 (1) Treatment of on-the-job injuries and emergencies. (2) Referrals to other medical care. (3) Executive medical examinations (voluntary). (4) Preplacement examinations on transfers, selection for specific positions. (5) Pre-employment medical examinations. (6) Inoculations and immunizations - polio, tetanus, smallpox, influenza and any others required for travel or assignment to defense readiness assignments. (7) Employee health surveys - diabetes, chest X-rays, glaucoma, hearing, vision, etc. (8) Periodic medical examinations of selected employees (voluntary). (9) Fitness for duty examinations. (10) Special medical examinations of specific personnel identified by supervisors. (Anti-alcohol abuse and drug abuse programs). (11) Medical education program in coordination with the Aeromedical Education Branch. (12) Medical aspects of agency Defense Readiness Program. (13) Medical examinations under the agency air traffic controller health program. b. Environmental Health Program. The Environmental Health Program is designed to preserve the health and well-being of agency employees through the continuing evaluation and control of health hazards in the following specific areas: (1) Environmental health hazard evaluation. (a) Noise, lighting, temperature, space and humidity control. (b) Radiation, vibration, contaminants (nontoxic and dust). (2) Sanitation and pollution problems. (3) Medical aspects of housing problems. IMAGE OF 3910.2A PAGE 3 (4) Medical considerations in: (a) Disposal of garbage and industrial wastes, (b) Water supply. (c) Insect and rodent control, (Pesticides). (d) Weed and foliage control, (Herbicides). (e) Food supply and dispensing. (5) Toxicological problems - gases liquids, fumes, dusts, and chemical, biological and radiological materials. (a) In aircraft. (b) In ground installations, (6) Environmental health education in coordination with the Aeromedical Education Branch.

7. MEDICAL CLINICS

. a. The Office of Aviation Medicine provides technical advice, assistance and guidance to and evaluation of the medical clinics administered by the regions, centers, and the National Capital Airports. Appropriate reports, findings and recommendations will be transmitted to the cognizant operating official and to the Administrator. b. The Office of Aviation Medicine operates the medical clinic at Washington Headquarters.

8. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH

. Support and evaluation of the Environmental Health Program will be provided by the Office of Aviation Medicine or by the Civil Aeromedical Institute, as follows: IMAGE OF 3910.2A PAGE 4 Office of Aviation Medicine Civil Aeromedical Institute Great Lakes Region Aeronautical Center Eastern Region Pacific Region Southern Region Western Region New England Region Southwest Region NAFEC Alaskan Region Europe Rocky Mountain Region Headquarters Northwest Region Central Region P. V. SIEGEL, M. D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: WRNC-3; FOF-O - normal; M-2 Initiated By: AAM-400

3910.3A RADIATION HEALTH HAZARD AND PROTECTION

 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE i (AND ii) 10/19/83 3910.3A FOREWORD This order establishes criteria, standards, procedures, and guidelines for the recognition, evaluation, and control of radiation health hazards in FAA workplaces. It is a part of the agency's continuing effort to manage or control losses due to occupational accidents, injuries, illnesses, and management deficiencies, and to provide safe and healthful working conditions for all employees as prescribed by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (PL 91-596) and as directed by Executive Order 12196. The provisions contained in this order are consistent with the requirements of FAA Order 3900.19A, Occupational Safety and Health. H. L. Reighard, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon, AAM-1 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE iii IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE iv TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1. GENERAL 1. Purpose 2. Distribution 3. Cancellation 4. Explanation of Changes 5. Definitions 6. Responsibilities 7-19. Reserved Figure 1.1. Electromagnetic Spectrum CHAPTER 2. IONIZING RADIATION SECTION 1. GENERAL 20. Effects ant Hazards 21. Sources of Exposure 22. Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL's) Figure 2-1 Ionizing Radiation PEL's 23. Evaluation of Hazards 24. Control of Hazards Figure 2-2. X-Radiation Warning Sign SECTION 2. X-RADIATION 25. Radar Systems 26. VORTAC's and TACAN's SECTION 3. RADIONUCLIDES 27. Radioactive Electron Tubes 28. Aircraft Instrument Dials 29. Radioactive Control Knobs on Radar Equipment CHAPTER 3. NONIONIZING RADIATION SECTION 1. RADIOFREQUENCY/MICROWAVE RADIATION 30. General 31. Effects and Hazards 32. Sources of Exposure 33. Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL's) Figure 3-1. RF/Microwave PEL's 34. Evaluation of Hazards 35. Control of Hazards Figure 3-2. RF Radiation Warning Sign 36. Radar Systems Figure 3-3. Radars Capable of Producing Power Densities in excess of the PEL Figure 3-4. Attenuation of RF Radiation Provided by Various Types of Shielding 37. VORTAC's and TACAN's 38. Communication Systems 39. Microwave Landing Systems 40. Microwave Ovens 41. Medical Diathermy 42. Cathode Ray Tubes

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 1 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL
1. PURPOSE
. This order establishes criteria, standards, procedures, and guidelines for the recognition, evaluation, and control of radiation health hazards in FAA workplaces.
2. DISTRIBUTION
. This order is distributed to director level in Washington, except in Air Traffic, Systems Engineering, and Program Engineering and Maintenance Service, and Aviation Medicine. It is distributed to branch level in Air Traffic, Systems Engineering, Program Engineering and Maintenance Service, and to division level in Aviation Medicine. Distribution is to division level in Regions and Centers, with limited distribution to all Air Traffic and Airway Facilities Field Offices
3. CANCELLATION
. Order 3910.3, Radiation Health Hazards and Protection, dated February 12, 1970, is canceled.
4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES
a. This order restructures agency radiation protection responsibilities to better utilize available expertise. Specific responsibilities are assigned to the Office of Aviation Medicine (AAM), the Office of Personnel ant Training (APT), the Systems Engineering Service (AES), and the Program Engineering and Maintenance Service (APM). b. Information pertaining to the identification, evaluation, and control of radiation health hazards in FAA workplaces is expanded and updated. c. A new health protection standard for RF/microwave radiation is established and interpreted with respect to all sources of RF/microwave radiation in FAA facilities and operations.
5. DEFINITIONS
. a. Alpha Particle. A particle emitted spontaneously from the nuclei of some radioactive elements. It is identical with a helium nucleus and consists of two protons and two neutrons; it has an electric charge of two positive units. b. Beta Particle. A charged particle emitted from the nucleus of an atom. It has the same mass and negative electric charge as an electron. c. Controlled Area. An area which requires control of access, occupancy, and working conditions for radiation protection Purposes. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 2 d. Dose. The amount of radiation delivered to a specified area or volume or to the whole body. e. Dose Rate. Radiation dose delivered per unit time. f. Electric (E) Field. One of two mutually supporting vectors of an electromagnetic wave the intensity of which is expressed in volts per meter (V/m). An electric field exists in a region if charged objects in the region experience a force. g. Electromagnetic Spectrum. A graphical representation of radiant energy in an orderly arrangement according to its wave length or frequency (Figure 1-1). h. Gamma Radiation. Short wavelength electromagnetic radiations of high energy originating in atomic nuclei. i. Ion. Atomic particle, atom, or chemical radical bearing an electrical charge, either negative or positive. j. Ionizing Radiation. Electromagnetic radiation (gamma rays or x-rays) or particulate radiation (alpha particles, beta particles, neutrons, etc.) capable of producing ions, directly or indirectly, in its passage through matter. k. Magnetic (H) Field. One of two mutually supporting vectors of an electromagnetic wave the intensity of which is expressed in amperes per meter (A/m). A magnetic field exists in a region if magnetic objects in the region experience a force. l. Microwave Radiation. Electromagnetic radiation ranging in frequency from 300 megahertz (MHz) to 300 gigahertz (GHz) with corresponding wavelengths ranging from 1.0 meter (m) to 0.1 centimeter (cm). m. Neutron. An electrically neutral particle of approximately unit mass, present in all atomic nuclei, except those of ordinary hydrogen. n. Nonionizing Radiation. The less energetic forms of electromagnetic radiation, such as near ultraviolet, visible light, infrared, microwave, radio, and electric power. o. Nonoccupational Exposure. Exposure that occurs outside a controlled area or to a visitor to a controlled area. p.Occupational Exposure. Exposure to ionizing radiation which occurs to a worker assigned to a controlled area. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 3 q. Photon. A unit (quantum) of electromagnetic energy. r. Power Density. The intensity of microwave/radio-frequency radiation at a given point. Power density is the average power per unit area expressed as milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2). s. Rad. The unit of absorbed dose of ionizing radiation which is 0.01 Joules/kilogram or 100 ergs/gram in any medium. t. Radiofrequency (RF) Radiation. Electromagnetic radiation ranging in frequency from 300 kilohertz (kHz) to 300 GHz with corresponding wavelengths ranging from 103m to 0.1cm. The microwave region is included in the RE range. u. Rem. The rem is the unit of radiation dose. It is the measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to body tissue in terms of its estimated biological effect relative to a dose of 1 rad of 250 kilovolt (kv) x-rays. The relation of the rem to other dose units depends upon the biological effect under consideration and upon the conditions of irradiation. For the purpose of this order, any of the following is considered to be equivalent to a dose of one rem: (1) A does of 1 R due to x- or gamma radiation. (2) A does of 1 rad due to x-, gamma or beta radiation. (3) A does of 0.1 rad due to neutrons. (4) A does of 0.05 rad due to alpha radiation (internal exposure). v. Roentgen (R). A unit of exposure dose. It is that quantity of x- or gamma radiation which produces one electrostatic unit of positive or negative electricity per cubic centimeter of air at standard temperature and pressure or 2.083 x 109 ion pairs per cubic centimeter of dry air. w. SAR. The specific absorption rate, expressed in watts per kilogram (W/kg), is the rate at which RF energy is absorbed in irradiated tissue. x. X-Radiation. Penetrating electromagnetic radiations which have wave lengths shorter than those of visible light and which are usually produced by bombarding a metallic target with fast electrons in a high vacuum.
6. RESPONSIBILITIES
. a. The Industrial Hygiene Program Manager (located within AAM) shall serve as the FAA Radiation Protection Officer and shall: IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 4 (1) Provide guidance and consultation on matters pertaining to the health effects of ionizing and nonionizing radiation in FAA operations. (2) Investigate reports of radiation health hazards in FAA and joint-use military facilities under the responsibility of the FAA. (3) Coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager (located within the Civil Aeromedical Institute), AES/Regional Frequency Management Engineers, the Occupational Safety Program Manager, and Safety and Health Managers in performing radiation health hazards evaluations and in recommending corrective action where needed. (4) Represent the FAA in liaison with Governmental and private organizations on matters related to radiation health hazards and protection. b. The Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager shall: (1) Coordinate and consult with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager in providing advice and information on matters pertaining to radiation health hazards in FAA operations. (2) Coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager, AES/Regional Frequency Management Engineers, and Safety and Health Managers in responding promptly to reports of radiation health hazards. (3) Perform radiation health hazards evaluations on new and modified facilities that house equipment, systems, or substances capable of producing external ionizing or nonionizing radiation fields. c. AES/Regional Frequency Management Engineers shall: (1) Coordinate and consult with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager in providing advice and information on matters pertaining to radiation health hazards in FAA operations. (2) Coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager, the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager, and Safety and Health Managers in responding promptly to reports of radiation health hazards. (3) Perform radiation health hazards surveys on new and modified facilities that house equipment, systems, or substances capable of producing external ionizing or nonionizing radiation fields. (4) Perform other radiation health hazards surveys as required. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 5 d. Safety and Health Managers shall: (1) Receive and review all employee reports of radiation health hazards and coordinate a response according to procedures established in Order 3900.19A, Occupational Safety and Health. (2) Coordinate and consult with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager, the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager, or AES/Regional Frequency Management Engineers in responding to reports of radiation health hazards. (3) Perform routine radiation health hazards evaluations during periodic safety and health inspections authorized by Order 3900.19A, Occupational Safety and Health. (4) Coordinate and consult with Regional Flight Surgeons regarding the health effects of radiation in the workplace. e. Regional Flight Surgeons shall provide consultation and advice on matters relating to the health effects of radiation in the workplace. f. The Program Engineering and Maintenance Service shall require manufacturers, as a part of equipment specifications, to make complete safety evaluations and provide written reports on prototypes of radiation producing systems prior to their use by FAA personnel. The evaluations shall include complete assessments of external ionizing and/or nonionizing radiation fields, safety interlocks, and safe operating procedures. g. Facility Managers/Supervisors shall: (1) Ensure that all personnel working with radiation producing devices or substances are familiar with the contents of this order. (2) Request a health hazard evaluation when in their judgment one is warranted. h. FAA Depot Managers/Supervisors shall ensure that all personnel working in the Depot shops and storage areas with radiation producing devices or substances are familiar with the contents of this order.
7-19. RESERVED
IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 6 (through 8)
FIGURE 1-1. ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM

CHAPTER 2. IONIZING RADIATION

 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 9 CHAPTER 2. IONIZING RADIATION

SECTION 1. GENERAL

20. EFFECTS AND HAZARDS
. Living cells are vulnerable to ionizing radiations, the nature and extent of their response depending upon the amount of exposure. The degree of injury to an individual is a function of the dose of ionizing radiation and will vary from person to person. An individual can tolerate much larger doses to a small part of the body than to the entire body. Exposures involving a small part of the body affect mainly the tissues in the radiation beam whereas whole body exposures are more likely to result in generalized response. There is some recovery but this becomes less significant as the total accumulated dose becomes greater. There are two general types of ionizing radiation health effects; i.e., somatic and genetic: a. Somatic Effect. Ionizing radiation injuries to body tissues are called somatic effects. Those that occur within a few days or weeks after the beginning of exposure are called "immediate" somatic effects and those that appear thereafter are called "late" somatic effects. Both are usually the result of relatively high radiation doses (> 50 rads and are most often due to gross negligence. They are rarely seen in the workplace. Immediate somatic effects can range from barely discernible chromosomal alterations to profound and dramatic radiation sickness. Late somatic effects include various forms of cancer, reductions in life span and fertility, growth retardation, and cataracts, all known to occur in humans in the absence of significant radiation exposure. Because of the latter and the many other complicating factors involved (e.g., age, tissue and cell radiosensitivity, tissue and organ recovery and repair, exposure time factors, etc.), it is virtually impossible to demonstrate late somatic effects conclusively in individual cases. Their relationship to radiation exposure can only be deduced in carefully designed epidemiologic studies. b. Genetic Effect. Ionizing radiation injury to hereditary material is called genetic effect. Although not apparent in the exposed individual, it may become evident in the transmission of hereditary defects to descendants. Genetic effects can occur only if the gonads of an individual are exposed to radiation. Resultant damage is to the chromosomes of the reproductive cells. Genes contained in the chromosomes determine the characteristics and general health of the individual. Mutation (alteration) in the genes cannot be identified by examination. Only a comparison of the individual's characteristics with those of descendants can reveal such changes. Ionizing radiation is only one of several agents that produce mutations. They can be caused by certain chemicals and high body temperatures and they can occur spontaneously. Consequently, when an individual exhibits a genetic defect it is extremely difficult to attribute it to parental irradiation. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 10
21. SOURCES OF EXPOSURE
. a. Cosmic and Earth Radiations. Everyone is continuously exposed to cosmic rays and radiations from radioactive materials in the atmosphere-earth, rocks, building materials, etc. Even the human body contains radioactive substances; these include radioisotopes of potassium, cesium, radium, carbon, hydrogen, polonium, bismuth, radon, uranium, etc. Both cosmic and earth radiations vary from place to place. Mankind has always lived with this "background" radiation. In th United States the outdoor exposure to background radiation ranges from about 15 to 140 millirems per year. b. Medical exposures to ionizing radiation have increased in frequency and magnitude of dose in recent years, especially in therapeutic applications which involve external irradiation with beta, gamma or x-radiation and internal irradiation from ingested, injected, or implanted radionuclides. Exposure to radiation in diagnostic x-ray procedures is particularly widespread; it is the largest and most significant exposure for the general population. It is estimated that medical x-ray procedures contribute about 77 percent of the average absorbed-dose rate for the bone marrow of the adult U. S. population and that fluoroscopic and dental examinations contribute 20 percent and 3 percent respectively. Examples of bone marrow average absorbed-dose per examination for various procedures include: (1) Chest x-ray - 10 millirads (mrads). (2) Upper gastrointestinal series - 535 mrads. (3) Gall bladder series - 168 mrads. (4) Dental x-ray - 9.4 mrads. c. Other sources include effluents from nuclear and other facilities processing or using radionuclides; luminous clocks or watches and signs; and electronic devices utilizing high accelerating voltages and beam currents. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 11
22. PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS (PEL's)
. The permissible exposure limits for external exposure to ionizing radiation shown in Figure 2-1 shall apply to all occupants of controlled areas. The PEL's were adopted from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard for ionizing radiation, 29 CFR 1910.96 (b).
Figure 2-1. Ionizing Radiation PEL's
PEL (Dose) Per Calendar Quarter Type of Exposure (rems) Occupational Whole body, head and trunk, active blood-forming organs, lens of eye, or gonads 1 1/4 Hands and forearms, feet, and ankles 18 3/4 Skin of whole body 7 1/2 Nonoccupational Whole body, head and trunk, active blood-forming organs, or lens of eye 1/8 NOTE: Based upon a 5-day week, 8-hour day, 1 1/4 rems/quarter translates approximately to the following: 100/millirems per week (mrems/week), 20 mrems/day, and 2.5 mrems/hour. The hourly value is applicable to hazards evaluations using survey rate meters, but discretion must be exercised in interpreting exposure rates with respect to the PEL's. Only when the duration of exposure is known or determinable, can a reasonable estimate of accumulated dose be deduced from exposure rate measurements. a. Quarterly Limit. During any calendar quarter, a maximum occupational whole body dose of 3 rems may be permitted provided, however, that such dose when added to the accumulated whole body dose shall not exceed 5 (N-18) rems where "N" equals an individual's age in years at his last birthday. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 12 b. No employee under 18 years of age shall be occupationally exposed to ionizing radiation. c. Accumulated Limit. The accumulated occupational exposure of an individual at any age shall not exceed 5 rems multiplied by the number of years beyond age 18. When any person is accepted for employment in a controlled area it shall be assumed that he had up to that time received the maximum permissible accumulated dose unless proven otherwise.
23. EVALUATION OF HAZARDS
. a. Equipment. There is no single survey instrument that will measure or even detect all types of ionizing radiation. Portable instruments with ionization chambers or Geiger-Mueller (GM) tubes are used to monitor beta and gamma radiation. With proper shields over the detecting elements it is possible to discriminate gamma from the less penetrating beta radiation. (1) The CDV-700 is a GM survey meter that is suitable to measure low dose rate gamma and detect the presence of beta radiation. Three ranges provide full-scale indication in steps of 0.5, 5.0, and 50 mR/hour. Earphones, when connected to the instrument, will provide an audible signal in the presence of radiation. Though intended for Defense Readiness radiological monitoring, this instrument may be used for detection of gamma, beta, and x-radiation from many sources provided that certain factors are considered: (a) The CDV-700 survey meter is not shielded against RF radiation and should not be used to measure x-radiation in the presence of RF energy. X-radiation measurements made with this instrument near RF generators may be inaccurate and imprecise; they can be affected by the orientation of the meter and its probe and by variations in the RF field. The extent of the instrument's sensitivity to RF energy has not been determined. (b) GM counters, when exposed to high levels of radiation, may fall back after a full-scale deflection of the indicator. (2) RF shielded ionization chamber survey meters shall be used for measurements of x-radiation in the presence of both pulsed and steady state RF energy. (3) Personnel Dosimetry. Film badges, pocket dosimeters, and thermoluminescent dosimeters record the dose of radiation received over a period of time. (a) Film badges are worn on the outer clothing and detect x- or gamma radiation and high-energy beta radiation. X-ray films of varying sensitivities are laminated with suitable shielding and filtering material and placed inside a jacket of metal or plastic. After the film badge is worn for an interval, the film is developed and "read" for determination of beta and xor gamma radiation exposure. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 13 (b) Pocket dosimeters are also worn on the clothing and provide an integrated record of exposure. The dosimeter is an ionization chamber containing a quartz fiber electrometer and a graduated scale across which the shadow of the fiber moves to indicate the applied dose. An electric charge impressed on the electrometer and the chamber wall leaks off when ionizing radiation enters the chamber. This discharge causes a deflection of the fiber across the graduated scale providing a measure of the total dose in mR or R. Dosimeters should be read and the dose recorded daily. (c) Thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLD's) are replacing film badges and pocket dosimeters in many applications. The TLD consists of a small crystalline detector; e.g., lithium fluoride, lithium borate, calcium fluoride, or calcium sulfate which, when exposed to radiation, absorbs energy quantitatively in traps. Subsequently, when heated, the crystalline material's stored energy is quantitatively released in the form of light to provide a good estimate of radiation exposure. The TLD is sensitive, accurate and its reproducibility is excellent. (d) Thermoluminescent dosimeter service is available to FAA facilities that utilize ionizing radiation producing devices or substances. It is provided by the United States Air Force (USAF) Logistics Command. Use of the service shall be at the direction of the Regional Flight Surgeon or other cognizant medical officer when radiation surveys have shown that its use would be beneficial. To obtain the TLD service requests should be directed to: USAF Occupational and Environmental Health Laboratory OEHL/CC Brooks AFB, Texas 78235 b. Procedures. The following procedures are intended as guidelines; they may be modified or supplemented to meet survey requirements. Survey equipment manuals should be consulted for complete operating instructions. (1) Accurate or precise radiation measurements can only be made with properly calibrated meters. All survey meters should be factory calibrated annually or as recommended by the manufacturer. If a check source is available, meters should be field calibrated before and after each use. (2) To avoid unnecessary personnel exposure, a radiation source should be approached from a known safe distance with the survey meter range selection initially set to the lowest (most sensitive) position. (3) In the event that an excessive radiation level is found to persist in a location accessible to personnel it is important that the best estimate of potential exposure duration be determined. This can be obtained by consulting employees and supervisors, worklogs and records, or by direct observation of work processes. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 14 (4) For survey purposes, a measured exposure rate of 2.5 mR/hour should be regarded as an action level in a controlled area; i.e., some corrective measures should be initiated to prevent extended personnel exposure at this level (survey meters read out in mR/hr; in the measurement of x- or gamma radiation exposure rates, mR/hr and mrems/hr are equivalent)- However, it should not be regarded as a fine line between a safe and unsafe condition. It should be viewed with concern, not alarm. Refer to paragraph 22 for the derivation of the 2.5 mR/hour value. (5) When surveying x-radiation sources, every accessible surface of the source should be slowly scanned in a systematic pattern so that all possible leaks are detected.
24. CONTROL OF HAZARDS
. a. Exposure Control Methods. There are three basic methods of controlling exposure to ionizing radiation: (1) Limit Exposure Time. For a source of given strength the absorbed dose is proportional to the duration of the exposure; limiting the time limits the exposure. Relatively high intensities of radiation can be tolerated for short periods of time if the need arises. (2) Increase Distance. The effect of distance on radiation is quite startling. The exposure rate varies inversely with the square of the distance from the source of radiation to the measurement location; i.e. EQUATION For example: The intensity at 2 feet from the source is 1/4 the intensity at 1 foot. At 10 feet the intensity is only 1/100 of what it is at 1 foot. This method is used in establishing controlled areas for minimizing exposure of personnel to ionizing radiation. The boundaries of controlled areas shall be determined by the Safety and Health Manager in consultation with the Radiation Protection Officer. (3) Provide Shielding. Any substance may serve to attenuate radiation to acceptable levels provided that sufficient thickness is used. Certain materials, however, are more effective in shielding certain types of radiation. (a) Alpha particles are stopped by an ordinary sheet of paper or a few inches of air. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 15 (b) Beta particles are slowed by the interaction with material. Thus, the denser the material, the more effective it will be in stopping beta particles. Clothing affords little protection against any but low energy beta radiation. The air between the radiation source and the worker may provide some degree of shielding. Beta particles have a negative charge and are repelled by the electrons in the atoms of the air. This causes their paths to deviate, slowing them. The range of beta particles in the air is a function of their energy. (c) Gamma rays and x-rays of a single energy are attenuated exponentially. Therefore, theoretically, it is not possible to attenuate the radiation completely although the exposure rate can be reduced to any desired level by use of half-value layers of materials. The half-value layer is the thickness of an absorber that reduces the radiation dose to one-half the initial amount. A thickness of three such half-value layers will reduce the dose to one-eighth (i.e., 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2) the initial amount. b. Shielding materials of high atomic number such as lead and iron are generally the most effective absorbers or shields for x- and gamma rays. However, concrete, brick, or other materials of lower atomic number can provide the same degree of protection if used in appropriately greater thicknesses. c. Placement of Shielding Material. In providing shielding for any type radiation the shield material should be placed as near as possible to the source of radiation. The required thickness of the shield is not reduced by this procedure, but its area is decreased, thus reducing its total volume and weight. d. Warning Signs. The presence of ionizing radiation in an area shall be indicated by posting conspicuous signs or labels which bear appropriate wording (i.e., Caution - X-Rays, Danger - Radiation, Caution - Radioactive Material, etc.). All such radiation warning signs and labels shall bear the standard symbol as shown in Figure 2-2. Examples of x-ray warning sign locations are as follows: (1) On the klystron housing of all ARSR-3 and military (AN/FPS-) radars. (2) On the inner panels of cabinets containing the amplitrons, magnetrons, and thyratrons of all ARSR-1 and 2 radars, and (3) On the inner panels or doors of cabinets containing the klystrons, magnetrons, and thyratrons of ASR radars. These signs are commercially available in pressure sensitive paper, vinyl, or tape form. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 16
FIGURE 2-2 - X-RADIATION WARNING SIGN

SECTION 2. X-RADIATION

 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 17 SECTION 2. X-RADIATION
25. RADAR SYSTEMS
. a. Hazards. Many of the high power electronic tubes used in the production of RF/microwave energy are capable of generating x-radiation as an unwanted byproduct. These include collector-anode klystrons and magnetrons, traveling-wave tubes, and high-voltage thyratrons. The intensity of the x-rays that they produce is directly proportional to the tube current, the accelerating voltage, and the atomic number of the target element (anode). Tube age can also be a factor; the intensity of x-rays from older tubes can increase with aging and gradual deterioration. The x-radiation produced by these tubes is relatively "soft;" i.e., it has low photon energy, long wave length, and most important, low penetrating power, even in air. It decreases rapidly with distance and is easily attenuated with high density material such as lead, steel, or Aluminum. The choice depends upon the energy of the radiation produced. A radiation hazard exists in the transmitter cabinets of unshielded energized high-power output tubes in the following equipment: FPS-6/90, FPS-20, FPS-24, FPS-27, FPS-35, FPS-60, ARSR, and ASR series radars. Under certain operating conditions, x-radiation hazards may be encountered in other radars not listed above. For example; malfunctions such as high-power output arcing, oscillation, and sputtering may be accompanied by increased voltages sufficient to produce hazardous x-radiation. b. Engineering Controls. Tubes with high accelerating potentials are usually shielded with lead to such an extent that they do not produce external radiation fields. The steel and/or aluminum cabinet and chamber walls confining magnetrons and thyratrons are generally adequate to contain any x-radiation that these tubes emit, or to limit transmitted radiation to acceptable levels. During routine maintenance or normal operating procedures, the integrity of tube shielding must be preserved to avoid exposure of personnel. Major maintenance operations, necessitating removal of manufacturer's shielding, should be conducted only by experienced personnel who are aware of the hazards involved. c. Procedural Controls. (1) To the fullest extent possible, all high-power output tube cabinet doors shall be kept closed while high voltage is applied. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 18 (2) Interlocks shall not be bypassed without special permission of supervisory personnel and only when it is absolutely necessary. In the event that corrective work requires bypassing of interlock(s) while high voltage is applied, the maximum distance from the tube and the briefest exposure to it shall be maintained. (3) Should any one or a combination of the malfunctions described in paragraph 25.a. occur, personnel should avoid standing near the transmitter cabinet housing the high-power output tube. Standing in front of the power supply cabinet is safe. Should external adjustments such as are available at the control panel in front of the power supply cabinet fail to correct the difficulty, any corrective work in the vicinity of the high-power output tube cabinet shall be done with the high voltage off. (4) Radar equipment capable of producing external x-radiation under any operating conditions should be surveyed routinely and also whenever it is suspected that maintenance or operational changes have altered the radiation hazard potential.
26. VORTAC's AND TACAN's
. a. Hazards. Individual TACAN's and the TACAN units of VORTAC's are equipped with high power electronic tubes that are capable of producing x-radiation, but only certain types of klystron and high voltage rectifier tubes of the RTB-2 TACAN's have been found to emit this radiation beyond the tubes' envelopes. External x-radiation has not been detected around similar tubes in the GRN-9 TACAN's. Characteristics of the x-radiation produced by these tubes and the parameters that determine its intensity are discussed in paragraph 25.a. b. Engineering Controls. The steel and/or aluminum cabinet and compartment walls and doors confining the klystron and rectifier tubes are usually adequate to contain any x-radiation emitted or to limit transmitted radiation to acceptable levels. Further shielding should not be employed unless the x-radiation cannot be controlled at the source by the Procedures described below. c. Procedural Controls for Klystrons. (1) Tests have shown that lowering the applied high voltage is effective in reducing, if not eliminating, external x-radiation from the klystrons. The 5 kilowatt (kW) beacon power output specified in Order 6780.3A, Maintenance of TACAN/DME Equipment, can be maintained at klystron anode potentials of 18-20 kv by properly adjusting the beam current pulse shape. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 19 (2) If the procedure described in paragraph 26.c.(1) does not adequately reduce or eliminate the x-radiation, the problem may be that the klystron is faulty and should be replaced. d. Procedural Controls for High Voltage Rectifier Tubes. (1) X-radiation emitted by 8020 rectifiers can be completely eliminated by replacing them with ED 9840 solid state rectifiers and by reducing the high voltage to 18-20 kv. (2) In the event that the solid state rectifiers are not available, x-radiation produced by 8020 rectifier tubes can be controlled to acceptable levels by the procedure described in paragraph 26.c.(1). e. Procedural Controls Applicable to Klystrons and High Voltage Rectifiers. Until the controls described in paragraph 26.c. and 26.d. have been adopted, personnel exposure to x-radiation shall be minimized by strict observance of the following procedures: (1) To the fullest extent possible, keep TACAN receiver/transmitter and high-voltage power supply cabinet doors closed while the equipment is energized. (2) If maintenance or operating activities require access to energized equipment (e.g., tuning the klystron), the time spent at the tuning position should be kept to a minimum. (3) TACAN equipment capable of producing external x-radiation under any operating conditions should be surveyed routinely and also whenever it is suspected that maintenance or operational changes have altered the radiation hazard potential.

SECTION 3. RADIONUCLIDES

 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 20 SECTION 3. RADIONUCLIDES
27. RADIOACTIVE ELECTRON TUBES
. a. Hazards. Certain types of electron tubes that contain radioactive materials as activators are used at FAA and joint-use (USAF/FAA) sites. The quantity of radioactive material in the tubes is so small that no external radiation hazard exists when the tubes are handled singly or in small numbers. Extremely large quantities of radioactive tubes such as the distribution inventory at the FAA Depot may, however, present an external hazard. Breakage of more than one of the tubes can present a potential internal hazard to personnel working in the area where the breakage occurs as the radioactive materials may be inhaled or ingested. Since the inventory of radioactive tubes used by the FAA is extensive and subject to frequent change, a list is not included in this order. Tubes containing radioactive material are labeled as such. b. Controls. (1) Handling. There is no external radiation hazard due to normal handling of radioactive electron tubes. (2) Storage. Exercise judgment and caution to avoid large quantity storage and possible breakage. Under no condition shall random storage in boxes or bins be permitted. All storage areas for large quantities of radioactive tubes, such as the FAA Depot, shall be clearly marked with radiation warning signs as described in paragraph 24.d. (3) Decontamination. In the event of breakage, decontamination shall proceed as follows: (a) Dust. Avoid agitation of dust in order to minimize dispersion of the radioactive material. Internal exposure by ingestion and/or inhalation should be avoided. Should either or both occur, contact the cognizant Aviation Medicine Office. (b) Tube Fragments. Retrieve tube fragments with forceps or pliers and dispose of them as normal waste. Clean instruments with a dampened cloth. If forceps or pliers are not available, use gloves and dispose of them immediately after use. Do not handle tube fragments with bare hands. (c) Use of Cloths. Using a cloth dampened with water, wipe across the contaminated area making each swipe in the same direction. Do not work the radioactive material into the surface by rubbing back and forth. Fold the cloth in half after each swipe. Dispose of all wipe cloths as normal waste. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 21 (d) Hands. Wash hands thoroughly. Do not smoke or eat in the area where breakage occurred. (e) Area Survey. The area shall be surveyed after decontamination to ensure that the residual radiation exposure level does not exceed 0.5 mR/hour and that no significant removable radioactivity remains. The CDV-700 surrey meter is suitable for this purpose. (4) Disposal. (a) Sanitary Fill Disposal. Since radioactive tubes contain very little radioactive material, unserviceable tubes, tube fragments and decontamination wastes may be added to or treated as normal waste and disposed of in a normal fashion provided that it is certain that the waste will be buried in a sanitary fill and that this procedure is in compliance with requirements of the state health agency concerned. (b) Incinerator or Dump Area. If the normal waste is destined for an incinerator or dump area, the radioactive material should be withheld to prevent atmospheric contamination by combustion and possible injury to inquisitive persons removing tube from dump sites. (c) Other Disposal. Where sanitary fill is not available, it is recommended that the radioactive wastes be conveyed to a licensed radioactive waste disposal firm. The names of such firms can be obtained from the state health agency concerned.
28 RADIOACTIVE AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENT DIALS
. a. Hazards. Many older flight instruments have radium-activated luminous markings. Although the external radiation hazard due to normal handling of these instruments is negligible, repair of them presents a potential health problem. The self-luminous material, generally found on dial faces and pointers and adjacent to or on switches, tends to flake with age. When an instrument is damaged or dismantled, particles of the radium paint can be ingested, inhaled, or absorbed through a break in the skin. Ingestion can occur following accumulation of radioactive material on the hands, cigarettes, and food. Benefits derived from use of radium-activated luminous dials rarely warrant the health hazards involved in reconditioning the dial faces. Though many of the dials have long since lost their light-emitting property, the radium is still present. b. Controls. (1) Replacement. It is recommended that all radium-painted surfaces of flight instruments undergoing repair be replaced with surfaces that do not contain radioactive materials. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 22 (2) Storage. Aircraft instruments containing radium dials should be segregated from those that do not. This can be done simply with a beta-gamma survey meter; the CDV-700 meter is suitable for this test. Large quantity storage and loose storage in boxes or bins shall be avoided. (3) Decontamination. In the event of breakage of dial faces, decontamination shall proceed as in paragraph 27.b.(3). (4) Disposal. Unserviceable radioactive dials and pointers shall be disposed of. It is recommended that arrangements for the disposal of the radioactive waste be made with a licensed radioactive waste disposal firm (see subparagraph 27.b.(4)(c)).
29. RADIOACTIVE CONTROL KNOBS ON RADAR EQUIPMENT
. a. Hazards. Control knobs and dials on obsolescent CPN-18 Radar Indicator and FPN-16 Precision Approach Control consoles contain radium-activated luminous paint. The maximum life of the luminous material is usually 10 years and the average is 5 years. Although the knobs no longer "glow," the radium is still present in the paint and is measurable with a beta-gamma survey meter. The external radiation exposure is not a hazard and the potential for internal exposure is minimal so long as good personal hygiene is practiced. In 1966 the USAF Radiological Health Laboratory investigated radiation hazards associated with the CPN-18 and FPN-16 control knobs. Whole body counting tests on air traffic controllers who had worked with this equipment 8-14 years revealed that not one had accumulated any detectable body burden of radium. In January 1968 whole body counts were performed on FAA air traffic controllers who had worked with the same type of equipment in a temporary installation with inadequate sanitary facilities; these also produced negative results. b. Controls. The risks involved in this radiation hazard are extremely small but are not justifiable due to the lack of any derived benefits. Although the CPN-18 and FPN-16 consoles are obsolescent and are being phased out, some may remain in service. While they do, certain precautions are recommended in order of preference as follows: (1) Replacement. Where practicable, all items containing luminescent markings with radium shall be replaced. Where replacement of consoles is imminent (within one year), this recommendation need not be followed. Radioactive items shall be disposed of as in subparagraph 27.b.(4)(c). (2) Interim Measure. As an interim measure, the markings may be covered with transparent tape provided that the tape is maintained in good condition.

CHAPTER 3. NONIONIZING RADIATION

 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 23 CHAPTER 3. NONIONIZING RADIATION

SECTION 1. RADIOFREQUENCY/MICROWAVE RADIATION

30. GENERAL
. The widespread and growing use of high-power output radar, navigational aids, and communications systems has increased the potential for personnel exposure to radiofrequency (RF)/microwave radiation. Therefore, it is important that operating personnel become familiar with the nature of the biological effects of exposure to this form of energy and that certain exaggerations and misconceptions be dispelled. Activities around high power electronics equipment are completely safe provided that the guidance contained in this section is followed. For the purposes of this order, RF radiation shall refer to all electromagnetic radiation ranging in frequency from 300 kHz to 300 GHz and shall include the microwave radiation region ranging in frequency from 300 MHz to 300 GHz. The entire RF portion of the electromagnetic spectrum (Figure 1-1) is far removed from the x-ray and gamma-ray region and is classified as nonionizing radiation.
31. EFFECTS AND HAZARDS
. In contrast to the cumulative biological effects associated with exposure to ionizing radiation, the only confirmed harmful effects from exposure to RF/microwave radiation are thermal in nature. It is to protect against the heating effect and its consequent influence upon workers that the permissible exposure limits are set. a. Thermal Effects. The depth of human tissue heating caused by exposure to RF/microwave radiation depends upon the frequency of the incident energy. Above 10 GHz (3 cm wavelength) heating occurs mainly in the superficial tissues (outer skin surface). From 10 GHz to 3 GHz (3 cm to 10 cm) the penetration and heating is deeper, and from 1.2 GHz to 150 MHz (25 cm to 200 cm) penetration and absorption are sufficient to cause heating of internal body tissues. The body attempts to regulate temperature increases through: (1) Perspiration and (2) Heat exchange via blood circulation Those organs which have a limited circulatory system are considered vulnerable to RF/microwave radiation exposure. Two structures in the human body are more susceptible to high radiation intensities than the remainder of the body: (a) The testes are vulnerable due to their sensitivity to temperature change. Intense microwave radiation exposure to the testes of experimental animals has been shown to impart temporary and reversible sterility. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 24 (b) The lens of the eye cannot dissipate heat as readily as the rest of the body and can suffer damage from microwave radiation. This has been demonstrated experimentally with small animals. b. Nonthermal Effects. Nonthermal effect refers to an observable or measurable biological change produced by exposure to RF/microwave radiation without a detectable temperature rise in a test system. Recent research has suggested that nonthermal effects do occur. The phenomenon of RF "hearing" has been reported and verified. Alterations in animal behavior patterns following RF/microwave radiation exposure have been observed. Effects on the immune response system and upon the central nervous system are receiving considerable attention. Efforts continue to determine if these subtle and usually reversible changes have any public health significance.
32. SOURCES OF EXPOSURE
. Many potential exposure sources lie within the RF range of the electromagnetic spectrum. Among them in ascending frequency order are AM and FM radio, television, VHF and UHF communications, radar, diathermy, microwave cooking, and materials drying. Natural sources of RF and microwave energy also exist, as in the case of measurable ground level electric fields produced by the movement of cold fronts. The most attention by far has been directed toward the microwave region. It is in this range that a great number of commercial applications have developed and it is in this range that biological effects have been studied the most. However, with this writing, attention is shifting to some of the lower frequencies; i.e.,< 1,000 MHz, and to the potential effects of exposure to sources that lie within this range. VHF and UHF radio and television broadcasts are the main source of ambient RE exposure in the United States. Of these the FM radio broadcast band is the greatest contributor. On January 1, 1980, there were 9,756 broadcasting stations in operation including 1,008 television stations, 4,554 AM radio stations, and 4,194 FM stations. Within the FAA, the sources of RF radiation include the ASR and ARSR radars, ASDE and airborne radars, microwave landing systems, VORTAC's and TACAN's, communication systems (VHF, UHF, RMLs, etc.), diathermy machines, and microwave ovens. The sources of greatest concern are those that are capable of generating and emitting strong RF field intensities; i.e., the radars. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 25
33. PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS (PEL's)
. The permissible exposure limits for RF/microwave radiation shown in Figure 3-1 shall apply to all occupants of controlled areas. There is no distinction between occupational and nonoccupational exposure in their application. NOTE: The PEL's were adopted from the American National Standards Institute, ANSI C95.1-1982 Standard. This standard is comprised of a series of radiofrequency protection guides which are defined as "the radiofrequency field strength or equivalent plane wave power density which should not be exceeded without (1) careful consideration of the reasons for doing so, (2) careful estimation of the increased energy deposition in the human body, and (3) careful consideration of the increased risk of unwanted biological effects."
FIGURE 3-1. RF/MICROWAVE PEL's
IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 26
34. EVALUATION OF HAZARDS
. a. Equipment. There are two general types of instruments available for RF radiation evaluations; those that measure power density and those that measure field intensity (or field strength). Power density meters are more commonly used in health hazard evaluations largely because of their portability and direct reading capability. Field intensity meters, although less portable, are particularly valuable in the detection and measurement of low levels of RF radiation. (1) Power Density Devices currently in use are broadband isotropic systems consisting of a meter and probe(s) that provide near and far field power density measurements regardless of polarization and direction of the incident RF energy. They integrate pulsed or CW signals into an average power density reading in mW/cm2. Probes are available to provide a dynamic range of 0.02 to 100 mW/cm2 across frequencies ranging from 500 KHz to 18 GHz. These instruments are lightweight, easy to use, and reasonably accurate. They have two distinct limitations; (1) they cannot be calibrated in the field and must be returned for factory calibration, and (2) their probes are subject to peak power burnout even when the instrument is turned off. (2) Field Intensity Devices, which usually consist of an assortment of calibrated antennas coupled to an interference analyzer, are extremely accurate and sensitive over a wide dynamic range. They have certain disadvantages that limit their use in routine health hazards evaluations. They are bulky, nonportable, and require special training for proper use. Their antennas are highly directional and field intensity measurements made with these systems may not be completely representative of the exposure potential that exists at the point of measurement. Nonetheless, they remain the best devices for evaluation of far field low level RE energy, particularly in the low frequencies; e.g.,< 500 KHz. b. Procedures. The following procedures are intended as guidelines; conditions at the survey site may suggest or require modifying them. Survey equipment manuals should be consulted for complete operating instructions. (1) RF measurements are no better than the calibration of the survey equipment used to make the measurements. As a minimum, survey meters must be calibrated annually. The power density meters currently in use must be returned to the manufacturer for calibration. (2) An RF source should be approached from a known safe distance with the detector initially set on its maximum range. This is to avoid unnecessary personnel exposure and, in the case of power density meters, to avoid peak power burnout of the prob (3) All RF measurements should be made in close coordination with operating personnel so that the exact conditions under which measurements are made are know to allconcerned IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 27 (4) When surveying radar antenna systems, the area between the feedhorn and the reflector should always be considered hazardous and carefully avoided. (5) When surveying in the main beam of a radar, the beam size, shape and character, and the limit of the PEL should be determined prior to the survey. The latter can be calculated or obtained from Figure 3-3, paragraph 36.a.
35. CONTROL OF HAZARDS
. The three basic methods of controlling exposure to ionizing radiation are good guidelines to be used in controlling exposure to virtually all forms of RF radiation. They include: a. Limit Exposure Time. Although the effects of exposure to RF radiation are not considered to be cumulative, as in the case of ionizing radiation, the duration of exposure is an element of the PELs. They were selected to limit the specific absorption rate (SAR) to 0.4 W/kg in any 0.1 hour period implying that SARs in excess of that limit could cause a disruption in biological tissue or function. b. Increase Distance. The inverse square relationship of intensity to distance described in paragraph 24.a(2) for ionizing radiation is also applicable for RF emissions in the far field provided that: (1) The transmitting antenna (source) is isotropic; i.e., it transmits energy equally in all directions, and (2) The transmission is through free space; i.e., the energy is neither absorbed, reflected, refracted, nor scattered. Such ideal conditions seldom exist, but the inverse square relationship is valuable "estimator" for determining approximate safe distances from RF sources. It should not be used as a substitute for distances determined by field measurement. Mathematical models are available for calculating safe distances from directional emitters such as radars and RML's. The values obtained are theoretical and should always be substantiated by field measurement if possible. c Shielding. RF radiation can be reflected, refracted, scattered, and absorbed. It is these properties that enable it to be directed, conducted, and attenuated. In many systems, the very devices that enclose and direct RE energy for operational purposes also provide the required shielding to protect against personnel exposure; radar waveguides are an example. In most FAA systems that generate RF radiation it is properly confined where necessary and no further shielding is required. In those unusual instances where special shielding is needed, reference can be made to the information provided in paragraph 36.b. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 28 d. Warning Signs. The standard RF radiation warning sign shown in Figure 3-2 shall be posted at the entry to the antenna deck of each long range and short range radar. This is a precautionary measure to remind personnel and warn visitors that the PEL for RF radiation can be exceeded in the vicinity of the radiating antenna. It does not mean that entry to the antenna deck will result in overexposure but that in this area RF energy is not as confined as it is in other parts of the radar system and that proper precautions should be observed.
FIGURE 3-2. RF RADIATION WARNING SIGN
The RF warning sign is available in two sizes; i.e., Small, 9905-01-069-6246, Unit of Issue Each (EA) and Large, 9905-01-069-2315, Unit of Issue Each (EA)
36. RADAR SYSTEMS
. a. Hazards. All radar systems operated and maintained by the FAA produce RF/microwave radiation. Under normal operating conditions, it is virtually isolated from the workplace and its occupants. Hazardous levels are encountered only in the vicinity of the antenna; i.e., between the feedhorn and the antenna and out along the projected beam. The hazardous region terminates at a point on the beam where the radiation intensity has diminished to a value that equals the PEL. For each FAA 'radar capable of producing levels in excess of the PEL, the distance to that point has been calculated (Figure 3-3). The distance calculations were made using typical transmitting parameters and should be considered estimates. They should be authenticated with actual transmitting data and by field measurements whenever possible. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 29 The PEL for ASR and AN/FPS-6/90 radars, read directly from Figure 3-1, is 5 mW/cm2 power density (E2 = 20,000 V2/m2; H2 = 0.125A2/m2). The PEL for ARSR, AN/FPS-20, and AN/FPS-60 radars is calculated using the relationships shown in Figure 3-1. For an ARSR transmitting at 1315 MHz, the PEL is 4.4mW/cm2 power density (E2 = 17,533 V2/m2; H2 = 0.110 A2/m2). All radar work areas in which the PEL's are exceeded shall be considered hazardous.
FIGURE 3-3. RADARS CAPABLE OF PRODUCING POWER DENSITIES IN EXCESS OF THE PEL
Calculated Distance from Antenna to Point on Main Beam Average Axis Where Power Transmitter Power Transmitter Density Equals the Used for Calculations Frequency PEL PEL Radar Peak Average (MW) (W) (MHz) (mW/cm2) (feet) ASR-4,5,6 0.425 403 2800 5.0 40 ASR-7 0.5 474.5 2800 5.0 50 ASR-8 1.4 (Simplex) 875 2800 5.0 125 1.4 (Diplex) 1750 2800 5.0 235 ARSR-1,2 5.0 3595 1315 4.4 295 ARSR-3 4.6 (Simplex) 3140 1315 4.4 230 4.6 (Diplex) 6280 1315 4.4 460 AN/FPS-6/90 2.8 2040 2800 5.0 360 AN/FPS-20 2.0 4319 1300 4.3 315 AN/FPS-60 2.0 (Simplex) 4319 1300 4.3 315 2.0 (Diplex) 8638 1300 4.3 630 IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 30 b. Engineering Controls (1) That portion of the radar transmitting system lying between the RF generator and the antenna feed horn is a closed system and shall remain so while the system is energized. Waveguides, waveguide switches, and enclosures around RF generators provide sufficient shielding from RF radiation exposure provided that the integrity of all joints in the system is maintained. (2) In the event that further shielding is required for special purposes, the attenuation factors for various materials shown in Figure 3-4 may be used as guidelines.
FIGURE 3-4. ATTENUATION OF RF RADIATION PROVIDED BY VARIOUS TYPES OF SHIELDING
From Palmisano, W.A. and D. H. Sliney, "Instrumentation and Methods Used in Microwave Hazard Analysis, "U.S. Army Environmental Hygiene Agency, Edgewood, MD. Presented at American Industrial Hygiene Conference, 1967. Frequency (GHz) --------------------------------------------------- 1-3 3-5 5-7 7-10 Attenuation (dB) --------------------------------------------------- 60 x 60 mesh screening 20 25 22 20 32 x 32 mesh screening 18 22 22 18 16 x 16 window screen 18 20 20 22 1/4" mesh (hardware cloth) 18 15 12 10 Window glass 2 2 3 3.5 3/4" pine sheathing 2 2 2 3.5 8" concrete block 20 22 26 30 c. Procedural Controls. (1) Personnel shall not work on the antenna, waveguide, or feedhorn structures of a transmitting radar. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 31 (2) The antenna deck of the radar tower shall be considered a restricted area. Interlocks on antenna deck access gates shall not be defeated while the radar is transmitting without permission and without careful consideration of the purpose. This does not mean that entry to the antenna deck will result in overexposure to RE radiation, but that in this area the RF energy is neither a clearly defined field nor is it confined as it is in other parts of the system. Consequently, extra precautions are necessary to minimize exposure. (3) Where sector blanking is used to prevent transmission in certain azimuths and/or elevations, and overriding will cause a RF hazard potential in an adjoining workplace, sufficient warning shall be provided to personnel in the workplace so that proper precautions may be initiated. (4) RF generators, waveguide joints, waveguide switches, rotary joints, etc., that are potential sources of RF radiation leaks should be surveyed routinely and also whenever it is suspected that maintenance or operational changes have altered the radiation hazard potential.
37. VORTAC's and TACAN's
. a. Hazards. VOR's transmit in the frequency range of 108 to 118 MHz. From Figure 3-1, the PEL is 1.0 mW/cm2 power density (E2 = 4,000 v2/m2; H2 = 0.025 A2/m2). In a survey of a VOR transmitting at 110.2 MHz (TACAN off) and 200 W, a mean squared E field strength of approximately 4624 V2/m2 was measured at the surface of the conical tower covering the rotating antenna. At the outer edge of the building roof the level was only 324V2/m2 so it was concluded that a potential hazard existed at the surface of the conical tower only. TACAN's transmit in either of two frequency bands, 962 to 1024 MHz or 1151 to 1213 MHz. The PEL is defined in Figure 3-1 as f/300 mW/cm2 power density (E2 = 4,000 f/300 V2/m2; H2 = 0.025 f/300 A2/m2). In a survey of a typical TACAN operating at 6.5 kW peak power (130 W average power) and a frequency of 983 MHz, a mean squared E field strength of 13,924 V2/m2 was measured at a distance of 5 cm from the surface of the radome; at 20 cm the level was 11,664 V2/m2. Since the PEL for a 983 MHz source is 13,107 V2/m2, it was concluded that a potential hazard existed at the surface of the radome only. b. Procedural Controls. (1) Personnel should avoid direct contact with the surface of the VOR conical tower and, to avoid unnecessary exposure to low level RF energy, they should limit their occupancy of the counterpoise while the VOR is transmitting. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 32 (2) To the fullest extent possible personnel should avoid direct contact with the TACAN radome and limit the duration of maintenance work in close proximity to the antenna while the TACAN is transmitting.
38. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
. a. Hazards. VHF transmitters operate in the 118 to 136 MHz band at power levels ranging from 10 to 50 W. UHF transmitters operate in the 225 to 400 MHz band at power levels ranging from 25 to 100 W. For VHF and UHF transmissions below 300 MHz the PEL is 1.0 mW/cm2 (E2 = 4,000 V2/m2; H2 = 0.025 A2/m2). For UHF transmissions above 300 MHz, the PEL is defined in Figure 3-1 as f/300 mW/cm2 power density (E2 = 4,000f/300 V2/m2; H2 = 0.025 f/300 A2/m2). Only at the surface of antennas transmitting at the higher power levels is there any evidence of RF in excess of the PEL. RML's transmit in the 7125 to 8400 MHz frequency band at power levels ranging from 0.1 to 5 W. TML's transmit at approximately 14 to 15 GHz and 1.0 W. For both RML and TML equipment the PEL is 5mW/cm2 (E2=20,000 V2m2; H2 = 0.125 A2/m2). Surveys performed on RML's and TML's have shown RF levels near antennas to be less than 0.1 mW/cm2 even directly in front of the dish. This was the lower detectable limit of the survey equipment in use. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 33 b. Procedural Controls. (1) Other than to avoid direct contact with antennas of VHF and UHF transmitters operating at high power levels, no special controls are required. (2) To avoid unnecessary exposure to low levels of RF energy in the microwave range it is recommended that work on RML and TML antennas be conducted only when transmitters are off.
39. MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEMS
. a. Hazards. Microwave landing systems (MLS's) transmit in the 5000 to 5250 MHz frequency band. Therefore, the PEL is 5.0 mW/cm2 (E2 = 20,000 V2/m2; H2 = 0.125 A2/m2). Surveys of prototype MLS's operating in this range have revealed antenna aperture RF/microwave levels ranging from 0.02 to 0.15 mW/cm2 power density, all far below the PEL. b. Procedural Controls (1) Personnel should avoid direct contact with the antenna apertures of transmitting MLS equipment. (2) To avoid unnecessary exposure to low levels of RF/microwave energy, it is recommended that work on MLS antennas be conducted only when transmitters are off.
40. MICROWAVE OVENS
. A microwave oven is a dielectric heating unit consisting of a high-powered magnetron or klystron tube which feeds microwave energy through a waveguide to a cooking chamber. The tubes operate at either 915 or 2450 MHz at power level ranging from 500 to 2000 watts. All units are equipped with interlock systems which prevent operation with the door open. Microwave ovens are in widespread use commercially and privately and are commonly found in FAA lunch rooms, cafeterias, and break areas. All microwave ovens manufactured in the United States must comply with Federal limitations. a. Performance Standard. On October 6, 1970, a "Performance Standard for Microwave Ovens" was published in the Federal Register (Subpart C, Part 78, Title 42 CFR). Briefly, it stipulates that microwave ovens may not emit radiation levels in excess of 1 mW/cm2 power density prior to sales nor in excess of 5 mW/cm2 throughout the useful life of the oven, as measured at 5 cm from any external surface of the oven. The standard also requires that ovens be equipped with a minimum of two safety interlocks, one of which must be concealed. b. Leak Testing. Testing of ovens for leakage should be performed at any time that damage has occurred or there is obvious malfunctioning. Survey instruments and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the performance standard described in paragraph 40.a. c. Failure to Comply with Standard. Any oven that is found to leak microwave radiation in excess of the lifetime performance standard (5 mW/cm2 at 5 cm), shall be removed from service and repaired or replaced. d. Oven Maintenance. Ovens should be maintained clean and free of food particles, especially around door seals. The safety interlock system should be observed to shut off the oven when the door is opened. If it does not, the oven should be removed from service and repaired or replaced. Periodic servicing to assure proper operation is encouraged.
41. MEDICAL DIATHERMY
. Medical diathermy units utilize microwave radiation to generate heat intentionally in body tissues underlying the skin. Most units operate at a frequency of 2450 MHz; the power is variable. These devices are capable of generating power density levels considerably in excess of 5 mW/cm2. Consequently, they should be operated only by or under the supervision of trained medical personnel. Special care should be exercised to confine the microwave radiation to the target tissues and to avoid unnecessary exposure of other parts of the body. IMAGE OF 3910.3A PAGE 34
42. CATHODE RAY TUBES
. Cathode ray tubes (CRT's) are widely used in the home, office, shop, recreation place, etc. In the FAA they are found in radar displays, televisions, oscilloscopes, video display terminals, etc. Much has been written and spoken about radiation emitted by CRTs, most of it speculative and unsubstantiated; but two recent investigations by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) have provided some definitive data on emissions from the CRTs of radar displays and video display terminals (VDT). In July 1980, the Hazards Evaluations and Technical Assistance Branch of NIOSH conducted a radiation investigation in the Seattle ARTCC. Among other potential sources they surveyed Plan View Display (PVD), Radar Bright Display (RBDE), and Plan Position Indicator (PPI) radar scopes for evidence of ionizing and nonionizing radiation emissions (i.e., x-ray, ultraviolet, and RF) and concluded that all radiation levels were extremely low and insignificant when compared with existing occupational health standards (NIOSH, TA 80-062-852). In January 1980, the same NIOSH organization performed an indepth investigation of health factors associated with use of VDTs. The radiation evaluation portion of the study included measurements of the x-ray, ultraviolet, visible, and RF portions of the electromagnetic spectrum on 18 VDTs (5 models). Investigators concluded that VDTs do not present a radiation hazard to employees working at or near a terminal. Emissions were well below current occupational exposure standards, usually below the detection capability of the survey instruments (NIOSH, 81-129). Additionally, agency Industrial Hygienists and Safety and Health Managers have surveyed a wide variety of radar scopes over an 8-10 year period during routine environmental health inspections required by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (PL 91-596) and have found no evidence of external radiation fields above background at or near the surfaces of the CRTs.

3910.4 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM

 IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3910.4 Federal Aviation Administration 9/13/85 SUBJ: HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes responsibilities, procedures, and standards for a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Hearing Conservation Program as required by an amendment to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration noise standard (29 CFR 1910.95). It is a part of the agency's continuing effort to manage or control losses due to occupational accidents, injuries, illnesses, and management deficiencies, and to provide safe and healthful working conditions for all employees as prescribed by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (PL 91-596) and as directed by Executive Order 12196. The provisions contained in the order are consistent with the requirements of Order 3900.19A, Occupational Safety and Health.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to director level in Washington, except in Air Traffic, Systems Engineering, and Program Engineering and Maintenance Service where distribution is to branch level; Human Resource Management Division in headquarters; division level in the Offices of Human Resource Planning and Evaluation, Personnel and Technical Training, Organizational Effectiveness, Labor and Employee Relations, Aviation Medicine, the Metropolitan Washington Airports, and Aviation Standards National Field Office; division level in regions and centers; and with limited distribution to all Air Traffic and Airway Facilities Field Offices.

3. BACKGROUND

. On April 7, 1983, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) noise standard (29 CFR 1910.95) was amended to require every employer to establish and administer a continuing effective Hearing Conservation Program for all employees whose 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) noise exposures equal or exceed an action level of 85 dBA. The employer must provide hearing protection for affected employees, institute workplace and/or employee exposure monitoring, and establish an audiometric testing program. This order contains criteria to be used in determining the need for an agency Hearing Conservation Program and guidance for its implementation and administration. Certain elements of a program are already in place. The identification and designation of potentially hazardous noise areas or occupations in agency workplaces have been largely accomplished; noise control measures have been initiated in many instances; and at some locations, environmental and employee monitoring has begun. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 2

4. DEFINITIONS

. a. Action level. An 8-hour time-weighted-average noise level of 85 dBA or, equivalently, a noise dose of 50 percent, at which affected employees shall be provided hearing protection and placed in an audiometric testing program. b. Area monitoring. Measuring noise levels with a sound level meter at different locations in the workplace and at different times during the work shift sufficient to make reliable estimates of employee noise exposures. c. Audiogram. A chart, graph, or table resulting from an audiometric test showing an individual's hearing threshold levels as a function of frequency. d. Continuous noise. Noise that is relatively constant for a long period of time (e.g., fan or motor). e. dBA. Sound level in decibels read on the A-scale of a sound level meter. The A-scale discriminates against the low frequencies of an acoustic signal. f. Decibel (dB). A dimensionless unit related to the logarithm of the ratio of a measured quantity to a reference quantity. It is commonly used to describe levels of sound power, sound pressure, electric voltage, electric power, etc. g. Hertz (Hz). Unit of measurement of frequency numerically equal to cycles per second (cps); I Hz = 1 cps. h. Impulse noise. Noise that is characterized by a sharp rise in sound pressure level to a high peak followed by a rapid decay (e.g., drop forge or gunshot). i. Intermittent noise. Noise that ceases or subsides between events (e.g., aircraft flyovers). j. Noise dosimeter (audiodosimeter). A device, usually worn by an employee, that integrates a function of sound pressure over a period of time in such a manner that it directly indicates the accumulated exposure (dose). k. Personal monitoring. Measuring employee noise exposure with a noise dosimeter mounted on the employee and the dosimeter microphone positioned near the employee's ear. l. Qualified audiometric technician. A technician who has been certified by the Council for Accreditation in Occupational Hearing Conservation, or one who has satisfactorily demonstrated competence in administering audiometric examinations, obtaining valid audiograms, and properly using, maintaining, and checking calibration and proper functioning of the audiometers being used. The audiometric technician must be responsible to an audiologist, otolaryngologist, or physician. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 3 m. Sound pressure level. The level, in decibels, that is 20 times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of a measured sound pressure to the square of the reference sound pressure of 20 micronewtons per square meter (uN/m2). n. Sound power level. The level, in decibels, that is 10 times the common logarithm of the ratio of a given power to a reference power. o. Sound level. The weighted sound pressure level obtained by the use of the A, B, or C frequency weighting networks of a sound level meter. p. Time-weighted average (TWA) sound level. That sound level which, if constant over an 8-hour exposure, would result in the same noise dose as is measured.

5. RESPONSIBILITIES

. a. The Industrial Hygiene Program Manager (located within AAM) shall: (1) Provide guidance and consultation on matters pertaining to occupational noise and hearing conservation in FAA operations. (2) Investigate reports of noise hazards in FAA workplaces and joint-use military facilities under the responsibility of the FAA. (3) Coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager (located within the Civil Aeromedical Institute), the Occupational Safety Program Manager (located within ALR), and regional and center Safety and Health Managers in performing specialized noise hazards evaluations, in recommending corrective action where needed (e.g., engineering controls, administrative controls, hearing protection, etc.), and in providing training for employees included in the Hearing Conservation Program. (4) Represent the FAA in liaison with Governmental and private organizations on matters related to occupational noise and hearing conservation. b. The Occupational Safety Program Manager shall coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager, the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager, and regional and center Safety and Health Managers on matters pertaining to occupational noise and hearing conservation in FAA operations. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 4 c. The Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager shall: (1) Coordinate and consult with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager in providing advice and information on matters pertaining to occupational noise and hearing conservation in FAA operations. (2) Coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager and regional and center Safety and Health Managers in performing specialized noise hazards evaluations, in recommending corrective action where needed, and in providing training for employees included in the Hearing Conservation Program. d. Safety and Health Managers shall: (1) Receive and review employee reports of occupational noise hazards and coordinate a response according to procedures established in Order 3900.19A, Occupational Safety and Health. (2) Perform routine occupational noise surveys to identify and monitor hazardous noise areas and operations and assist managers in determining those occupations or employees to be included in the Hearing Conservation Program. (3) Coordinate with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager and/or the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager in evaluating the results of routine occupational noise surveys and specialized noise hazards evaluations, in determining the appropriate corrective action where needed, and in providing training for employees included in the Hearing Conservation Program. (4) Coordinate with Regional Flight Surgeons regarding the health effects of noise and the implementation and administration of the Hearing Conservation Program. e. Regional Flight Surgeons or other medical officers in charge shall: (1) Provide guidance and consultation on matters pertaining to the health effects of exposure to occupational noise. (2) Coordinate with Safety and Health Managers regarding the implementation and administration of the Hearing Conservation Program. (3) Establish and maintain a hearing protection and audiometric testing program as specified in paragraphs 12 and 13 for all employees whose noise exposures equal or exceed an 8-hour TWA of 85 dBA. f. Facility Managers/Supervisors shall: (1) Ensure that all employees working in potentially hazardous noise areas (as defined herein) are familiar with the contents of this order. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 5 (AND 6) (2) Ensure that when employees are in the Hearing Conservation Program the mandatory aspects of paragraphs 13, 14, and 15 are adhered to. (3) Request occupational noise evaluations when in their judgment they are needed. They may be guided by reports of noise that causes excessive interference in conversing (face to face, or via radio, or telephone) or by repeated complaints about loud and intrusive noise, ringing in the ears following noise exposure, etc.

CHAPTER 2. OCCUPATIONAL NOISE AND HEARING CONSERVATION

 IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 7 CHAPTER 2. OCCUPATIONAL NOISE AND HEARING CONSERVATION

6. GENERAL

. Exposure to high levels of noise can cause hearing loss. The nature and extent of the hearing loss depends upon the intensity and frequency of the noise and the duration of the exposure. Noise induced hearing loss may be temporary or permanent. Temporary loss results from short-term exposure to noise; normal hearing returns after a period of rest. If exposures continue for extended periods of time, the temporary losses may become permanent. Noise-induced hearing loss resulting from prolonged exposure is irreversible, but it can be arrested and it can be prevented. The noise standard and Hearing Conservation Program prescribed in this order are designed to identify potentially hazardous noise areas or occupations, to reduce the noise to acceptable levels, if feasible, and, if not, to provide proper protection and monitoring for those employees who are exposed.

7. NOISE STANDARD

. a. The OSHA noise standard, 29 CFR 1910.95 (a) and (b), established 90 dBA as the 8-hour TWA permissible exposure limit (PEL) for continuous noise, with allowable increases of 5 dBA for each halving of exposure duration, up to a maximum of 115 dBA (Table 1). The standard specifies that feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized to reduce sound levels within the PEL's shown, and, if such controls fail to accomplish that reduction, personal protective equipment shall be provided and a continuing effective Hearing Conservation Program administered. An amendment to the standard, 1910.95 (c) through (p) and Appendices A through I established details of the Hearing Conservation Program. Its principal components are exposure monitoring, audiometric testing, hearing protection, employee training, and recordkeeping. b. The essentials of the Hearing Conservation Program amendment are contained in this order. However, the FAA is committed to compliance with the OSHA noise standard, as amended, in its entirety. Throughout the order reference is made to portions of the standards for the purposes of clarification or amplification. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 8 TABLE 1 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS Duration Per Day Sound Level (Hours) (dBA Slow) 8 90 6 92 4 95 3 97 2 100 1 1/2 102 1 105 1/2 110 1/4 or less 115 Exposure to impulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level.

8. EXPOSURE MONITORING

. a. Occupational noise exposure levels shall be monitored in a manner that will identify employees who are exposed to levels equal to or greater than: (1) The 90 dBA, 8-hour TWA (or 100 per cent dose) PEL, and/or (2) The 85 dBA, 8-hour TWA (or 50 per cent dose) action level. b. The exposure measurements shall include all continuous, intermittent, and impulsive noise ranging from 80 to 130 dB and must be representative of the occupational exposure. Although area monitoring is permitted, personal monitoring is preferred. It can be accomplished best by using noise dosimeters (audiodosimeters) to determine 8-hour TWA exposures. Employees shall be permitted to observe monitoring procedures and shall be notified of the results.

9. MONITORING RESULTS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

. When monitoring reveals that the 8-hour TWA exposure level is: a. Less than 85 dBA (or 50 per cent dose); no further action is required. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 9 b. Equal to or greater than the action level, 85 dBA (or 50 per cent dose), the employee(s) affected shall be provided hearing protection and placed in an audiometric testing program. c. Equal to or greater than the PEL, 90 dBA (or 100 per cent dose), the employee(s) affected shall be provided hearing protection and placed in an audiometric testing program, and feasible administrative and/or engineering controls shall be utilized reduce the noise to acceptable levels.

10. COMPUTING NOISE EXPOSURE

. Employee noise exposure (dose) is computed, without regard to attenuation provided by earplugs or earmuffs as follows: D = 100 (C1/T1 + C2/T2 + ... Cn/Tn) where Cn is the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level and Tn is the duration of exposure permitted at that level as shown in Table 2. Example 1: Workday consists of 7 hours exposure to a constant noise level of 95 dBA: D = 100 (7/4) = 175% Example 2: Workday consists of 1 hour exposure to a noise level of 95 dBA, 2 hours at 90 dBA, and 4 hours at 85 dBA: D = 100 (1/4 + 2/8 + 4/16) = 75% Exposures above 115 dBA are not permitted regardless of duration (see Tables 1 ∧ 2) but, should they exist, are to be included in computing the noise dose. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 10 TABLE 2 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS (EXPANDED) Sound Level, L Reference Duration, T Sound Level, L Reference Duration, T (dBA) (hour) (dBA) (hour) 80 32.0 106 0.87 81 27.9 107 0.76 82 24.3 108 0.66 83 21.1 109 0.57 84 16.4 110 0.50 85 16.0 111 0.44 86 13.9 112 0.36 87 12.1 113 0.33 88 10.6 114 0.29 89 9.2 115* 0.25 90 8.0 116 0.22 91 7.0 117 0.19 92 6.1 118 0.16 93 5.3 119 0.14 94 4.6 120 0.125 95 4.0 121 0.11 96 3.5 122 0.095 97 3.0 123 0.082 98 2.6 124 0.072 99 2.3 125 0.063 100 2.0 126 0.054 101 1.7 127 0.047 102 1.5 128 0.041 103 1.3 129 0.036 104 1.1 130 0.031 105 1.0 In Figure 2 the reference duration, T, is computed by: 8 T = --------- (L-90)/5 2 where L is the sound level in dBA. * 115 dBA is the maximum permissible exposure limit.

11. 8-HOUR TWA SOUND LEVEL

. a. The 8-hour TWA sound level is that sound level which, if constant over an 8-hour exposure, would result in the sa me noise dose as is measured. It may be computed from the dose in percent, as measured with an audiodosimeter, by means of the following equation. TWA(dB) = 16.61 log10 (D/100) + 90 where D is the accumulated dose in percent exposure. Audiodosimeter readings may be converted to TWA using Table 3. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 11 b. For sampling periods of less than 8 hours, an equivalent sound level for that period may be determined using the audiodosimeter reading in Table 3. If it can be assumed that the exposure during the remainder of the 8 hours will be equivalent to the exposure during the sampling period, the audiodosimeter reading may be extrapolated to 8 hours and an equivalent 8-hour sound level in dRA determined from Table 3.

12. AUDIOMETRIC TESTING

. a. The audiometric testing program shall include baseline and annual audiometry for all employees in the Hearing Conservation Program. Testing shall be performed by a qualified audiometric technician, as defined in paragraph 4, under the direction of the Regional Flight Surgeon or other medical officer in charge, or by a consultant who specializes in audiometric examinations . (1) A baseline audiogram, the reference against which future audiograms are compared, should be obtained prior to an employee's first exposure to noise that equals or exceeds the action level. It shall be obtained as soon as possible, but no longer than 6 months, after it becomes known that the employee will be or is exposed to noise that equals or exceeds the action level. Baseline audiograms obtained prior to the effective date of this order are acceptable baselines provided that they are judged valid by the Regional Flight Surgeon or other medical officer in charge. (2) Annual audiograms shall be compared to the baseline audiogram to determine if an employee's audiogram is valid and if a standard threshold shift (STS) has occurred. OSHA defines STS as a change in hearing threshold relative to the baseline audiogram of an average of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, and 4,000 Hertz (Hz) in either ear. If an STS is identified, the employee shall be informed of this fact in writing within 21 days of the determination and shall be fitted or refitted with adequate hearing protectors and required to wear them. b. The Regional Flight Surgeon or other medical officer in charge shall review problem audiograms to determine whether there is a need for further evaluation or referral. c. Audiometric tests shall be pure tone, air conduction, hearing threshold examinations, with test frequencies including, as a minimum, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, and 6000 Hz. Tests of each frequency shall be run separately for each ear. Details of testing equipment and procedures are contained in the OSHA standard, 1910.95, as follows: IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 12 TABLE 3 CONVERSION FROM % NOISE EXPOSURE TO EQUIVALENT SOUND LEVEL % Noise Exp Equiv SPL % Noise Exp Equiv SPL % Noise Exp Equiv SPL % Noise Exp Equiv SPL Time (dB A) Time (dB A) Time (dB A) Time (dB A) 10 73.4 104 90.3 260 96.9 640 103.4 15 76.3 105 90.4 270 97.2 650 103.5 20 78.4 106 90.4 280 97.4 660 103.6 25 80.0 107 90.5 290 97.7 670 103.7 30 81.3 108 90.6 300 97.9 680 103.8 35 82.4 109 90.6 310 98.2 690 103.9 40 83.4 110 90.7 320 98.4 700 104.0 45 84.2 111 90.8 330 98.6 710 104.1 50 85.0 112 90.8 340 98.9 720 104.2 55 85.7 113 90.9 350 99.0 730 104.3 60 86.3 114 90.9 360 99.2 740 104.4 65 86.9 115 91.0 370 99.4 750 104.5 70 87.4 116 91.1 380 99.6 760 104.6 75 87.9 117 91.1 390 99.8 770 104.7 80 88.4 118 91.2 400 100.0 780 104.8 81 88.5 119 91.3 410 100.2 790 104.9 82 88.6 120 91.3 420 100.4 800 105.0 83 88.7 125 91.6 430 100.5 810 105.1 84 88.7 130 91.9 440 100.7 820 105.2 85 88.8 135 92.2 450 100.8 830 105.3 86 88.9 140 92.4 460 101.0 840 105.4 87 89.0 145 92.7 470 101.2 850 105.4 88 89.1 150 92.9 480 101.3 860 105.5 89 89.2 155 93.2 490 101.5 870 105.6 90 89.2 160 93.4 500 101.6 880 105.7 91 89.3 165 93.6 510 101.8 890 105.8 92 89.4 170 93.8 520 101.9 900 105.8 93 89.5 175 94.0 530 102.0 910 105.9 94 89.6 180 94.2 540 102.2 920 106.0 95 89.6 185 94.4 550 102.3 930 106.1 96 89.7 190 94.6 560 102.4 940 106.2 97 89.8 195 94.8 570 102.6 950 106.2 98 89.9 200 95.0 580 102.7 960 106.3 99 89.9 210 95.4 590 102.8 970 106.4 100 90.0 220 95.7 600 102.9 980 106.5 101 90.1 230 96.0 610 103.0 990 106.5 102 90.1 240 96.3 620 103.2 999 106.6 103 90.2 250 96.6 630 103.3 IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 13 (1) Appendix C - Audiometric Measuring Instruments (2) Appendix D - Audiometric Test Rooms (3) Appendix E - Acoustic Calibration of Audiometers

13. HEARING PROTECTION

. a. Hearing protectors shall be made available to all employees in the Hearing Conservation Program. They shall be worn by employees who are exposed to noise equal to or greater than the action level and by employees who have incurred standard threshold shifts (defined in paragraph 12b). Either earplugs that are inserted in the ear canal or ear muffs that cover the external ear may be worn provided that they supply the required noise attenuation. The method to be used in estimating the adequacy of hearing protector attenuation is contained in the OSHA standard, 1910.95, Appendix B. b. Supervisors shall ensure that hearing protectors are available to employees in the Hearing Conservation Program, that employees are trained in their use and care, and that they are worn.

14. EMPLOYEE TRAINING

. Employees who are in the Hearing Conservation Program shall receive at least annually training in the effects of noise; the purpose, advantages, and disadvantages of various types of hearing protectors; the selection, fitting, and care of protectors; and the purpose and procedures of audiometric testing. The training will be provided by occupational safety and health personnel in group or individual sessions using videotapes, films, slides, lectures, or computer-based instruction.

15. RECORDKEEPING

. a. Noise exposure measurement records shall be retained in the Safety and Health Manager's office indefinitely. Audiometric test records shall be retained in the employee's medical file for the duration of the affected employee's employment. The audiometric record shall include: (1) Name and job classification of the employee. (2) Date of the audiogram. (3) Examiner's name (4) Date of the last acoustic or exhaustive calibration of the audiometer. (5) Employee's most recent noise exposure assessment. (6) Date of the last hearing conservation training and the name of the person conducting the training. IMAGE OF 3910.4 PAGE 14 b. All acoustic and audiometric records shall be provided upon request to employees, former employees, representatives designated by the employee, and OSHA. Donald D. Engen Administrator Distribution: A-W-1 (except AT/ES/PM); A-W-(AT/ES/PM)-3 Initiated By: AAM-400 AW-(HR/HP/PT/OE/LR/AM/MA/VN)-2; A-XYZ-2; A-FAT/FAF-O (LTD)

3910.5 ASBESTOS CONTROL

 IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3920.1 Federal Aviation Administration 2/19/86 SUBJ: ASBESTOS CONTROL

1. PURPOSE

. This order documents the asbestos control program and provides guidance on health protection measures to be applied during demolition, construction, and maintenance procedures that could create asbestos exposure problems. TABLE OF CONTENTS Par. Title Page No. 2. Distribution 3. Background 4. Forms and Reports 5. Asbestos and Health 6. Asbestos Standard 7. Asbestos Control Program 8. Abatement Options 9. Abatement Guidance 10. Medical Monitoring Appendix 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Asbestos Standard (9 pages) Appendix 2. Visual Inspection of Insulation and Bulk Sampling for Asbestos Analysis (2 pages) Appendix 3. Air Sampling for Asbestos Analysts (7 pages)

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to division level in the Offices of Aviation Medicine, Human Resource Planning and Evaluation, Personnel and Technical Training, Organizational Effectiveness, and Labor and Employee Relations, the Program Engineering and Maintenance Service, and Metropolitan Washington Airports; the Human Resource Management Division in headquarters; division level in the centers; branch level in the regional Airway Facilities and Air Traffic Divisions; and with limited distribution to all field offices and facilities.

3. BACKGROUND

. a. Several recent agency asbestos abatement projects have created greater problems than they eliminated. There have been instances in which asbestos laden insulation that represented a potential exposure to employees became an actual exposure when efforts were made to remove it without proper precautions. There have been others in which proper precautions were taken but employees were not informed of them and became apprehensive. In either case, operations have been disrupted, even to the point of complete cessation of activities and closing of facilities. At least one of these "asbestos incidents" was elevated to virtual crisis proportions through overzealous media coverage and unusual regulatory agency procedures. All could have been minimized if not prevented by careful project planning, proper notification of appropriate officials, education of potentially affected employees, and strict monitoring of the work in progress. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 2 b. Asbestos abatement is difficult and usually expensive but it can be accomplished safely and calmly. Abatement efforts must proceed in a systematic manner that will ensure the health and safety of employees who are involved directly or indirectly in the work, avoid overreactions among the work force, minimize disruption of operations, and prevent the release of asbestos to the environment.

4. FORMS AND REPORTS

. The FAA recurring report RIS: AM 3910-1, Air Quality Survey, will be submitted on FAA Form 3910-1 on an as required basis to AAM-160. An explanation of the information required for the report can be found in appendix 3, paragraph 4. A copy of the form to use for local reproduction can be found on page 7, appendix 3.

5. ASBESTOS AND HEALTH

. It has been shown in numerous epidemiologic studies of asbestos workers (i.e., those who are employed in asbestos mining, asbestos products manufacturing, construction and building trades, etc.) that asbestos can cause several sabling and fatal diseases. Included are lung cancer, mesothelioma, and asbestosis. It is suspected that asbestos also increases the risk of gastrointestinal cancer. Of all of these diseases lung cancer constitutes the greatest health risk for those employed in the asbestos industries. a. Lung cancer usually has a latency period (the time between first exposure and the appearance of disease) in excess of 20 years. Few cases of asbestos-induced lung cancer are curable. Evidence presently indicates that the lung cancer risk from asbestos exposure is less than the risk associated with cigarette smoking. Together asbestos exposure and cigarette smoking act synergistically to multiply the risk of developing lung cancer. b. Mesothelioma is a rare form of cancer of the pleura (the membrane between the lung and chest wall) or the peritoneum (the membrane covering the abdominal organs). It is rarely seen in persons not exposed to asbestos. It has a long latency period, 25 to 30 years, is virtually incurable and is usually fatal within 1-2 years after diagnosis. There is no evidence of a relationship between cigarette smoking and mesothelioma risk. c. Asbestosis is pulmonary fibrosis, or scarring of the lungs, caused by the accumulation of asbestos fibers in the lungs. It appears on a chest x-ray as scattered opacities. Frequently, the pleura shows thickening and calcification. The scarring causes the lung to become less elastic making breathing difficult and the area available in the lung for oxygen exchange is diminished. Symptoms of the disease include shortness of breath, cough, fatigue, and vague feelings of sickness. Often, asbestosis is a progressive disease, even in the absence of continued exposure. It has a latency period of 10 to 20 years. Cigarette-smoking asbestos workers may have an increased risk of asbestosis relative to non-smoking asbestos workers. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 3

6. ASBESTOS STANDARD

. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) asbestos standard (29 CFR 1910.1001) or permissible exposure limit (PEL) presently in effect limits the 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA-8) concentration of airborne asbestos in workplace air to 2 fibers longer than 5 micrometers per cubic centimeter of air (2f > 5 um/cc). It limits the ceiling (C) concentration (the level that should not be exceeded for ANY period of time) to 10f> 5 um/cc. The entire OSHA standard which includes methods of compliance, personal protective equipment, environmental and medical monitoring, etc., is contained in Appendix 1, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Asbestos Standard. a. Action level. By administrative interpretation and judicial decision OSHA established in January 1977, 0.1f> 5um/cc TWA-8 as an "action level" for initiating medical monitoring and has further interpreted how this standard should be applied in one-time exposure situations (see paragraph 10). b. Proposed amendment. The OSHA standard may be made more restrictive in the future. A notice of proposed rulemaking appeared in the Federal Register, Volume 49, Number 70 on April 10, 1984, proposing two alternative PEL's: 0.2 f > 5um/cc, TWA-8 or 0.5f > 5um/cc, TWA-8. OSHA is also considering changes in "C" values and revised action levels which will trigger certain requirements such as environmental monitoring, personal protective equipment, medical monitoring etc. c. Risk Assessment. OSHA believes that asbestos workers exposed to airborne asbestos at the current PEL of 2f> 5um/cc, TWA-8 face a significant risk to their health and that lowering the PEL to 0.5f> 5um/cc, TWA-8 or 0.2 f> 5 um/cc, TWA-8 would substantially reduce that risk. Although significant risk would still exist at the lower PEL's, they are appropriate limits to propose when considering feasibility limitations, particularly regarding the accuracy of measuring low levels of airborne asbestos. OSHA's risk estimates predict a risk of 64 excess cancer deaths (including lung, mesothelioma, and gastrointestinal cancer) per 1000 asbestos workers exposed at the PEL of 2f/cc for a working lifetime (i.e., 8-hours/day, 5 days/week) of 45 years. OSHA predicts that lowering the PEL would lower the estimates of lifetime risk to 17 excess deaths per 1000 workers at 0.5 f/cc and to 7 excess deaths per 1000 workers at 0.2f/cc. NOTE: For the most part, OSHA's quantitative risk assessment utilizes directly observed risks seen in worker populations exposed in the past to asbestos levels that were higher than those permitted today to estimate the risk at lower levels. In some instances, OSHA estimated risks using studies which reported risks at or below cumulative exposures permitted by the current 2f/cc PEL, but not below either of the proposed PEL's. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 4

7. ASBESTOS CONTROL PROGRAM

. a. The agency asbestos control program was established in July 1980 after an informal investigation begun in 1977 suggested that asbestos had been used in the construction of many agency-owned and leased facilities. The program was initiated as a joint effort of the Airway Facilities Service (now the Program Engineering and Maintenance Service), the Office of Aviation Medicine, and the Office of Personnel and Training (now the Offices of Human Resource Planning and Evaluation, Personnel and Technical Training, Organizational Effectiveness, and Labor and Employee Relations). Its purpose was to provide uniform procedures for identification of facilities which contain asbestos in a friable (loosely bound) form, evaluation of the exposure potential for employees of each facility, and determination of the appropriate corrective action where needed. The investigation that followed revealed that asbestos is present in one or more of its various forms (chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite) in many buildings. It was not only found in the friable form as a component of spray or trowel applied insulation on walls, ceilings, and structural steel, but also in a nonfriable (tightly bound) form as a component of insulation bound to piping, boilers, machine parts, etc. The agency situation is not unique, however. Due to its superior insulating and fireproofing qualities asbestos was widely used in commercial and industrial buildings that were constructed more than 15 to 20 years ago. b. In virtually all agency workplaces that contain asbestos it was found that undisturbed insulation seldom presented a problem. Even when it falls from position spontaneously it does so in relatively large non-respiratory clumps. These settle rapidly out of the air and can be easily cleaned with a damp cloth. c. It was found that there are some activities that can and have caused airborne asbestos levels to exceed permissible exposure limits. These included: routine maintenance activities in air route traffic control center (ARTCC) control room attics; renovation work where lagging was removed from steam and hot water pipes; removal of spray or trowel applied asbestos insulation from ceilings and walls; and, removal of drop ceiling panels that had retained dislodged asbestos insulation on their top surfaces. d. The asbestos control program protocol that follows has been modified slightly from the original protocol to include certain procedural changes that broaden its scope and applicability. The original protocol outlined procedures and assigned responsibilities for the agencywide asbestos investigation. It was followed by inspection and sampling procedures that are detailed in Appendix 2, Visual Inspection of Insulation and Bulk Sampling for Asbestos Analysis, and Appendix 3, Air Sampling for Asbestos Analysis. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 5 (1) Identification of facilities which contain asbestos begins with a visual inspection of thermal and acoustical insulation believed to contain asbestos and existing in a condition that it is believed may be or may become an exposure problem. This is followed by testing to determine if asbestos is present in the insulation. (a) Insulation sampling. The region or center Safety and Health Manager will supervise the collection of representative bulk sample(s) of the insulation believed to contain asbestos. The sample(s) will be submitted to the Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager, AAM-160, sealed in container(s) that clearly identify the source of the material, the date of collection, and the name of the person who collected the sample(s). Standardized bulk sampling procedures are contained in appendix 2. (b) Insulation sample analysis. The sample(s) will be logged by AAM-160 and submitted to an American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) accredited laboratory for analysis of asbestos content. If sampling results are needed urgently, insulation samples may be submitted by the region or center Safety and Health Manager directly to a local laboratory provided that it is accredited by the AIHA. (c) Reporting. Upon receipt of the laboratory analysis, AAM-160 will record the results and send them to the region or center Safety and Health Manager and the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager (AAM-430). Results of laboratory analyses obtained locally will be made available to AAM-160 and AAM-430 for recording and interpretation. 1 If the analysis reveals that asbestos is not present (< 1.0 percent by weight) in the bulk sample(s), this fact will be reported to the regional Airway Facilities Division Manager (or center counterpart). No further action is required. 2 If the analysis reveals that asbestos is present (> 1.0 percent by weight) in the bulk sample(s), this fact will be reported to the regional Airway Facilities Division Manager (or center counterpart) by the region or center Safety and Health Manager who will schedule further evaluation by air sampling. (2) Evaluation of the exposure potential for employees involves air sampling in the workplace to determine if and to what extent asbestos in the insulation is entering workplace air. (a) Air sampling will be conducted by agency industrial hygienists, by technically qualified employees (usually the region and center Safety and Health Managers) trained by agency industrial hygienists or by contract with industrial hygiene consultants who are certified by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene (ABIH). Such contracts will be funded by regional Airway Facilities Divisions (or their center counterparts) and let in coordination with the region or center Safety and Health Manager and AAM-430. Air sampling will be conducted in such a manner as to determine representative TWA-8 concentrations and "C" concentrations for comparison with the current OSHA standard (PEL) or action level for airborne asbestos in the workplace (see paragraph 6). "Personal" and/or "area" samples may be collected. Personal samples are those taken in the employee's breathing zone. PERSONAL SAMPLES MOST NEARLY REPRESENT THE AIR THAT IS INHALED AND, CONSEQUENTLY, ARE TO BE USED EXCLUSIVELY IN DETERMINING EMPLOYEE EXPOSURE TO AIRBORNE ASBESTOS. Area samples are those collected in fixed locations in the work area. They are useful in surveying for potential problems; i.e., the extent of asbestos insulation deterioration, the effectiveness of abatement measures, etc. Air sampling will be conducted as necessary during scheduled (routine) and nonscheduled (special) activities using the standardized sampling procedures contained in appendix 3. Air samples will be submitted to AAM-160 in containers that clearly identify the area or person sampled, the activity that was in progress during the sampling period, the sampling conditions (i.e. duration, flow rate, etc.), the sampling date, and the name of the person who collected the sample(s). IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 6 (b) Air sampling analysis. Air samples will be logged by AAM-l60 and submitted to an AIHA accredited laboratory for analysis. If sampling results are needed urgently, air samples may be submitted by the region or center Safety and Health Manager directly to a local laboratory provided that it is accredited by the AIHA. (c) Reporting. Upon receipt of the laboratory analysis, AAM-160 will record the results, interpret them, and report them to the region or center Safety and Health Manager, the regional Airway Facilities Division Manager (or center counterpart), and AAM-430. Results of laboratory analyses obtained locally will be made available to AAM-160 and AAM-430 for recording and interpretation. 1 If the laboratory analysis reveals that airborne asbestos concentrations did not exceed the OSHA TWA-8 or "C" PEL's no corrective action is required. This does not preclude further air sampling as deemed necessary to monitor the workplace. 2 If the laboratory analysis reveals that airborne asbestos concentrations exceeded the OSHA TWA-8 or "C" PEL's abatement procedures (see paragraph 8) will be initiated. 3 If the laboratory analysis reveals that airborne asbestos concentrations exceeded the action level, environmental monitoring, medical monitoring, and personal protection programs will be initiated for employees affected. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 7 4 Laboratory analytical results and interpretations of the data will be made available to appropriate employees and employee representatives. Employee and management representatives are encouraged to attend all sampling activities in their facilities. (d) Corrective actions will be coordinated with the region or center Safety and Health Manager, the regional Airway Facilities Division Manager (or center counterpart), the region or center Flight Surgeon, and AAM-430.

8. ABATEMENT OPTIONS

. There are four asbestos abatement options available to the agency: deferred action, encapsulation, enclosure, and removal. a. Deferred action may be appropriate provided that the asbestos containing insulation is in good condition and the potential for exposure is negligible. Although deferral avoids the expense and disruption of the other options it must be USED WITH DISCRETION. Personnel access to the material must be minimized and if during maintenance or construction activities it cannot be avoided, personnel protective measures, environmental monitoring, and careful housekeeping procedures must be instituted. Deferral also requires frequent inspections to watch for changes in conditions. b. Encapsulation involves spraying a bridging or penetrating sealant over asbestos containing insulation to fix it in place. The process must be limited to material which retains its bonding integrity because the material must support the additional weight of the sealant. Encapsulation may be the best choice when the surface to stabilize is complex (e.g., attic spaces containing many pipes, ducts, conduits, etc.). Encapsulation is usually an interim corrective measure that must be inspected routinely for deterioration or damage. Future renovation activities could result in disturbance of the encapsulated material and release of fibers. c. Enclosure is merely erecting a barrier between the asbestos material and the workplace. Suspended ceilings often serve as barriers. They also serve as collectors of asbestos containing insulation that falls upon their top surfaces. When an enclosure is damaged or entered for maintenance purposes fibers collected behind the enclosure can be released to the workplace. d. Removal of asbestos insulation is the final solution since it eliminates the source. It is generally the best solution for material that is badly damaged or deteriorating, particularly if the area is easily accessible. Unfortunately, it is usually a time consuming, complicated, expensive, and disruptive process. Extreme care must be exercised in every removal project to provide adequate protection for all persons involved, either directly or indirectly. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 8 e. Discussion. (l) Of the four options, removal is preferred, but it may be neither necessary nor appropriate. For instance, it is certainly not necessary to remove intact pipe lagging that contains asbestos from steam lines as long as it is not likely to be disturbed. This is a project that could be deferred until that time when removal is necessary for steam line maintenance or modification. Removal may not be immediately necessary even for a friable insulation if that material is in good condition and it is not entering workplace air. Deferral may be appropriate in this situation, i.e.; postponing removal until a facility modification is effected. This was the basis for deferring removal of friable asbestos found in ARTCC control room attics. Where deferred action is the abatement option selected: (a) It should be coordinated with the Industrial Hygiene Program Manager; (b) The facility union representative or the next highest level of the union should be informed; and (c) The insulation should be inspected frequently for evidence of deterioration. Agency industrial hygienists and region or center Safety and Health Managers should be consulted for assistance in assessing the condition of the insulation. (2) In the ARTCC asbestos investigation that was completed in July 1981, sampling revealed that: (1) asbestos existed in fireproofing insulation in the control room attics of 16 of the 24 Centers, (2) the OSHA asbestos standard was exceeded during routine maintenance activities in the control room attics of three Centers (i.e., Oakland, Miami, and Chicago), and (3) virtually none of the asbestos was entering control room air. The three were singled out for interim corrective action and asbestos insulation removal was deferred on all 16 until the beginning of the ARTCC modernization program. (3) Among the interim corrective measures considered for the three Centers were programs of encapsulation, enclosure, and housekeeping. The latter involved extensive vacuuming of friable asbestos insulation "fallout" with high efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) vacuum filtration at appropriate intervals and periodic air sampling to ensure the efficacy of the housekeeping program.

9. ABATEMENT GUIDANCE

. "Asbestos incidents" that arise during demolition, construction, and maintenance activities can be minimized if not prevented through proper planning prior to commencement of the activity. Planning for a project in which asbestos insulation is likely to be disturbed should emphasize preparation of comprehensive project specifications, work scheduling considerations, careful monitoring of the project, notification procedures, and education of employees who may be affected by the work. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 9 a. Project specifications. There are a number of guide specifications available for asbestos related projects. The Department of Navy Guide Specification NFGS-02075 (February 1982) is recommended. Copies may be obtained from the Program Engineering and Maintenance Service Interfacility and Auxiliary Division (APM-500). The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Guide Specifications for Schools and Guidance for Controlling Asbestos Containing Materials in Buildings also contain pertinent information and guidance. If the project specifications are to be effective in avoiding asbestos problems during demolition and construction it is imperative that they include, as a minimum, requirements for: (1) Strict compliance with OSHA, EPA, State, and local jurisdiction standards, rules, and regulations (e.g., OSHA Asbestos Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1001, EPA National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants, 40 CFR 61 A ∧ B, etc.). (2) Notifications and permits required by OSHA, EPA, State, and local jurisdictions. (3) Worker training relating to hazards of asbestos, safety and health precautions, and proper work practices. (4) An asbestos control area (containment) that completely isolates the project from adjoining workplaces or a suitable alternative method of protecting occupants of adjoining workplaces. (5) Caution signs and labels (a) Caution signs at all approaches to asbestos control areas. (b) Labels for all asbestos materials and containers. (6) Environmental monitoring (personal and area air sampling) while work is in progress to assure integrity of the asbestos control area and a procedure for stopping work and notifying appropriate authorities if the containment fails. (a) Air sampling with on-site analysis, using the laboratory procedure prescribed in appendix 3, is the preferred method. It permits immediate detection of failures in the containment. (b) Air sampling must be conducted by industrial hygienists certified by the ABIH or by technically qualified persons under the supervision of ABIH certified industrial hygienists. (c) Off-site sample analysis should be performed by laboratories accredited by the AIHA. (7) Clean-up and disposal of all asbestos waste to include: IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 10 (a) Collection of asbestos contaminated waste in impermeable labeled bags. (b) Disposal in EPA-or State-approved sanitary landfill. (c) Replacement of HVAC (heating, ventilating and air conditioning) system filters. Contaminated filters should be treated as asbestos waste. (d) Vacuuming with HEPA equipment and/or wet cleaning of all contaminated surfaces. (8) Environmental monitoring after clean-up and before removal of the containment system. b. Work scheduling. Demolition, construction, and maintenance activities that could create asbestos exposure problems should be scheduled during periods of minimum manning in the workplace (e.g., evening and midnight shifts and weekends in air traffic control facilities). c. Project monitoring. It is extremely important that asbestos related projects be monitored (i.e., inspected) for compliance with OSHA, EPA, State and local jurisdiction standards, rules and regulations, and project specifications. Although the contracting officer is responsible for inspection of a demolition or construction project, the region or center Safety and Health Manager is responsible for monitoring those aspects of the project that concern protecting the health and safety of agency employees. d. Notification. Advance notification of an impending demolition, construction, or maintenance project can do much to minimize asbestos incidents. (1) It is the responsibility of the regional Airway Facilities Division Manager (or center counterpart) to notify through appropriate channels: (a) The responsible region or center Safety and Health Manager at least 2 weeks in advance of the beginning of a project. (b) The regional EPA office at least 10 days in advance of the beginning of a project. (2) It is the responsibility of the facility manager to notify in writing all employees who will be occupying workplaces adjoining an asbestos control area not less than l week in advance of the beginning of a project. Where union representation is available, the facility manager shall notify the union representative at least 10 days in advance of the beginning of a project. Upon completion of the project the facility manager shall make available to the employees and the union representative the results of environmental monitoring performed in workplaces adjoining the asbestos control area during the project. This shall include determinations of airborne asbestos concentrations and their comparison with OSHA PEL's and action levels. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 11 e. Information. The proposed amendment to the OSHA asbestos standard contained in paragraph 6b emphasizes the importance of employee information and training. It states that the employer shall institute a training program for all employees exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos in excess of the PEL's and proceeds to outline the elements of the program. It is also important and the responsibility of the Airway Facilities Division Manager (or center counterpart), in coordination with the region or center Safety and Health Manager, to inform the occupants of workplaces adjoining an asbestos control area about certain aspects of the project including: (1) Purpose and scope of the project. (2) The health effects of asbestos exposure including the relationship between asbestos and smoking in producing lung cancer. (3) The current OSHA asbestos standard and proposed amendments. (4) Protective measures that have been adopted; i.e., engineering controls (isolation, ventilation, etc.), work practices, caution signs, housekeeping, and medical monitoring in the event of accidental exposure. (5) Environmental monitoring that will be conducted to ensure the effectiveness of asbestos control area isolation. (6) Environmental monitoring that will be conducted following final clean-up of the asbestos control area and before unrestricted reentry is allowed. (7) Inspection procedures that will be in place throughout the project.

10. MEDICAL MONITORING

. The OSHA medical monitoring requirements, 29 CFR 1910.1001(j), are contained in appendix 1. Considerable confusion has arisen in applying this part of the asbestos standard to workers who may be exposed once or occasionally to low levels of airborne asbestos. To clarify the application of the standard in such situations, OSHA provided two interpretations. a. Medical examination requirements. 29 CFR 1910.1001(j)(3) requires that a comprehensive medical examination be provided or made available at least annually to each employee engaged in an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers. 29 CFR 1910.1001(j)(4) requires that a comprehensive medical examination be provided or made available within 30 calendar days before or after termination of employment to each employee engaged in an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers. IMAGE OF 3910.5 PAGE 12 b. OSHA interpretations. (1) It may be inferred from paragraph 10a that annual and termination medical examinations are required where employees are engaged in an occupation exposed to ANY concentration of airborne asbestos. This was not the intent of the standard and in January 1977, OSHA interpreted its policy to require medical examinations only when employees are engaged in occupations where exposures exceed 0.1f> 5um/cc TWA-8. This is called the "action level." OSHA recommends that medical examinations be required when airborne concentrations of asbestos exceed the action level even though proper protection (i.e., respirators protective clothing, etc.) is being utilized. (2) It may be inferred also that medical examinations must continue to be provided annually where employees have been exposed to concentrations of airborne asbestos in excess of the action level one or more times in the past but, for one reason or another, the exposure has ceased and has not recurred. Once again the standard is not explicit and in August 1983, OSHA interpreted its policy as follows: If an employee has a one-time exposure period, or some additional exposures, and then the exposure does not recur, the employee does not require another medical examination except to cover the initial year following the last exposure, if the employee still works for the employer. However, a termination of employment medical examination is due at the end of employment. It shall be the agency policy to require physical examinations at 5-year intervals and a termination of employment physical examination for employees who have been exposed to concentrations of airborne asbestos in excess of the action level one or more times in the past but without further recurrence. c. Exception. The OSHA standard stipulates that no medical examination is required of any employee if adequate records show that the employee has been examined in accordance with paragraphs 29 CFR 1910.1001(j)(1) through (j)(4) within the past 1-year period. Donald D. Engen Administrator

APPENDIX 1

 IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION ASBESTOS STANDARD This appendix contains the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) asbestos standard, 29 CFR 1910.1001 discussed in paragraph 5. SECTION 1910.1001 ASBESTOS (a) DEFINITIONS For the purpose of this section. (1) "Asbestos" includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite. (2) "Asbestos fibers" means asbestos fibers longer than 5 micrometers. (b) PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE TO AIRBORNE CONCENTRATIONS OF ASBESTOS FIBERS (1) Standard effective July 7, 1972. The 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers to which any employee may be exposed shall not exceed five fibers, longer than 5 micrometers, per cubic centimeter of air, as determined by the method prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section. (2) Standard effective July 1, 1976. The 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers to which any employee may be exposed shall not exceed two fibers, longer than 5 micrometers, per cubic centimeter of air, as determined by the method prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section (3) Ceiling concentration. No employee shall be exposed at any time to airborne concentration of asbestos fibers in excess of 10 fibers, longer than 5 micrometers, per cubic centimeter of air, as determined by the method prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section. (c) METHODS OF COMPLIANCE (1) Engineering Methods (i) Engineering controls. Engineering controls, such as but not limited to, isolation, enclosure, exhaust ventilation, and dust collection, shall be used to meet the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. (ii) Local exhaust ventilation IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 (a) Local exhaust ventilation and dust collection systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, and maintained in accordance with the American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, ANSI Z9.2-1971, which is incorporated by reference herein. (b) See Section 1910.6 concerning the availability of ANSI Z9.2 - 1971 and the maintenance of a historic file in connection therewith. The address of the American National Standards institute is given in Section 1910.100. (iii) Particular Tools All hand-operated and power-operated tools which may produce or release asbestos fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, such as, but not limited to, saws, scorers, abrasive wheels, and drills, shall be provided with local exhaust ventilation systems in accordance with subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph. (2) Work Practices (i) Wet methods. Insofar as practicable, asbestos shall be handled, mixed, applied, removed, cut, scored, or otherwise worked in a wet state sufficient to prevent the emission of airborne fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. (ii) Particular products and operations. No asbestos cement, mortar, coating, grout, plaster, or similar material containing asbestos shall be removed from bags, cartons, or other containers in which they are shipped, without being either wetted, or enclosed, or ventilated so as to prevent effectively the release of airborne asbestos fibers in excess of the limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. (iii) Spraying, demolition, or removal. Employees engaged in the spraying of asbestos, the removal, or demolition of pipes, structures, or equipment covered or insulated with asbestos, and in the removal or demolition of asbestos insulation or coverings shall be provided with respiratory equipment in accordance with paragraph (d) (2) (iii) of this section and with special clothing in accordance with paragraph (d) (3) of this section. (d) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (1) Compliance with the exposure limits prescribed by paragraph (b) of this section may not be achieved by the use of respirators or shift rotation of employees, except: (i) During the time period necessary to install the engineering controls and to institute the work practices required by paragraph (c) of this section. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 3 (ii) In work situations in which the methods prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section are either technically not feasible or feasible to an extent insufficient to reduce the airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers below the limits prescribed by paragraph (b) of this section; or (iii) In emergencies. (iv) Where both respirators and personnel rotation are allowed by subdivisions (i), (ii), or (iii) of this subparagraph, and both are practicable, personnel rotation shall be preferred and used. (2) Where a respirator is permitted by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, it shall be selected from among those approved by the Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, or the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11 (37 F.R. 6244, March 25, 1972), and shall be used in accordance with subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this subparagraph. (i) Air purifying respirators. A reusable or single-use air purifying respirator, or a respirator described in subdivision (ii) or (iii) of this subparagraph, shall be used to reduce the concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers in the respirator below the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, when the ceiling or the 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers are reasonably expected to exceed no more than 10 times those limits. (ii) Powered air purifying respirators. A full facepiece powered air purifying respirator, or a powered air purifying respirator, or a respirator described in subdivision (iii) of this subparagraph, shall be used to reduce the concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers in the respirator below the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, when the ceiling or the 8-hour time-weighted average concentrations of asbestos fibers are reasonably expected to exceed 10 times, but not 100 times, those limits. (iii) Type "C": supplied-air respirators, continuous flow or pressure-demand class. A type "C" continuous flow or pressure-demand, supplied air respirator shall be used to reduce the concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers in the respirator below the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, when the ceiling or the 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers are reasonably expected to exceed 100 times those limits. (iv) Establishment of a respirator program (a) The employer shall establish a respirator program in accordance with the requirements of the American National Standard Practices for Respiratory Protection, ANSI Z88.2-1969, which is incorporated by reference herein. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 4 (b) See Section 1910.6 concerning the availability of ANSI Z88.2-1969 and the maintenance of an historic file in connection therewith. The address of the American National Standards Institute is given in Section 1910.100. (c) No employee shall be assigned to tasks requiring the use of respirators if, based upon his/her most recent examination, an examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to function normally wearing a respirator, or that the safety or health of the employee or other employees will be impaired by his use of the respirator. Such employee shall be rotated to another job or given the opportunity to transfer to a different position whose duties he/she is able to perform with the same employer, in the same geographical area and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay he/she had just prior to such transfer, if such a different position is available. (3) Special clothing: The employer shall provide and require the use of special clothing, such as coveralls or similar whole body clothing, head coverings, gloves, and foot coverings for any employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers, which exceed the ceiling level prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. (4) Change rooms: (i) At any fixed place of employment exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, the employer shall provide change rooms for employees working regularly at the place. (ii) Clothes lockers: The employer shall provide two separate lockers or containers for each employee, so separated or isolated as to prevent contamination of the employee's street clothes from his work clothes. (iii) Laundering: (a) Laundering of asbestos-contaminated clothing shall be done so as to prevent the release of airborne asbestos fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. (INTERPRETATION: Asbestos-contaminated clothing is clothing that has been worn in workplaces where airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers exceeded the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section). (b) Any employer who gives asbestos-contaminated clothing to another person for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement in (a) of this subdivision to effectively prevent the release of airborne asbestos fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. (c) Contaminated clothing shall be transported in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers, and labeled in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 5 (e) METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All determinations of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers shall be made by the membrane filter method at 400-450X (magnification) (4 millimeter objective) with phase contrast illumination. (f) MONITORING (1) Initial determinations. Within 6 months of the publication of this section, every employer shall cause every place of employment where asbestos fibers are released to be monitored in such a way as to determine whether every employee's exposure to asbestos fibers is below the limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. If the limits are exceeded, the employer shall immediately undertake a compliance program in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (2) Personal Monitoring (i) Samples shall be collected from within the breathing zone of the employees on membrane filters of 0.8 micrometer porosity mounted in an open-face filter holder. Samples shall be taken for the determination of the 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentrations and of the ceiling concentrations of asbestos fibers. (ii) Sampling frequency and patterns. After the initial determinations required by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, samples shall be of such frequency and pattern as to represent with reasonable accuracy the levels of exposure for employees. In no case shall the sampling be done at intervals greater than 6 months for employees whose exposure to asbestos may reasonably be foreseen to exceed the limits prescribed by paragraph (b) of this section. (3) Environmental Monitoring (i) Samples shall be collected from areas of a work environment which are representative of the airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers which may reach the breathing zone of employees. Samples shall be collected on a membrane filter of 0.8 micrometer porosity mounted in an open-face filter holder. Samples shall be taken for the determination of the 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentrations and of the ceiling concentrations of asbestos fibers. (ii) Sampling frequency and patterns. After the initial determinations required by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, samples shall be of such frequency and pattern as to represent with reasonable accuracy the levels of exposure of the employees. In no case shall sampling be at intervals greater than 6 months for employees whose exposure to asbestos may reasonably be foreseen to exceed the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 6 (4) Employee observation of monitoring. Affected employees, or their representatives, shall be given a reasonable opportunity to observe any monitoring required by this paragraph and shall have access to the records thereof. (g) CAUTION SIGNS AND LABELS (1) Caution Signs (i) Posting. Caution signs shall be provided and displayed at each location where airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers may be in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. Signs shall be posted at such a distance from such a location so that an employee may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering the area marked by the signs. Signs shall be posted at all approaches to areas containing excessive concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers. (ii) Sign specifications. The warning signs required by subdivision (i) of this subparagraph shall conform to the requirements of 20 x 14 vertical format signs specified in Section 1910.145 (d) (4) and to this subdivision. The signs shall display the following legend in the lower panel with letter sizes and styles of a visibility at least equal to that specified in this subdivision. LEGEND NOTATION Asbestos 1" Sans Serif, Gothic or Block Dust Hazard 3/4 Sans Serif, Gothic or Block Avoid Breathing Dust 1/4 Gothic Wear Assigned 1/4 Gothic Protection Equipment Do Not Remain in Area Unless Your Work Requires It Breathing Asbestos 14 Point Gothic Dust May be Hazardous to Your Health Spacing between lines shall be at least equal to the height of the upper of any two lines. (2) Caution Labels (i) Labeling. Caution labels shall be affixed to all raw materials, mixtures, scrap, waste, debris, and other products containing asbestos fibers, or to their containers, except that no label is required where asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent, coating binder, or other material so that during any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, storage, disposal, processing, or transportation, no airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section will be released. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 7 (ii) Label specifications. The caution labels required by subdivision (i) of this subparagraph shall be printed in letters of sufficient size and contrast as to be readily visible and legible. The label shall state: CAUTION Contains Asbestos Fibers Avoid Creating Dust Breathing Asbestos Dust May Cause Serious Bodily Harm (h) HOUSEKEEPING (1) Cleaning. All external surfaces in any place of employment shall be maintained free of accumulations of asbestos fibers if, with their dispersion, there would be an excessive concentration. (2) Waste disposal. Asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and asbestos-contaminated clothing, consigned for disposal, which may produce in any reasonably foreseeable use, handling, storage, processing, disposal or transportation airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of the exposure limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section shall be collected and disposed of in sealed impermeable bags or other closed impermeable containers. (i) RECORDKEEPING (1) Exposure records. Every employer shall maintain records of any personal or environmental monitoring required by this section. Records shall be maintained for a period of at least 20 years and shall be made available upon request to the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, and to authorized representatives of either. (2) Employee access. Every employee and former employee shall have reasonable access to any record required to be maintained by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, which indicates the employee's own exposure to asbestos fibers. (3) Employee notification. Any employee found to have been exposed at any time to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of the limits prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section shall be notified in writing of the exposure as soon as practicable but not later than 5 days of the finding. The employee shall also be timely notified of the corrective action being taken. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 8 (J) MEDICAL EXAMINATION (1) General. The employer shall provide or make available at his cost, medical examinations relative to exposure to asbestos required by this paragraph. (2) Preplacement. The employer shall provide or make available to each of his employees, within 30 calendar days following his first employment in an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers, a comprehensive medical examination, which shall include, as a minimum, a chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior 14 x 17 inches), a history to elicit symptomatology of respiratory disease, and pulmonary function tests to include forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEV 1.0). (3) Annual examinations. On or before January 31, 1973, and at least annually thereafter, every employer shall provide, or make available, comprehensive medical examinations to each of his employees engaged in occupations exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers. Such annual examination shall include, as a minimum, a chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior 14 x 17 inches), history to elicit symptomatology of respiratory disease, and pulmonary function tests to include forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEY 1.0). (4) Termination of employment. The employer shall provide, or make available, within 30 calendar days before or after the termination of employment of any employee engaged in an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers, a comprehensive medical examination which shall include, as a minimum, a chest roentgenogram (posterior - anterior 14 x 17 inches), a history to elicit symptomatology of respiratory disease, and pulmonary function tests to include forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEV 1.0). (5) Recent examinations. No medical examination is required of any employee if adequate records show that the employee has been examined in accordance with this paragraph within the past 1-year period. (6) Medical records. (i) Maintenance. Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be retained by employers for at least 20 years. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 9 (ii) Access. The contents of the records of the medical examinations required by this paragraph shall be made available, for inspection and copying, to the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, and Director of NIOSH, to authorized physicians and medical consultants of either of them, and upon the request of an employee or former employee, to his physician. Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer of the examined employee all the information specifically required by this paragraph and any other medical information related to occupational exposure to asbestos fibers.

APPENDIX 2

 IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 2 VISUAL INSPECTION OF INSULATION AND BULK SAMPLING FOR ASBESTOS ANALYSIS 1. PURPOSE. This appendix provides guidance relating to visual inspection of insulation believed to contain asbestos, and establishes procedures for collecting bulk samples for asbestos analysis as discussed in paragraph 7. 2. VISUAL INSPECTION. Facilities will be inspected for evidence of asbestos in a form or condition that will permit it to enter workplace air. It may appear as a component of soft, loosely bound (friable) or firm, tightly bound (nonfriable) insulation. a. Friable insulation by definition, crumbles easily. If it contains asbestos and it is disturbed asbestos can be released into workplace air. Friable insulation has been widely used for acoustical or thermal insulation on walls, ceilings, and structural steel. As it ages it sloughs spontaneously or is easily dislodged. Consequently, it is often found deposited on equipment, furniture, appliances, ledges, and other horizontal surfaces. It is commonly encountered on the upper surfaces of suspended ceiling panels. However, it is important to emphasize that all friable insulation does not contain asbestos. In many cases what at first glance appeared to be asbestos was analyzed and found to be relatively innocuous mixtures of gypsum, calcite, mineral wool, cellulose, etc. b. Nonfriable insulation is tightly bound, does not crumble easily, and therefore does not readily enter workplace air. However, it can be dispersed into the air during demolition activities when it is sawed, crushed, ground, or otherwise reduced to powder form. If it contains asbestos it too can become airborne. Common applications include hot water and steam pipe lagging, boiler insulation, light-weight partitions, machine acoustical treatment, etc. 3. COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF BULK SAMPLES. Visual inspection alone cannot establish the presence or absence of asbestos in insulation. Bulk samples must be collected and analyzed. a. Sample must be representative. If the insulation appears to be uniform in color and texture throughout the workplace (as in an ARTCC attic) one or two samples may suffice to characterize it. If the insulation is not uniform in color and texture, multiple samples may be required. The number should be the minimum number required to characterize the insulation. If it appears that the insulation has been applied in layers, sampling should penetrate to the full depth of the material. b. Sample size is not critical so long as it is representative; a handful is adequate. Large bulky samples are not required and should be avoided. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 2 PAGE 2 c. Ceiling panel and floor tile samples should not be collected. Although they may contain asbestos it is usually present in a tightly bound form that will not be released to the air even during demolition. d. Submitting samples for analysis. After collection, each sample will be sealed in a small container and labelled to show the name of the facility, sampling site, date, name of the person who collected the sample, and any pertinent remarks. Example: ZLA/ARTCC Attic, structural steel insulation near AHU No. 3 July 7, 1980 W. Bergman Insulation sloughing heavily Samples will be mailed or delivered to: Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager AAM-160 Civil Aeromedical Institute Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center P. O. Box 25082 Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125 e. Sample analysis. The sample will be logged by AAM-160 and submitted to an American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) accredited laboratory for analysis. If sampling results are needed urgently, insulation samples may be submitted by the region or center Safety and Health Manager directly to a local laboratory provided that it is accredited by the AIHA. f. Reporting. Upon receipt of the laboratory analysis, AAC-160 will record the results and transmit them to the region or center Safety and Health Manager and AAM-430. Results of laboratory analyses obtained locally will be made available to AAM-160

APPENDIX 3

 IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 3 AIR SAMPLING FOR ASBESTOS ANALYSIS 1. PURPOSE. This appendix establishes procedures for in-house air sampling for asbestos analysis as discussed in paragraph 7. Contract air sampling shall be consistent with these procedures. 2. BASIS FOR AIR SAMPLING. If laboratory analysis of bulk sample(s) of insulation collected in an agency facility (appendix 2) reveals that the sample(s) contain asbestos (i.e., > 1.0% by weight), air sampling will be conducted to determine what effect, if any, the asbestos insulation has upon the quality of air in the workplace. The air must be sampled in a manner that will permit the determination of representative airborne concentrations of asbestos for comparison with the current PEL's and action level specified by OSHA (see paragraph 6). 3. PRINCIPLE OF THE SAMPLING METHOD. The sampling procedure is adapted from the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) method, Number P ∧ CAM 239, described in NIOSH Publication 79-127. A measured volume of air is drawn through a membrane filter. Airborne particulates trapped on the filter are measured (by counting fibers in the case of asbestos). When the amount of contaminant collected and the volume of air sampled are known, the concentration of the contaminant in the workplace air can be determined. 4. AIR SAMPLING a. Equipment. Air sampling will be performed with the following equipment: (1) Pump. Battery-powered portable sampling pumps capable of sustaining high uniform flow rates, i.e., 1.0 - 4.0 Liters per minute (L/min) for 8-10 hours will be used for all air sampling. Flow rates must be determinable to an accuracy of � 5%. Pumps must be calibrated before and after sampling with a representative filter sampler in line. (2) Precision rotameter. A precision rotameter that has been calibrated with a cylindrical air displacement meter (e.g. a soap-bubble meter), or equivalent, will be used to calibrate the sampling pump rotameter before and after sampling. (3) Filter and holder. Three-piece 37 millimeter (mm) filter holders (cassettes) will be used to hold 0.8 micrometer (um) pore size mixed cellulose ester membrane filters and back-up pads (Figure 1). Each cassette shall be attached to its sampling pump with a 3-foot piece of Tygon tubing and a coupler (Figures 1 and 2). b. Procedure. The individual performing the sampling will: IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 2 (1) Assemble the filter cassette firmly so that the center ring seals the edge of the filter. (2) Attach the filter cassette to the coupler in the free end of the sampler tubing. The filter side of the cassette must face away from the pump. (3) For personal sampling, attach the pump to the be t of the employee in a position that will permit the pump to operate properly with a minimum of inconvenience for the employee. Attach the cassette to the employee's clothing so that the face of the cassette is turned down and is in the employee's breathing zone (Figure 3). (4) For area sampling, position the pump and cassette so they can function undisturbed. Position the cassette face down and at least 2 inches above any horizontal surface. (5) Remove the face cap (NOTE: asbestos sampling is performed with an "open-face" cassette) from the cassette and turn the pump on. Note the time. (6) Adjust the flow rate of the pump to 1.5 to 2.0 L/min on the pump's calibrated rotameter. Note the flow rate. (7) Record on FAA Form 3910-1, Air Quality Survey, the sample number, pump location, pump identification number, rotameter setting, flow rate, and the time that the pump was turned on (Figure 4). 8) Periodically check the pump's flow rate, readjusting it if necessary. IMPORTANT: TO ASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE SAMPLING PROCESS AND THE RESULTS SAMPLING EQUIPMENT MUST NOT BE LEFT UNATTENDED. (9) Terminate sampling at the predetermined time and record on FAA Form 3910-1 the flow rate and time that the pump was turned off. Calculate and record on the form the sampling period (DT) and the sample volume (Figure 5). (10) For determination of the TWA-8 concentration, collect two or more filter samples per shift, preferably four (i.e., four 2-hour samples). For evaluation of "C" concentrations, collect one 15-30 minute sample during the shift. (11) Place the face cap back in the cassette and replace the small plugs in the inlet and outlet. c. Submitting samples for analysis - After sampling, each cassette will be sealed with masking tape, labelled with the sample number and facility designation (Figure 6), and mailed or delivered with a copy of the sampling data sheet to: Industrial Hygiene Investigations Program Manager, AAM-160 Civil Aeronmedical Institute Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center P.O. Box 25082 Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125 IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 3 Each batch of samples will be accompanied with one filter cassette subjected to exactly the same handling except that no air is drawn through it. It will be labelled BLANK. d. Sample analysis. All filter samples will be logged by AAC-160 and submitted to an AIHA accredited laboratory for analysis (fiber count). If sampling results are needed urgently, air samples may be submitted by the region or center Safety and Health Manager directly to a local laboratory provided that it is accredited by the AIHA. e. Reporting. Upon receipt of the laboratory analysis, AAM-160 will record the results, interpret them, and report them to the region or center Safety and Health Manager and AAM-430. Results of laboratory analyses obtained locally will be made available to AAM-160 and AAM-430 for recording and interpretation. IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 4 FIGURE 1. FILTER CASSETTE FIGURE 2. SAMPLING PUMP IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 5 FIGURE 3. PERSONAL SAMPLING FIGURE 4. BEGIN SAMPLING RECORD IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 6 FIGURE 5. END SAMPLING RECORD FIGURE 6. END SAMPLE SEALED AND LABELED IMAGE OF 3910.5 APPENDIX 3 PAGE 7 AIR QUALITY SURVEY Distribution: A-W-(AM/HP/PT/OE/LR/PM/MA/HR)-2; AYZ-2 Initiated By: AAM-400 A-X-(AF/AT)-3; A-FOF-O (LTD)

3920.1 IMMUNIZATION OF KEY PERSONNEL

 IMAGE OF 3920.1 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation 3920.1 Federal Aviation Administration 9 Nov 71 SUBJ: IMMUNIZATION OF KEY PERSONNEL

1. PURPOSE

. This order revises the system for immunization of certain agency key personnel who may be required, in the course of their duties, to visit extra-territorial areas where certain communicable diseases are prevalent or endemic.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to division level in FAA headquarters, regions and centers.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order OA 9430.1, dated 12 January 1965, is canceled.

4. BACKGROUND

. Generally, one, or, at most, two immunizations are sufficient to prepare most personnel for travel to foreign nations, particularly those in the temperate zone whose standards of preventive medicine and sanitation are similar to American practices. However, sanitation, and particularly mosquito control, may at times be ineffective in certain tropical and subtropical regions, thus introducing additional health risks which reasonable precautions on the part of travelers in attending to good sanitary practices, in avoiding uncooked or unprocessed foods and unboiled water, and in the matter of insuring protection against insects will not suffice to guarantee the preservation of health. When such situations are anticipated, certain preparatory immunizations shall be necessary.

5. DEFINITIONS

. For the purpose of this order, the term "key personnel" includes the Administrator, Deputy Administrator, Associate Administrators, heads of offices and services, region and center directors, the deputies of the above officials, and such other personnel involved in frequent international travel as may be designated by any of them.

6. POLICY

. It is the policy of the Federal Aviation Administration that designated key individuals be prepared to travel on short notice to any area of the world and function effectively at their destinations. This entails the maintenance of the highest possible level of protection from any incapacitating illness which sound preventive medical practices can afford. IMAGE OF 3920.1 PAGE 2

7. RESUME OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES FOR WHICH IMMUNIZATION IS PRACTICABLE

. a. Smallpox. The vaccination procedure against smallpox is the oldest and one of the most effective immunological procedures. The immunity produced will persist for at least three years and the vaccination is generally valid for this period of time. Re-vaccination at one-year intervals is occasionally necessary for personnel who plan to enter epidemic areas. b. Typhoid. The basic series of two injections, separated by four or more weeks, is required, followed by a booster dose every three years, or, if entering an endemic area. The basic initial series need not be repeated. c. Tetanus. Tetanus immunization is desirable as protection in case of accidents. The initial standard course consists of two to three injections at intervals of three to six weeks (depending on the type of toxoids used), followed by a booster dose twelve months after the initial series, and with repeated booster doses to be given at ten-year intervals thereafter and at the time of serious injury, or when a penetrating wound is sustained. d. Poliomyelitis. Individuals who have not previously been immunized under either the Salk or Sabin vaccination programs should now be immunized, preferably by the Sabin method. A booster (trivalent Sabin) dose is indicated for vaccinated persons when traveling to areas where the incidence of polio is known to be high or where an epidemic is occurring, or where sanitation may be poor. e. Yellow Fever. Inoculation is required for personnel visiting certain equatorial areas where the disease is endemic. Since the vaccination is valid for ten years, the problem of re-vaccination is relatively insignificant. f. Cholera and Plague. Since the validity of the vaccination for these two diseases is only six months, it is considered to be impracticable from a professional medical standpoint to maintain a constant state of immunization against these disease entities. Accordingly, initial vaccination against plague and cholera is recommended and a booster vaccination should be administered only in the event that travel to a known plague or cholera area is contemplated.

8. APPLICATION OF POLICY

. Smallpox, typhoid fever and tetanus immunizations will be kept current by all key personnel, regardless of whether travel overseas is contemplated. It is preferable, too, that key personnel be immunized against polio, and those who expect to travel world-wide will also maintain a current yellow fever immunity status. The validity of this vaccination is ten years. Such individuals will also obtain the initial plague and cholera vaccinations, but the immunity status for these diseases need not be kept current because of the short duration of the protection afforded. Instead, booster doses for cholera and plague will be administered if travel is contemplated to any area in which one or more of these diseases is prevalent, as appropriate. IMAGE OF 3920.1 PAGE 3

9. COLLATERAL RESPONSIBILITIES

. The Federal Air Surgeon in Washington, the directors of the Aeronautical Center and NAFRC and the regional directors, with the assistance of and acting through their assigned clinical medical activity (i.e., FAA Medical Clinics, Regional Flight Surgeons, or other federal medical agency), shall: a. Advise personnel contemplating extra-continental travel of immunization requirements. b. Arrange for necessary immunizations and vaccinations. c. Issue required documentation, including the International Certificate of Vaccination. d. Review the immunization records at the time of the annual or executive physical examination to ensure their currency. e. Inform personnel that it is their responsibility to present themselves for the required immunizations with sufficient time to accomplish the immunizations prior to departure. K. M. Smith Acting Administrator Distribution: WRNC-2 Initiated By: AM-400

3920.1A IMMUNIZATION OF FAA (EXCEPT KEY PERSONNEL) AND DOT PERSONNEL IN FOB-10A

 IMAGE OF 3920.1A PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation WA 3920.1A Federal Aviation Administration 27 Dec 71 SUBJ: IMMUNIZATION OF FAA (EXCEPT KEY PERSONNEL) AND DOT PERSONNEL IN FOB-10A

1. PURPOSE

. This order provides for immunization against smallpox, tetanus, typhoid, and poliomyelitis for Washington Headquarters FAA employees (except "key personnel") and DOT personnel in FOB-10A. Immunization for all agency "key personnel" is cover in Order 3920.1.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to each Headquarters FAA employee, and to each DOT employee in FOB-10A.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order WA 3920.1 is canceled.

4. BACKGROUND

. Preventive medical practices recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service include a basic immunization series for smallpox, tetanus, typhoid and poliomyelitis, with re-immunization as prescribed in paragraph 5. A basic series of immunizations against these diseases is recommended since some employees may be required to travel to foreign countries on short notice, and as a basic protection against tetanus in case of injuries. Generally, one, or, at most, two immunizations are sufficient to prepare most personnel for travel to foreign nations, particularly those in the temperate zone whose standards of preventive medicine and sanitation are similar to those in the United States.

5. RESUME OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES FOR WHICH IMMUNIZATION IS PRACTICABLE

a. Smallpox. The vaccination procedure against smallpox is the oldest and one of the most effective immunological procedures. The immunity produced will persist for at least three years and the vaccination is generally valid for this period of time. b. Typhoid. The basic series of two injections, separated by four or more weeks, is required, followed by a booster dose every three years, or, if entering an endemic area. The basic initial series need not be repeated. c. Tetanus. Tetanus immunization is desirable as protection in case of accidents. The basic series consists of two to three injections at intervals of three to six weeks (depending on the type of toxoids used), followed by a booster dose twelve month after the initial series, and with repeated booster doses to be given at ten-year intervals thereafter and at the time of serious injury, or when a penetrating wound is sustained. IMAGE OF 3920.1A PAGE 2 d. Poliomyelitis. A single oral dose of trivalent vaccine confers lifetime immunity. A booster dose is indicated for vaccinated persons when traveling to areas where the incidence of polio is known to be high, where an epidemic is occurring, or where sanitation may be poor.

6. RESPONSIBILITIES

. a. The Federal Air Surgeon, acting through the Chief, Washington Medical Clinic, shall advise personnel planning extra-continental travel of applicable immunization requirements, make the necessary arrangements for obtaining immunizations, and issue required documentation, including International Certificates of Vaccination (Public Health Service Form 731). b. Each employee shall be responsible for the custody and currency of his International Certificate of Vaccination. P. V. SIEGEL, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: W-8 Initiated By: AM-400 DOT Personnel in FOB-10A

NE 3930.2 DIRECTORY OF AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS AND MEDICAL FACILITIES PARTICIPATING IN ATCS HEALTH PROGRAM

 IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 PAGE 1 ORDER Department of Transportation NE 3930.2 Federal Aviation Administration 6/9/80 SUBJ: DIRECTORY OF AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS AND MEDICAL FACILITIES PARTICIPATING IN ATCS HEALTH PROGRAM

1. PURPOSE

. To provide a directory of the Aviation Medical Examiners (AME) and medical facilities designated in the New England Region to participate in the Air Traffic Control Specialists (ATCS) Health Program.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to divisions and staff offices in regional headquarters and to all Air Traffic field offices and facilities in the New England Region.

3. BACKGROUND

. Order 3930.3, Air Traffic Control Specialist Health Program, prescribes methods and procedures for the administration of the Air Traffic Control Specialist Health Program, including the designation of medical sources for completion of physical examinations. Appendix l of this order contains the names and addresses of the medical sources authorized by the Aviation Medical Division to perform the physical examinations.

4. ACTION

. a. Facility chiefs shall keep on file the Directory of Aviation Medical Examiners and Medical Facilities Participating in the Air Traffic Control Specialists Health Program (Appendix 1) and in a prominent place where it is readily available for the information and guidance of Air Traffic Control Specialists. b. Facility chiefs shall initiate and schedule appointments to assure that all ATCSs requiring annual physical examinations (as identified in Order 7210.3E, NE AT SUP l) undergo annual medical evaluations during the month of their birth utilizing the designated medical sources listed in the directory. c. Facility chiefs shall prepare FAA Form 3930-3 (Medical Examination Authorization), in duplicate, authorizing the employee to obtain the required physical examination and ancillary tests from the designated medical sources. This form is not required for any facility utilizing the services of the FAA Medical Clinic located at the Boston ARTCC. d. Facility chiefs shall give the original of FAA Form 3930-3 to the employee and send one copy to the Regional Flight Surgeon, ANE-300. Requests for replenishment of FAA Form 3930-3 should be directed to ANE-300. IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 PAGE 2 e. Requests to use Aviation Medical Examiners who are not designated for a facility must be made to ANE-300 through the facility chief prior to the scheduling or undergoing of the physical examination. Failure to do so may result in noncertification of the medical certificate and the employee shall be responsible for the payment of the related examination fees. f. Facility chiefs are requested to contact the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Medical Administrative Officer for assistance if they have any questions or problems regarding the services of a designated medical source. The Regional Flight Surgeon will welcome the name of any new physician or medical facility in your area interested in participating in the ATCS Health Program. g. Chief, Aviation Medical Division, ANE-300, through the Medical Administrative Officer, will notify the appropriate field and facility chiefs of any changes to the directory. ROBERT E. WHITTINGTON Director

APPENDIX 1

 IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE i APPENDIX 1. DIRECTORY of AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS and MEDICAL FACILITIES PARTICIPATING in ATCS HEALTH PROGRAM Table of Contents FACILITIES EXAMINERS AUGUSTA FSS SHAW, John H., M.D. BANGOR ATCT and FSS ATKINS, Henry H., II, M.D. RICHARDS, A. Dewey, M.D. BEDFORD ATCT CONDON, Walter P., M.D. BEVERLY ATCT CONDON, Walter P., M.D. BOSTON ARTCC CONDON, Walter P., M.D. BOSTON ATCT and FSS CONDON, Walter P., M.D. FERRINO, Peter J., M.D. ROSENGARD, David E. M.D. U.S. PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE BRADLEY ATCT BAGAMARY, Joseph T., M.D MARCHBANKS, Vance H., M.D. BRIDGEPORT ATCT GEORGAKIS, Nicholas G., M.D. ROZETT, Ronald T., M.D. BURLINGTON ATCT GRAVELINE, Duane E., M.D. MILNE, John H., M.D. CONCORD FSS CONDON, Walter P., M.D. DANBURY ATCT GEORGAKIS, Nicholas G., M.D. GROTON ATCT U.S. COAST GUARD HARTFORD/BRAINARD ATCT BAGAMARY, Joseph T., M.D. MARCHBANKS, Vance H., M.D. HOULTON FSS WILLIAMS, Edward P., M.D. HYANNIS ATCT HAMRE, Peter J., M.D. RYMZO, Walter T., M.D. LEBANON ATCT and FSS CARDOZO, Richard H., M.D. CONDON, Walter P., M.D. IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE ii MANCHESTER ATCT CONDON, Walter P., M.D. MONTPELIER FSS BURNS, LeGrand C., M.D. GRAVELINE, Duane E., M.D. MILNE, John H., M.D. NANTUCKET ATCT HAMRE, Peter J., M.D. RYMZO, Walter T., M.D. NEW BEDFORD ATCT MARSELLA, Augustus F., D.O. STONE, Jacob, M.D. NEW HAVEN ATCT MOGIL, Marvin, M.D. ROZETT, Ronald T., M.D. NORWOOD ATCT FERRINO, Peter J., M.D. BRANCH CLINIC, U.S. NAVY OTIS ATCT HAMRE, Peter J., M.D. RYMZO, Walter T., M.D. PORTLAND ATCT GLASSMIRE, Charles R., M.D. PENTA, Walter E., M.D. PROVIDENCE ATCT MARSELLA, Augustus P., D.O. STONE, Jacob, M.D. QUONSET TRACON MARSELLA, Augustus F., D.O. STONE, Jacob, M.D. WESTFIELD ATCT BAGAMARY, Joseph T., M.D. MARCHBANKS, Vance H., M.D. WINDSOR LOCKS FSS BAGAMARY, Joseph T., M.D. MARCHBANKS, Vance H., M.D. WORCESTER ATCT CONDON, Walter P., M.D. IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS AUTHORIZED FOR AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST HEALTH PROGRAM EXAMINERS FEES FACILITIES ATKINS, Henry H., II, M.D. $60.00 Bangor ATCT 584 Hammond Street Bangor FSS Bangor, ME 04401 Tel. (207) 947-0768 BAGAMARY, Joseph T., M.D. $65.00 Bradley ATCT or BOTHNER, Paul M., M.D. Hartford/Brainard ATCT 75 Springfield Road Westfield ATCT Westfield, MA 01085 Windsor Locks FSS Tel. (413) 562-5173 BURNS, LeGrand C., M.D. $50 .00 Motpelier FSS Medical Office Building RFD #4 Montpelier, VT 05602 Tel. (802) 229-9227 (Audioqram and Tonometry performed by: BERLIN Health Maintenance Center RFD #4, Montpelier, VT 05602) (Billed separately) CARDOZO, Richard H., M.D. $78.50 Lebanon ATCT 2 Maynard Street Lebanon FSS Hanover, NH 03755 Tel. (603) 643-4000 CONDON, Walter P., M.D. -- Bedford ATCT Assistant Regional Flight Surgeon Beverly ATCT FAA Medical Clinic, Boston ARTCC Boston ARTCC Northeastern Boulevard Boston ATCT Nashua, NH 03060 Boston FSS Tel. (FTS) -834-6660 Concord PSS Lebanon ATCT Lebanon FSS Manchester ATCT Worcester ATCT IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 FERRINO, Peter J., M.D. $50.00 Boston ATCT 79 Meridian Street Boston FSS East Boston, MA 02128 Norwood ATCT Tel. (617) 567-2755 GEORGAKIS, Nicholas G., M.D. $70.00 Bridgeport ATCT 161 East Avenue Danbury ATCT Norwalk, CT 06851 Tel. (203) 853-9903 GLASSMIRE, Charles R., M.D. $48.00 Portland ATCT 111 Wescott Road South Portland, ME 04106 Tel. (207) 774-6111 GRAVELINE, Duane E., M.D. $45. 00 Burlington ATCT Health Maintenance Center Montpelier FSS Interstate 89, RD #4 Winooski, VT 05404 HAMRE, Peter J., M.D. $45.00 Hyannis ATCT 18 Bramblebush Park Nantucket ATCT Falmouth, MA 02540 Otis ATCT Tel. (617) 548-6563 (ECG performed at: BARNSTABLE County Hospital Pocasset, MA 02559) (Billed separately) MARCHBANKS, Vance H., M.D. $59.00 Bradley ATCT 31 Woodland Street Hartford/Brainard ATCT Hartford, CT 06105 Westfield ATCT Tel. (203) 247-1263 Windsor Locks FSS IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 3 MARSELLA, Augustus F., D.O. $56.50 New Bedford ATCT 712 Oaklawn Avenue Providence ATCT Cranston, RI 02920 Quonset TRACON Tel. (401) 942-0050 MILNE, John H., M.D. $48.00 Burlington ATCT Aesculapius Medical Center Montpelier FSS 1 Timber Lane South Burlington, VT 05401 Tel. (802) 658-4714 MOGIL, Marvin, M.D. $49.50 New Haven ATCT 1481 Chapel Street New Haven, CT 06511 Tel. (203) 787-3608 PENTA, Walter E., M.D. $15.00 Portland ATCT 316 Woodford Street Portland, ME 04103 Tel. (207) 772-8935 (Audiogram and ECG performed by: U. S. Public Health Service 311 Veranda Street Portland, ME 04103) RICHARDS, A. Dewey, M.D. $60.00 Bangor ATCT 417 State Street Bangor FSS Bangor, ME 04401 Tel. (207) 947-3341 IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 4 ROSENGARD, David E., M.D. $55.00 Boston ATCT 380 West Broadway South Boston, MA 02127 Tel. (617) 268-1500 ROZETT, Ronald T., M.D. $88.00 Bridgeport ATCT Community Health Care Center Plan New Haven ATCT 150 Sargent Drive New Haven, CT 06511 Tel. (203) 787-3141 RYMZO, Walter T., M.D. $60.00 Hyannis ATCT Yellow Brick Road Nantucket ATCT Hyannis, MA 02601 Otis ATCT Tel. (617) 775-2900 SHAW, John H., M.D. $65.00 Augusta FSS 89 Hospital Street Augusta, ME 04301 Tel. (207) 623-4586 STONE, Jacob, M.D. $50.00 New Bedford ATCT 226 Waterman Street Providence ATCT Providence, RI 02906 Quonset TRACON Tel. (401) 521-1221 WILLIAMS, Edward P., M.D. $25.00 Houlton FSS 72 Main Street Houlton, ME 04730 Tel. (207) 532-6080 (ECG performed at: HOULTON Regional Hospital (Billed separately) IMAGE OF NE 3930.2 APPENDIX 1 PAGE 5 U. S. GOVERNMENT FACILITIES: U. S. COAST GUARD -- Groton ATCT Academy Hospital New London, CT 06320 Tel. FTS: 8-642-8463 COM: (203) 443-8463 - ext. 615 BRANCH CLINIC (U. S. Navy) -- Norwood ATCT Naval Air Station South Weymouth, MA 02190 Tel. (617) 335-5600, ext. 273 U. S. PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE -- Boston ATCT Ambulatory Care Department Boston FSS 77 Warren Street Brighton, MA 02135 Tel. (617) 782-3400. ext. 311 Distribution: A-X(NE)-2; A-FAT-O(2); ANE-301(2); Initiated By: ANE-300A PATCO(2) ANE-60(2); AAM-1(2)

3930.3A ATCS HEALTH PROGRAM

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE i (and ii) 5/9/80 3930.3A FOREWORD The people who run the National Airspace System are the most vital element of it. Their health is important to morale, efficiency, economy, and most of all to safety. This order sets out new program standards and procedures for choosing air traffic control specialists and, most importantly, helping them to remain fit and on the job. This order means that no one with health problems need be afraid to seek help. The purpose of the FAA's Air Traffic Controller Specialist (ATCS) Health Program is to help every controller stay in good health, to maximize the productive working life of ATCSs, and to maintain a safe and efficient air traffic system. Langhorne Bond Administrator IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE iii IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE iv TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1. GENERAL 1. Purpose 2. Distribution 3. Cancellation 4. Explanation of Changes 5. Definitions 6. Policy 7. Scope 8. Aviation Medical Responsibilities 9. Air Traffic Responsibilities 10. Personnel Management Responsibilities 11. Changes to this Directive 12.-19. RESERVED. CHAPTER 2. MEDICAL STANDARDS 20. General 21. Initial Hire 22. Retention 23. Special Consideration 24.-29. RESERVED. CHAPTER 3. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS 30. Scope 31. Location 32. Scheduling 33. Aviation Medical Examiner 34. Referral Examinations 35. Arrangement for Professional Services 36. Release of Medical Information 37. Funding 38. Reports of Medical Status and Results of Examination 39. RESERVED. CHAPTER 4. INITIAL HIRE 40. General 41. Psychological Testing 42. Supplemental Medical Information 43. Medical Determination and Notification 44. Reconsideration 45. Review 46.-49. RESERVED CHAPTER 5. RETENTION SECTION 1. PERIODIC REQUALIFICATION 50. General 51. Medical Evaluation Procedures 52. Medical Review Procedures SECTION 2. INTERVAL MEDICAL PROBLEMS 53. Identification 54. Medical Status Determination 55. Work Status Determination 56. Periodic Reevaluation 57. Incapacitation 58.-59. RESERVED. SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW 60. Employment Status Review and Determination 61.-59. RESERVED. CHAPTER 6. PROGRAM EVALUATION 70. Federal Air Surgeon 71. Director, Air Traffic Service 72.-79. RESERVED. APPENDIX 1. MEDICAL QUALIFICATION STANDARDS (10 pages)

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 1 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL
1. PURPOSE
. This order prescribes policy, methods, and procedures for the administration of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Air Traffic Control Specialist (ATCS) Health Program and, by Appendix 1, Medical Qualification Standards, transmits the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) medical standards for Air Traffic Control Specialists.
2. DISTRIBUTION
. This order is distributed to the branch level in the Offices of Aviation Medicine, Budget, Chief Counsel, Labor Relations, and Personnel and Training, and the Air Traffic Service; to the branch level in the regional Aviation Medical, Air Traffic, Budget, and Personnel Management Divisions, and to the Regional Counsels; to the division level at the Civil Aeromedical Institute, and the FAA Academy at the Aeronautical Center; to division level in the Medical Staff at NAFEC; and a maximum distribution and to all Air Traffic field offices and facilities.
3. CANCELLATION
. Order 3930.3, Air Traffic Control Specialist Health Program, dated May 3, 1977, is cancelled.
4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES
. Specific responsibilities are assigned to the aviation medical, air traffic, and personnel management organizational elements.
5. DEFINITIONS
. a. Regional Flight Surgeon - chiefs of the 11 regional aviation medical divisions herein referred to as Flight Surgeon except when denoting review and action as division chief. b. Flight Surgeon - Assistant Regional Flight Surgeons in regional offices and in ARTCC medical offices; medical officers in the Aeromedical Clinical Branch (AAC-160); and medical officers in the Clinical Specialties Division (AAM-700) and the NAFEC Medical Staff (ANA-6). c. Medical Examination - any and all examinations performed under the ATCS Health Program. d. Required Examination - any and all examinations required at any time to determine that medical standards are met and/or that an ATCS is medically cleared to operate an ATCS position. e. Periodic Examination - a required basic medical examination performed at scheduled frequency to determine whether medical standards are met. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 2 f. Referral Examination - examination authorized by a Flight Surgeon to be performed by an FAA-appointed consultant physician or other well-qualified specialist to provide additional medical information. g. Aviation Medical Examiner (AME) - a private physician designated by the FAA, and specifically authorized to perform ATCS Health Program examinations. h. Applicant - any individual who is a candidate for initial employment into an ATCS Position. i. Qualified - a medical determination that the established medical standards are met in full. j. Qualified with Special Consideration - a medical determination that the established medical standards are not fully met; however, the Flight Surgeon and Air Traffic determine that the ATCS may engage in air traffic control duties without compromising safety. k. Disqualified - a medical determination that the established medical standards are not met, and Special Consideration is not granted. l. Incapacitation - a medical condition of short term (12 months or less), or indefinite duration (more than 12 months) because of which an ATCS is incapable of performing normal air traffic control duties whether or not medical standards are met. m. Medical Restriction - an administrative decision, based on medical advice to remove an ATCS from air traffic control duties, and to place on leave status or assign to noncontrol duties. n. Interval Medical Problem - a question regarding an ATCS's medical condition which is identified at any time not in connection with the periodic examination. o. Medical Status Determination - medical determination of Flight Surgeon, in consultation with air traffic management, regarding medical status of an ATCS as it affects ATCS operations. p. Medical Status - one of the following: full duty, medical restriction; medical disqualification; incapacitated. q. Employment Status Determination - an air traffic management decision regarding the operational suitability and feasibility of employee retention in the Air Traffic Control System. r. Reinstatement Candidate - any former ATCS seeking reemployment into an operational ATCS position. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 3
6. POLICY
. It is in the interest of the agency to develop and maintain the best possible Air Traffic Control Specialist Workforce. This goal requires the development and operation of a health program that will ensure optimal selection of ATCSs and promote retention of experienced employees in the system without compromising air safety. It is the policy of the agency to apply medical standards and medical state-of-the-art technology concurrent with effective management to achieve these objectives. When an ATCS experiences health problems, it is agency policy to utilize the employee in the performance of productive air traffic work as long as safety is not affected.
7. SCOPE
. This order: a. Applies to: (1) Applicants for employment, reinstatement and reassignment to, and incumbents of, ATCS positions in FAA towers, centers, and flight service stations which perform flight assistance services, including cooperative education employees. (2) Immediate supervisors of ATCSs engaged in air traffic control. (3) Employees in supervisory or staff air traffic positions who are required, however infrequently, to operate a control position. (4) ATCSs having return rights. (5) Employees in any position who are required by Air Traffic management to maintain current medical clearance for ATCS duties. b. Provides guidance for: (1) Aviation medical officials who shall apply medical standards, make medical determinations, and make recommendations to air traffic management officials. (2) Air traffic and personnel management officials who must make administrative decisions based on medical recommendations. (3) Aviation Medical Examiners (AMEs), other selected physicians and consultant physicians who are authorized to perform ATCS medical examinations. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 4
8. AVIATION MEDICAL RESPONSIBILITIES
. a. The Federal Air Surgeon shall: (1) Develop and recommend policy for the medical administration of the program. (2) Develop and recommend revision to medical standards. (3) Provide medical advice to regions. (4) Evaluate the effectiveness of the program. (5) Coordinate with the Director, Air Traffic Service, and the Director of Personnel and Training, appropriate aspects of program administration. (6) Evaluate results of ATCS applicant psychological screening. (7) Establish and manage a system for collection of medical information on the ATCS workforce, and provide statistical summaries and reports to assist FAA officials in making management decisions. (8) Act on requests for review of medical disqualification. b. Regional Flight Surgeons shall: (1) Act upon requests for reconsideration of medical determinations of disqualification. (2) Coordinate with the Chief, Air Traffic Division to make or review determinations of special consideration. (3) Review all medical disqualifications. (4) Provide medical advice to air traffic management officials to consider in determining employment status of disqualified and incapacitated ATCSs. (5) Provide guidance to Flight Surgeons engaged in local administration of ATCS Health Program. c. Flight Surgeons shall: (1) Arrange for and/or conduct ATCS medical examinations. (2) Obtain and evaluate all pertinent medical information. (3) Specify and authorize referral and follow-up examinations. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 5 (4) Determine if examinees meet the applicable medical qualification standards with consideration of the functional and operational requirements of the position to which an examined ATCS is assigned. (5) Notify, according to established procedures, appropriate air traffic facility and/or personnel management officials of medical determinations. (6) Coordinate with the facility chief to make determination of special consideration. (7) Select and monitor the performance of designated AMES or other selected physicians. (8) Coordinate with air traffic and/or personnel management officials to facilitate administrative action based upon, or affecting, the medical status of ATCSs. (9) Provide health maintenance advice to ATCSs in the interest of preserving career longevity. d. AME and consultant physicians shall conduct all medical examinations in accordance with this order.
9. AIR TRAFFIC RESPONSIBILITIES
. a. Director, Air Traffic Service shall: (1) Develop and recommend policy and procedures for the operational administration of the program. (2) Act upon requests for retention of medically disqualified ATCSs. (3) Evaluate the effectiveness of the program. (4) Coordinate with the Federal Air Surgeon and Director of Personnel and Training on appropriate aspects of program administration. b. Chief Air Traffic Division shall: (1) Coordinate with the Regional Flight Surgeon to make or review determinations of Special Consideration. (2) Determine the employment status of disqualified and incapacitated ATCSs. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 6 (3) Recommend retention to Director, Air Traffic Service of ATCSs after determining suitability and feasibility of retention of individual ATCS in the air traffic control system. c. Facility management officials shall: (1) Ensure that all ATCSs are fully advised of the details and overall objectives of the program. (2) Receive, discuss, and act upon determinations of Flight Surgeons to facilitate administrative management of ATCSs when a medical action affects operational status. (3) Consult with Flight Surgeon when the medical status of an ATCS is questioned or appears to interfere with safe and effective air traffic control. (4) Participate with medical officials to arrange for outside medical examination when an agency medical facility is not available or cannot provide the service. (5) Schedule ATCSs for periodic exams and ensure that a medical determination is received. (6) Participate with the medical official when required, in obtaining additional medical information or special medical evaluation. d. ATCSs shall: (1) Report for medical examinations as scheduled by the agency. (2) Inform facility management and/or the Flight Surgeon of any health problems and results of medical examinations occurring between periodic exams. (3) Authorize access to or submit medical information obtained outside of the agency which may be required in determining current medical status. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 7 (thru 10)
10. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES
. a. Director of Personnel and Training shall: (1) Provide guidance to management on informing and counseling employees about the nature of, and eligibility for, employee benefits. (2) Develop policy and procedures for assuring placement consideration. (3) Evaluate the effectiveness of the employee benefits information and counseling program and the placement consideration program. (4) Coordinate with the Director, Air Traffic Service, and the Federal Air Surgeon on appropriate aspects of total program administration. b. Chief, (Servicing) Personnel Management Division shall: (1) Provide advice and guidance to local management officials and employees regarding agency placement opportunities, employee benefits, and procedures for processing personnel/administrative actions. (2) Assure, in concert with other management officials, that employees are informed and counseled about their rights and benefits. (3) Determine eligibility, as necessary, for various actions initiated by management officials and/or employees. (4) Assist and prepare or process, on a timely basis, actions initiated by management officials and/or employees. (5) Schedule applicant for required initial entry medical exams.
11. CHANGES TO THIS DIRECTIVE
. The Administrator approves changes in policy, delegations of authority, and assignment of responsibility. The Federal Air Surgeon approves changes in the medical aspects of the administration of the program. The Director, Air Traffic Service, approves changes in the administration of the program as it applies to utilization of ATCS personnel. Proposed changes shall be coordinated with appropriate offices and services.
12.-19. RESERVED
.

CHAPTER 2. MEDICAL STANDARDS

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 11 (thru 14) CHAPTER 2. MEDICAL STANDARDS
20. GENERAL
. Medical standards for ATCSs are promulgated in the Physical Requirements portion of Office of Personnel Management Qualification Standards for Air Traffic Control, Series 2152 (see appendix 1). These standards are applied according to functional and operational responsibilities of examined ATCSs, and based on ATCS specialization.
21. INITIAL HIRE
. Separate and distinct medical standards are established for applicants for initial hire in the FAA air traffic system. The initial hire medical standards will continue to apply to all ATCS while within the one year probationary period.
22. RETENTION
. Retention standards shall be applied to incumbent ATCSs outside of the one-year probationary period at the time of a periodic examination or at other select times when a medical problem is detected, and to former ATCSs who are considered for reinstatement to an ATCS position.
23. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION
. a. Facility level. The Flight Surgeon, in coordination with the facility chief, may grant special consideration for an ATCS to work at that facility, provided the medical condition is expected to be remedied within thirty calendar days. b. Division level. The Regional Flight Surgeon, in coordination with the Chief, Air Traffic Division, may grant special consideration provided the ATCS can perform all required control duties. c. Headquarters level. The Federal Air Surgeon, in coordination with the Director, Air Traffic Service, may grant special consideration as he deems appropriate.
24.-29. RESERVED
.

CHAPTER 3. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 15 CHAPTER 3. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
30. SCOPE
. The scope and content of the basic medical examination and instructions for performing the examination and for completing the report of examination will be in accordance with general guidance by the Federal Air Surgeon. NOTE: The examination of ATCS who requests an airman medical certificate must be expanded to the scope required to determine eligibility under FAR 67.
31. LOCATION
. Required examinations shall be performed at FAA medical offices. When full capability does not exist within an FAA facility, the Flight Surgeon shall arrange and authorize other specific sources for completion of the examinations.
32. SCHEDULING
. a. Applicants for initial hire as an ATCS shall be scheduled by or at the request of the Personnel Management Division for medical examination only after they have completed the comprehensive psychological test battery, and, where practicable, have been found fully qualified. b. Applicants for reinstatement shall be scheduled for the medical examination upon request of personnel management officials. c. Incumbent ATCSs, who are required to requalify annually, shall be scheduled on duty time for the periodic examination annually by their facility chief, preferably in their month of birth. d. Cooperative education (co-op) employees shall be scheduled for the initial examination as soon as possible, but not later than the first work session, after selection. Unless a co-op employee also requires an airman medical (pilot) examination or a significant medical problem arises, no examination will be conducted until time for conversion to full-time permanent employment, at which time the initial hire standards shall be applied.
33. AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER (AME)
. Flight Surgeons shall authorize AMEs to perform required ATCS medical examinations. Reports of examination shall be sent promptly by the AME to the authorizing Flight Surgeon for review. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 16
34. REFERRAL EXAMINATIONS
. a. Use of Specialists. The Federal Aviation Administration-appointed consultant physicians or other specialists shall be utilized whenever required for a medical evaluation. b. Authority. The Flight Surgeon shall authorize referral examinations as indicated. The Federal Air Surgeon also may authorize referral examinations as a result of evaluation of psychological screening batteries or after review of problem cases. c. Reports. Reports of referral examinations shall be sent to the authorizing Flight Surgeon, who shall review them and place them in the ATCSs medical files. Cases for which referral examinations have been obtained shall be reported to the Office of Aviation Medicine as required (RIS: AM 9000-9).
35. ARRANGEMENTS FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
. a. Aviation Medical Examiners and Consultant Physicians and other selected Physicians. Authorization for medical examination should be made utilizing FAA Form 3930-3, Medical Examination Authorization. b. Other Federal Agencies. The Office of Aviation Medicine maintains interagency agreements for procurement of supporting services to FAA in this program. c. Costs. Reimbursement to an AME shall not exceed the amount normally charged for an equivalent examination performed by other physicians in the area. Reimbursement shall not be made to any other physician providing services arranged by the AME, unless the services are authorized by a Flight Surgeon.
36. RELEASE OF MEDICAL INFORMATION
. Medical information obtained in the course of any medical examinations or evaluations performed on ATCSs shall be released only in accordance with the Privacy Act, Freedom of Information Act and the Federal Personnel Manual, Chapter 339, 1-4, and Chapter 294, subchapters 4 and 7. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 17 (and 18)
37. FUNDING
. a. The ATCS Health Program is funded by the FAA aviation medical program. b. No expense shall be borne by ATCS applicants and ATCS employees for required medical examinations. Individual ATCSs must assume the expense of any self-initiated examinations to support review actions. Costs of refraction or lenses, of other appliances, or any treatment required to meet the medical standards shall be borne by the employee or applicant. c. ATCS applicants (including FAA employees) shall bear the expense for transportation in connection with required medical examination. Incumbent ATCSs shall be reimbursed in accordance with regional procedures for transportation expense in connection with required and authorized referral examinations.
38. REPORTS OF MEDICAL STATUS AND RESULTS OF EXAMINATION
. Flight Surgeons and AME's shall report the medical status determinations and the results of required examinations on FAA Form 8500-8, Application for Airman Medical Certificate or Airman Medical and Student Pilot Certificate.
39. RESERVED
.

CHAPTER 4. INITIAL HIRE

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 19 CHAPTER 4. INITIAL HIRE
40. GENERAL
. The medical standards for initial employment prescribed under the Physical Requirements section of the Office of Personnel Management (OPN) Qualification Standards for the Air Traffic Control Series 2152 shall be applied to all applicants for initial ATCS employment.
41. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING
. A comprehensive psychological test battery shall be administered to all ATCS applicants at the time of their preemployment interview or during the interval between the interview and the medical examination. The administration of this test battery shall be the responsibility of local facility chiefs; test materials shall be provided by the Flight Surgeons. Completed answer sheets shall be sealed by the applicant, and transmitted by the facility to the Federal Air Surgeon: Attention AAM-500. TEST RESULTS SHALL NOT BE THE SOLE BASIS FOR REJECTION OF AN ATCS APPLICANT. Personnel who conduct this testing shall instruct applicants to refrain from discussing the content of tests with other applicants.
42. SUPPLEMENTAL MEDICAL INFORMATION
. The Flight Surgeon shall obtain and evaluate applicable military and Veterans Administration medical records through established regional procedures. If military medical records are not received within 120 days following request, the Flight Surgeon may grant conditional medical clearance pending receipt and review of the additional medical information.
43. MEDICAL DETERMINATION AND NOTIFICATION
. a. Qualification. The Flight Surgeon shall notify personnel management officials when an applicant is determined to be medically qualified for ATCS employment. Personnel management officials shall complete the hiring process and notify the applicant. b. Disqualification. The Flight Surgeon shall notify personnel management officials when an ATCS applicant is determined to be medically disqualified.
44. RECONSIDERATION
. A medically disqualified ATCS applicant may request reconsideration by the Regional Flight Surgeon. If the Regional Flight Surgeon sustains the disqualification, he/she shall notify air traffic and personnel management officials. If the disqualification is overturned, the Regional Flight Surgeon shall notify air traffic and personnel management officials. The Regional Flight Surgeon also shall notify personnel management as soon as a request for reconsideration is received for action, so that the disqualification notification process can be deferred pending a decision. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 20 (THRU 22)
45. REVIEW
. An ATCS applicant who remains disqualified after the Regional Flight Surgeon's reconsideration may request review by the Federal Air Surgeon, and may provide additional medical information at his or her own expense. The Federal Air Surgeon's decision is the final agency medical determination, and the case shall be referred back to division level for appropriate administrative review and action.
46.-49. RESERVED
.

CHAPTER 5. RETENTION

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 23 CHAPTER 5. RETENTION

SECTION 1. PERIODIC REQUALIFICATION

50. GENERAL
. The medical standards for retention shall be applied at the time of periodic examination, with concomitant consideration of the functional and operation responsibilities of an ATCS's air traffic control position. Medical standards for retention shall be applied in reinstatement examinations.
51. MEDICAL EVALUATION PROCEDURES
. When a periodic examination has been completed; the Flight Surgeon shall compare the finding to the medical retention standards. a. If the ATCS meets retention standards, the Flight Surgeon shall notify the Personnel Management Division (PMD) and facility management that the ATCS is medically qualified for retention. b. If the ATCS does not meet retention standards a special consideration may be granted in accordance with paragraph 23. If a special consideration is not practicable an employment status review and determination must be made. If the medical condition is diagnosed to be remedied within thirty calendar days, the employment status determination may be made by facility management, all other cases must be determined in accordance with paragraph 60. In all cases the personnel management division will be advised of the ATCS's status and all determinations. c. If the ATCS does not meet the retention standards the Flight Surgeon may carry out further medical evaluation including medical tests and laboratory determinations, and medical specialty evaluations by selected physicians or other medical specialists. The Flight Surgeon normally will not determine that an ATCS does not meet medical retention standards solely on the basis of information provided by the ATCSs own physicians. d. Following further evaluation, the Flight Surgeon shall compare the results to the standards. (1) If the ATCS meets medical standards, the Flight Surgeon shall notify the Personnel Management Division and facility management that the ATCS is medically qualified for retention. (2) If, after further evaluation, the ATCS still does not meet retention standards, proceed as in paragraph 51b. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 24
52. MEDICAL REVIEW PROCEDURES
. a. The Regional Flight Surgeon shall review the medical record of each medically disqualified ATCS to verify that: (1) The medical condition is governed by the medical standards. (2) Where appropriate, medical evaluation has been carried out for the agency. (3) The objective medical findings support the diagnosis. (4) The medical evaluation is complete enough to support determinations about qualification status and the granting of special consideration. (5) The condition is not remediable or remediable within a reasonable length of time. (6) The Flight Surgeon has conferred with facility management to consider retaining the ATCS in the workforce before reaching a determination. b. During the review, the Regional Flight Surgeon shall confer with the Air Traffic Division and the Personnel Management Division, to insure that full consideration has been given to retaining the ATCS. c. Following this review, the Regional Flight Surgeon shall: (1) Sustain the decision if he finds satisfactory compliance with the review criteria. (2) in coordination with the Air Traffic Division Chief, grant special consideration when they determine that a disqualified ATCS should be retained. (3) Reverse the determination when he determines that it is incorrect. (4) Request additional information or medical evaluation when he determines the need. d. The Regional Flight Surgeon shall notify the Personnel Management Division, Air Traffic Division, the involved facility chief, and the ATCS of the determination. e. The Personnel Management Division shall contact the ATCS within one week after notification of the disqualification to provide additional information, outline benefits and procedures relating to retirement, placement procedures and other appropriate information. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 25 f. Within 15 days from receipt of notification of disqualification, an ATCS may request review by the Federal Air Surgeon. g. The Federal Air Surgeon shall review the medical record of a medically disqualified ATCSs to verify that: (1) The appropriate procedures have been followed. (2) No additional information is needed. (3) There are no other factors which must be taken into account. h. Following this review, the Federal Air Surgeon shall: (1) Sustain the decision if he finds satisfactory compliance with the review criteria. (2) Rescind the medical determination if he determines that it is incorrect. (3) Request the Regional Flight Surgeon provide additional information. i. The decision of the Federal Air Surgeon on the appeal shall be the final agency medical determination. j. If the ATCS remains disqualified, the case shall be referred for administrative review as described in paragraph 60.

SECTION 2. INTERVAL MEDICAL PROBLEMS

53. IDENTIFICATION
. A medical problem or condition of an ATCS may arise at any time not in connection with the required periodic examination. A problem may be identified by the ATCS or by facility management.
54. MEDICAL STATUS DETERMINATION
. The Flight Surgeon shall examine the ATCS or evaluate medical information provided and make a medical determination of the medical status of the ATCS. If the medical condition warrants, the Flight Surgeon may authorize referral examinations for evaluation, and compare all medical findings with established medical standards.
55. WORK STATUS DETERMINATION
. The air traffic facility management shall assign ATCSs placed in restricted or incapacitated status to leave or administrative duties. An ATCS who fails to meet standards will be considered as if he/she had failed to meet standards in a periodic evaluation (see paragraph 51). Cases of ATCSs who are determined to be incapacitated, or the period of recovery will or is anticipated to exceed 30 days, shall be forwarded to the region for review and action (see paragraph 60). IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 26
56. PERIODIC RE-EVALUATION
. ATCSs placed on restriction will be medically reviewed or reevaluated within a period not to exceed every 30 calendar days. If it is determined that the ATCS is recovered, restrictions will be removed and the ATCS returned to duty. ATCSs about whose condition a final determination cannot yet be made may be left in restricted status. If the determination 18 made that the ATCSs medical condition has become indefinitely incapacitating, the case shall be forwarded to the region for review and action (see paragraph 60).
57. INCAPACITATION
. When there is a determination that an ATCS is incapacitated, the case shall be forwarded to the region for review and action (see paragraph 60). When an ATCS meets the medical standards, but is determined to be indefinitely incapacitated, the procedures outlined in FPM Supplement 831-1, paragraph S10-10, as well as the procedures in this order, shall be followed.
58.-59. RESERVED
. IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 27 (thru 30)

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW

60. EMPLOYMENT STATUS REVIEW AND DETERMINATION
. The employment status of disqualified and/or indefinitely incapacitated employees who request placement consideration will be reviewed by the Air Traffic Division to determine the operational suitability and feasibility of retaining the employee in the ATC system. If the ATCS cannot perform control duties and: a. The medical condition is temporary, the ATCS shall be placed on administrative duties or leave by air traffic management. The ATCS shall be periodically reevaluated to determine the ATCS medical status. This evaluation will include an application of standards if appropriate. If it is determined that the medical condition has become permanent, the provisions of paragraph 60b will apply. If the ATCS has recovered (both meet standards and is able to perform control functions) the ATCS shall be reassigned to an available ATCS position. If the ATCS is able to perform control functions but does not meet standards, a special consideration may be granted in accordance with paragraph 23b. b. The medical condition is permanent, the Air Traffic Division Chief, may effect reassignment to a staff position (ATCSs permanently assigned to staff positions in some cases are no longer required to meet medical standards). If the ATCS is not reassigned to a staff position, the ATCS shall be referred to the Personnel Management Division for placement in other available Positions or for other appropriate personnel actions.
61.-69. RESERVED
.

CHAPTER 6. PROGRAM EVALUATION

 IMAGE OF 3930.3A PAGE 31 (AND 32)

CHAPTER 6. PROGRAM EVALUATION

70. THE FEDERAL AIR SURGEON
. The Federal Air Surgeon shall periodically conduct evaluations of the ATCS Health Program. The Federal Air Surgeon shall collect and maintain all records required to perform post audits of all aspects of program operation with special attention to the granting of Special Consideration and Medical Determinations of Disqualification. The evaluation will insure equitable and consistent application of the standards ant use of Special Consideration consonant with aviation safety.
71. THE DIRECTOR, AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE
. The Director, Air Traffic Service shall maintain records required to evaluate the operational administration of the program. Areas reviewed shall include the relevance of medical standards to the functional needs and safety requirements of the airspace system and the utilization of physically impaired ATCS's.
72.-79. RESERVED
. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1

APPENDIX 1. MEDICAL QUALIFICATION STANDARDS

This appendix contains the Physical Requirements section of the Office of Personnel Management Qualification Standards for the Air Traffic Control Series, GS-2152: UNITED STATES OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERIES 1. INITIAL EMPLOYMENT. Applicants for initial appointment to air traffic control specialist positions must comply with the following requirements: a. Eye. (1) The applicant must demonstrate: Distant visual acuity of 20/20 in each eye separately, without correction, or distant visual acuity of 20/200 or better in each eye separately, with correction to 20/20 in each eye. Glasses or contact lenses are permitted. (2) The applicant must demonstrate: Near visual acuity of v=.50 (or equivalent according to table of equivalent scale) or better in each eye separately without correction or near visual acuity of v-1.25 or better in each eye separately, with correction to v=.50 in each eye. Glasses or contact lenses are permitted. (3) An applicant who must utilize both glasses and contact lenses to demonstrate acceptable near and distant vision is disqualified. (4) The applicant must demonstrate normal color vision. (5) The applicant must demonstrate normal central and peripheral fields of vision. (6) If any medication is routinely required for control of intraocular tension, the applicant is disqualified. (7) The applicant must demonstrate no hyperhoria or hypophia greater than one prism diopter. (8) The applicant must demonstrate no esophoria greater than six prism diopters. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 (9) The applicant must demonstrate no exophoria greater than six prism diopters. (10) If examination, including tonometry, of either eye or adnexa reveals any form of glaucoma or cataract formation, uveitis, or any other acute or chronic pathological condition that would be likely to interfere with proper function or likely to progress to that degree, the applicant is disqualified. (11) An applicant under any form of treatment for any chronic disease of either eye is disqualified. (12) The applicant must demonstrate full range of motion of external ocular muscles. b. Ear, Nose, Throat, Mouth. (1) Examination must show no outer, middle, inner ear disease, either acute or chronic, unilateral or bilateral. (2) Examination must show no active disease or either mastoid. (3) Examination must show no unhealed perforation of either eardrum. (4) Examination must show no deformity of either outer ear that might interfere with the use of headphones of the applied or semi-inserted type. (5) Examination must show no disease or deformity of the hard palate, soft palate or tongue that interferes with enunciation. The applicant must demonstrate clearly understandable speech, and an absence of stuttering or stammering. (6) The applicant must demonstrate, by audiometry, no hearing 1088 in either ear of more than 25 decibels in the 500, 1000, or 2000 HZ ranges and must demonstrate no hearing 1088 in these ranges of more than 20 decibels in the better ear using ISO (1964) or ANSI (1969) standards. Hearing loss in either ear of more than 40 decibels in the 4000 HZ range may necessitate an otological consultation. Incipient disease processes which may lead to early hearing 1088 will be a cause for disqualification. c. Cardiovascular. (1) An applicant must have no medical history of any form of heart disease. The applicant must demonstrate absence of any form of heart disease to clinical examination including resting and postexercise electrocardiogram. (2) An applicant must have blood pressure levels no greater than the appropriate values in the following table: Maximum Reclining Blood Pressure Age Systolic Diastolic 20 to 29 140 90 30 to 39 150 90 40 to 49 150 100 50 and over 160 100 IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 3 (3) An applicant must demonstrate to X-ray no evidence of increase in heart size beyond normal limits. (4) An applicant under any form of treatment for any disease of the cardiovascular system is disqualified. d. Neurological. (1) Applicant must have no medical history or clinical diagnosis of a convulsive disorder. (2) Applicant must have no medical history or clinical diagnosis of a disturbance of consciousness without satisfactory medical explanation of the cause. (3) Applicant must have no other disease of the nervous system that is found by the Federal Air Surgeon to constitute a hazard to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. (4) An applicant under any form of treatment, including preventive treatment, of any disease of the nervous system, is disqualified. e. Musculoskeletal. (1) The applicant must have no deformity of spine or limbs of sufficient degree to interfere with the requirements of the position of employment being sought. Certain limitations of range of motion may be acceptable for certain specific options or positions, in which case acceptance for employment will be noted specifically for that position or option only. (Terminal, Center, Flight Service Station.) (2) The applicant must have no absence of any extremity or digit or any portion thereof sufficient to interfere with the requirements for locomotion and manual dexerity of the position being sought. Acceptance of limitations for employment for a special option or position will be noted for that option or position only. (3) The applicant must have no condition which predisposes to fatigue or discomfort induced by long periods of standing or sitting. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 4 f. General Medical. (1) An applicant must have no medical history or clinical diagnosis or diabetes mellitus. (2) The applicant must possess such a body build as not to interfere with sitting in an ordinary office armchair. (3) The applicant must have no other organic, functional or structural disease, defect or limitation found by the Federal Air Surgeon to clinically indicate a potential hazard to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. A pertinent history and clinical evaluation, including laboratory evaluations will be obtained and when clinically indicated, special consultations or examinations will be accomplished. g. Psychiatric. The applicant must have no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of any of the following: (1) A psychosis; (2) A neurosis; (3) Any personality disorder or mental disorder that the Federal Air Surgeon determines clearly indicates a potential hazard to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. The determinations will be based on the medical case history (including past social, and occupational adjustment) supported by clinical psychologists and board certified psychiatrists, including such psychological tests as may be required as a part of medical evaluation as the Federal Air Surgeon may prescribe. h. Substance Dependency. A history, review of all available records, clinical and laboratory examination will be utilized to determine the presence or absence or substance dependency, including alcohol, narcotic, and non-narcotic drugs. Wherever clinically indicated, the applicant must demonstrate an absence of these on thorough psychiatric evaluation, including any clinical or psychological tests required as part of the medical evaluation. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 5 RETENTION REQUIREMENTS The physical requirements in this section apply to: (1) air traffic control specialists in the center and terminal specializations who are actively engaged in the separation and control of air traffic; (2) immediate supervisors of air traffic control specialists actively engaged in the separation and control of air traffic; and (3) air traffic control specialists in the station specialization who regularly perform flight assistance services as described under Description of Work. Employees occupying the type of positions described above are required to requalify in a medical examination given annually, usually during the employee's month of birth. Controllers incurring illness, injury, or incapacitation at any time between the annual examinations are required to be medically cleared before return to air traffic control duty. Examinations including laboratory tests and consultations, will be accomplished to the extent required to determine medical clearance for continued duty. New employees are required to meet the retention requirements by examination during the first ten months of service. Those who are found to be not physically or emotionally qualified for air traffic control duties at any time will be subject to reassignment to a position for which they are fully qualified, retirement for disability if eligible, or separation from the service. To be medically qualified for retention in the Federal Aviation Air Traffic Service, an air traffic control specialist must meet the following requirements. (Unless otherwise indicated these requirements are identical for all air traffic control specialists.) A. Eye (1). Distant Visual Acuity a. Terminal - The terminal specialist must demonstrate: Distant visual acuity of 20/20 or better in each eye separately, without correction, or distant visual acuity of 20/200 or better in each eye separately, with correction to 20/20 or better in each eye. b. Center - The center specialist must demonstrate: Distant visual acuity of 20/20 or better in each eye separately, without correction, or distant visual acuity of 20/200 or better in each eye separately, with correction to 20/20 or better in each eye. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 6 c. Flight Service Station. - The station specialist must have distant visual acuity of 20/20 or better in each eye separately, with or without correction. (2) Near Visual Acuity. - all air traffic control specialists must demonstrate near visual acuity of v=.75 or better (or equivalent according to table of equivalents scale) in each eye separately with or without correction Scale Table of Equivalents Snellen Snellen FAA Jaeger Metric English J-1 0.59 20/20 .50 J-4 .75 20/30 .75 J-6 1.00 20/40 1.00 J-8 1.25 20/50 1.25 J-10 1.50 20/60 1.75 J-12 1.75 20/70 2.00 (3) Color Vision. - all specialists must demonstrate normal color vision. (4) Visual Fields a. Terminal. The terminal specialist must demonstrate normal fields of vision. b. Center. The center specialist must demonstrate normal fields of vision. c. Flight Service Station. The station specialist must demonstrate normal central fields of vision. (5) Phorias; Double Vision a. Terminal. The terminal specialist must have no esophoria or more than 6 prism diopters or exophoria of more than 6 prism diopter or hypophoria or hyperhporia or more than one prism diopter. b. Center. The center specialist must have no esophoira of more than 6 prism diopters or exophoria of more than 6 prism diopters hyperporia or hypophoria or more than one prism diopter. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 7 c. Flight Service Station. The station specialist must have no condition which causes double vision. (6) Intraocular Tension; Glaucoma; Eye Pathology - all specialist must demonstrate normal introcular tension by tonometry. Must have no form of glaucoma in either eye and no other chronic pathological condition of either eye or adnexa that would be likely to interfere with proper function. (7) Medication for Control of Intraocular Tension - must require no routine medication for control of intraocular tension. B. Ear, Nose, and Throat. (1) Ear Disease; Equilibrium a. Terminal. The terminal specialist must demonstrate no chronic disease of the outer or middle ear, unilateral or bilateral, that night interfere with the comfortable, efficient use of the standard headphone apparatus or that might interfere with rate perception of voice transmissions or spoken communications. Must have no ear disease that might cause a disturbance of equilibrium. b. Center. The center specialist must demonstrate no chronic disease of the outer or middle ear, unilateral or bilateral, that might interfere with the comfortable, efficient use of standard headphone apparatus or that might interfere with accurate perception of voice transmissions or spoken communications. Must have no ear disease that might cause a disturbance or equilibrium. c. Flight Service Station. The station specialist must demonstrate no chronic disease of the outer of middle ear, unilateral or bilateral, that might interfere with accurate perception of voice transmissions or spoken communications. Must have no ear disease that might cause a disturbance of equilibrium. (2) Mastoid - must have no active disease of either mastoid. (3) Eardrum Perforation - must demonstrate no unhealed perforation of either eardrum. (4) Speech - must have no interference with enunciation and must have clear speech free of stuttering or stammering. (5) Hearing Loss - must have no hearing loss in either ear of more than 30 decibels in either the 500, 1000, or 2000 HZ ranges. He must have no loss in these ranges greater than 25 decibels in the better ear. Non-static hearing loss in either ear of greater than 50 decibels in the 4000 HZ range will require an otological consultation. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 8 C. Cardiovascular. (1) Heart Disease a. Terminal. The terminal specialist must have no history or symptomatic form of heart disease or any form requiring therapy. b. Center. The center specialist must have no history or symptomatic form of heart disease or any form requiring therapy. c. Flight Service Station. The station specialist must have no symptomatic form of heart disease. (2) Disturbance of Rhythm; Other Abnormality; EKG - must demonstrate no disturbance of rhythm or other cardiac abnormality on clinical examination including resting and when clinically indicated, post-exercise electrocardiography. (3) Blood Pressure - must demonstrate blood pressure levels no greater than the appropriate values in the following table. Must require no medication for control of blood pressure. Maximum Reclining Blood Pressure Age Systolic Diastolic 20 to 29 140 90 30 to 39 150 90 40 to 49 150 100 50 and over 160 100 (4) Heart size - must have no increase in heart size beyond normal limits. D. Neurological. (1) Convulsive Disorder - must have no medical history or clinical diagnosis of a convulsive disorder. (2) Disturbance of Consciousness - must have no medical history or clinical diagnosis of a disturbance of consciousness without satisfactory medical explanation of the cause. (3) Cerebrovascular Accident - must have no history of a cerebrovascular accident. Must have no cerbrovascular condition which increases the likelihood of such an accident. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 9 (4) Other Neurological Disorders - must have no other neurological disorder that is found by the Federal Air Surgeon to constitute a hazard to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. (5) Treatment for Nervous System Disorder - must be under no form of treatment, including preventive treatment, of any disorder of the nervous system. E. Musculoskeletal. (1) Ranges of Motion - must have no deformity of spine or limbs that interferes with satisfactory and safe performance of duty. (2) Amputations; Dexterity - must have no absence of any extremity or digit or any portion thereof sufficient to interfere with satisfactory and safe performance of duty. (3) Predisposition to Fatigue and/or Discomfort - must have no condition which predisposes to fatigue or discomfort induce by long periods of standing or sitting. F. General Medical. (1) Diabetes Mellitus a. Terminal. The terminal specialist who has an established clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus will be evaluated for continued duty based upon the degree of control of the disease. Whether by diet alone, or diet and hypoglycemic drugs, control which results in the absence of symptoms and the absence of complications of the disease or the therapy, may be considered as satisfactory control. A controller with diabetes mellitus who cannot demonstrate satisfactory control over specified and observed periods of 48 hours is not cleared for duty involving active air traffic control. b. Center. The center specialist who has an established clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus will be evaluated for continued duty based upon the degree of control of the disease. Whether by diet alone, or diet and hypoglycemic drugs, control which results in the absence of symptoms and the absence of complications of he disease or the therapy, may be considered as satisfactory control. A controller with diabetes mellitus who cannot demonstrate satisfactory control over specified and observed periods of 48 hours is not cleared for duty involving active air traffic control. c. Flight Service Station. The station specialist who has established clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus will be evaluated for continued duty based upon the degree of control of the disease. Whether by diet alone, or diet and hypoglycemic drugs, control which results in the absence of symptoms and the absence of complications of the disease or the therapy, may be considered as satisfactory control. IMAGE OF 3930.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 10 (2) Body Configuration - must possess such a body build as not to interfere with sitting in an ordinary office armchair. (3) Other Medical Conditions - must have no other organic, functional or structural disease, defect or limitation found by the Federal Air Surgeon to clinically indicate a potential hazard to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. A pertinent history and clinical evaluation including laboratory screening will be obtained, and when clinically indicated, special consultations and examinations will be accomplished. G. Psychiatric. (1) Psychotic Disorder - must have no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of a psychosis. (2) Mental, Neurotic, or Personality Disorder - must have no neurosis, personality disorder, or mental disorder that the Federal Air Surgeon determines clearly indicates a potential hazard to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. The determinations will be based on the medical case history (including past, social, and occupational adjustment) supported by clinical psychologists and board certified psychiatrists, including such psychological test as may be required as a part of medical evaluation, as the Federal Air Surgeon may prescribe. (3) Alcoholism and/or Alcohol Abuse - must have no clinical diagnosis of alcoholism or alcohol abuse, since these constitute a hazard to safety in Air Traffic Control System. A history and clinical evaluation, including laboratory evaluation (when indicated) will be accomplished to determine the presence or absence of alcohol addiction, dependency, habituation, abuse or use. (4) Addition, Dependency, Habituation, or Abuse of Dangerous Drugs must have no clinical diagnosis of addiction, habituation, dependency or abuse of any narcotic or nonnarcotic drug, since these constitute a threat to safety in the Air Traffic Control System. A history and a clinical evaluation, including laboratory evaluation (when indicated) will be accomplished to determine the presence or absence of drug addiction, dependency, habituation, abuse or use. *U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE- 1980-311-586/157

3940.1 FIRST AID KITS IN TERMINAL, ENROUTE AND FLIGHT SERVICE STATIONS - AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL FACILITIES

IMAGE OF 3940.1 PAGE ORDER Department of Transportation 3940.1 Federal Aviation Administration 6/22/73 SUBJ: FIRST AID KITS IN TERMINAL, ENROUTE AND FLIGHT SERVICE STATIONS - AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL FACILITIES

1. PURPOSE

. This order provides for first aid treatment of minor injuries and palliative treatment of minor gastric upsets suffered by air traffic control personnel in ARTCCs, ATC Towers, RAPCONs, RATCCs, Combined Station/Towers and Flight Service Stations, by authorizing the purchase of first aid kits and antacids for gastrointestinal upsets.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in headquarters offices of Aviation Medicine, Air Traffic, Labor Relations and Personnel; to branch level in regional Medical, Air Traffic and Manpower divisions; to all Air Traffic Field Facilities - minimum distribution.

3. FUNDING

. Regions shall provide funding support through established budgetary procedures.

4. PROCUREMENT

. It is suggested that the first aid kits be purchased from the Federal Supply Service, G.S.A. Stock Catalog as follows: Office Kit Spec. CGK-392, Stock Number 6545-663-9032. Cost: $5040.

5. RE-SUPPLY

. Items needing replenishment can be procured through the G.S.A. Stock Catalog.

6. GASTROINTESTINAL UPSET

. Medication for the relief of minor gastrointestinal upset will be confined to non-prescription antacid preparations containing no antispasmodics. Assistance in determining the proper type of medication may be secured by contacting Regional or Assistant Regional Flight Surgeons.

7. PERSISTENT SYMPTOMS

. If symptoms should persist, affected employees should see their personal physicians. P. V. SIEGEL, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: WAM/AT/LR/PN-3, RAM/AT/MN-3 Initiated By: AAM-430 FAT-0 - minimum; M-2

8025.1B MEDICAL INVESTIGATION OF AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS

 IMAGE OF 8025.1B PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8025.1B FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION February 16, 1984 SUBJ: MEDICAL INVESTIGATION OF AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes the functions and responsibilities of the Aviation Medicine Program in the conduct and administration of the medical investigation of aircraft accidents.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to director level in Washington, except in the Office of Aviation Medicine, where it is distributed to division level; to division level in regions and centers, except in the Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI) where it is distributed to branch level; to medical offices in Air Route Traffic Control Centers(ARTCC); and to General Aviation, Air Carrier, and Flight Standards District Offices.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 8025.1A, Medical Investigation of Aircraft Accidents, dated November 13, 1978, is cancelled.

4. BACKGROUND

. A review of the activities of the Aviation Medicine Program in aircraft accident investigation identified the need for a more coordinated prospective "project-oriented" approach to defining the contributions of (1) medical, toxicologic, and other human factors to nonfatal and fatal accidents and (2) aircraft design deficiencies to crash injuries, in order to better identify measures that should be taken toward improving aviation safety. Consequently, two approaches were decided upon for the medical investigation of aircraft accidents in the Aviation Medicine Program, both being directed by the Accident Investigation Projects Review Team. Autopsy and toxicologic information shall be acquired in fatal accidents and compiled with information in airman medical records for identification of possible contributions of medical conditions and toxic agents to accidents. Accident investigation projects shall be undertaken for both nonfatal and fatal accidents to test specific hypotheses relating human factors to accident cause, and aircraft design to crash injury and survival. Aviation Medicine Program personnel shall continue to participate in air carrier aircraft accidents and other special investigations as requested.

5. CONDUCT OF THE PROGRAM

. a. Acquisition of Autopsy, Toxicologic, and Medical Information Communication Control Centers (CCC), upon report of fatal aircraft accidents, shall immediately notify the appropriate Flight Surgeons or Aviation Medical Examiners (AME's) as authorized by Flight Surgeons, who shall coordinate with Investigators-in-Charge in arranging for autopsies and obtaining toxicologic specimens. The Flight Surgeons shall provide assistance personally, or contact AME's for assistance, especially for aircraft accidents in remote locations. The Flight Surgeons shall assure that, whenever possible, toxicologic specimens are sent to the Aviation Toxicology Laboratory (AAC-114) in the Aeromedical Research Branch at CAMI. They shall review autopsy and toxicologic reports, and the medical certification status of pilot fatalities, and complete the Accident Worksheets. They shall provide copies of the autopsy and toxicologic reports and the Accident Worksheets to the Investigators-in-Charge and the Medical Statistical Section (AAC-132) in the Aeromedical Certification Branch at CAMI, which shall compile, store, and analyze autopsy, toxicologic, and medical certification information on airmen involved in accidents for identification of possible contributions of medical conditions and toxic agents to accidents. IMAGE OF 8025.1B PAGE 2 b. Acquisition of Information for Accident Investigation Projects. The Flight Surgeons, when advised of fatal aircraft accidents by the CCC's, shall determine which fatal accidents apply to accident investigation projects. Their assistance may also be requested, especially in nonfatal aircraft accidents, by the managers of these projects. The Flight Surgeons shall coordinate with the Investigators-in-Charge in obtaining information in conjunction with accident investigation projects. They may contact specially-designated AME's for assistance, especially for aircraft accidents in remote locations. The Flight Surgeons shall report all information obtained in these projects to cognizant project managers who shall compile, store, analyze, and present this information for application.

6. RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE PROGRAM

. a. The Office of Aviation Medicine shall: (1) Develop all procedures and coordinate all functions of the Aviation Medicine Program in aircraft accident investigations. (2) Form the Accident Investigation Projects Review Team and convene it periodically to identify requirements in the medical investigation of aircraft accidents; plan, review, and recommend projects to be undertaken to fulfill requirements; and review the status of assigned accident investigation projects. (3) Manage accident investigation projects assigned to it. (4) Obtain information in conjunction with accident investigation projects in coordination, as appropriate, with Flight Surgeons. IMAGE OF 8025.1B PAGE 3 (5) Participate in air carrier accident investigations as requested or indicated. (6) Conduct special investigations of aircraft accidents at the request of the Federal Air Surgeon. b. Flight Surgeons shall: (1) Receive notification of all fatal aircraft accidents. (2) Coordinate with Investigators-in-Charge in arranging for autopsies, obtaining toxicologic specimens, and acquiring information in conjunction with accident investigation projects. (3) Provide assistance personally or contact AME's for assistance in arranging for autopsies and obtaining toxicologic specimens, especially for accidents in remote locations. (4) Assure that, whenever toxicologic specimens must be sent to local laboratories, duplicate specimens are also obtained for analysis by the Aviation Toxicology Laboratory (AAC-114) in the Aeromedical Research Branch at CAMI. (5) Review autopsy and toxicologic reports, and the medical certification status of pilot fatalities, complete the Accident Worksheets, and provide copies of the reports and worksheets to the Investigators-in-Charge and the Medical Statistical Section (AAC-132) in the Aeromedical Certification Branch at CAMI. (6) Participate in air carrier accident investigations as requested or indicated. (7) Select certain AME's for training and special designation to assist in obtaining information in conjunction with accident investigation projects. (8) Provide assistance or contact specially-designated AME's for assistance in obtaining information in conjunction with accident investigation projects, and report all information obtained in these projects to cognizant project managers. (9) Manage the reimbursement of AME's for these services. (10) Provide information on investigative findings to AME participating in the investigation of aircraft accidents. c. Civil Aeromedical Institute shall: (1) Conduct toxicologic analyses on specimens from, and special pathologic studies on, aircraft accident fatalities. IMAGE OF 8025.1B PAGE 4 (2) Compile, store, and analyze autopsy, toxicologic, and medical certification information of airmen involved in accidents for identification of possible contributions of medical conditions and toxic agents to accidents. (3) Manage accident investigation projects assigned to it. (4) Obtain information in conjunction with accident investigation projects in coordination, as appropriate, with Flight Surgeons. (5) Participate in air carrier accident investigations as requested or indicated. (6) Conduct special investigations of aircraft accidents at the request of the Federal Air Surgeon. (7) Provide appropriate training for Flight Surgeons, AME's, and other accident investigators, as appropriate, in the medical investigation of aircraft accidents. d. Aviation Medical Examiners shall: (1) Assist Flight Surgeons in obtaining autopsies and toxicologic specimens in fatal aircraft accidents. (2) If specially designated, receive appropriate training and assist Flight Surgeons in obtaining information in conjunction with accident investigation projects. (3) Assist investigators-in-charge in accident report preparation as appropriate.

7. ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROJECTS REVIEW TEAM

. This Team shall identify requirements in the medical investigation of aircraft accidents, particularly in general aviation, recommend and coordinate projects to be undertaken to fulfill identified requirements, and plan for the application of information gained in accident investigation projects and compiled from autopsies, toxicologic analyses, and medical certification records in educational and regulatory measures directed toward improving aviation safety. IMAGE OF 8025.1B PAGE 5

8. SPECIALLY-DESIGNATED AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS

. Flight Surgeons shall select certain AME's for training and special designation to assist in obtaining information in conjunction with accident investigation projects. These special designations shall be based primarily on availability of funds, anticipated need for their assistance in areas of high accident frequency and in remote areas, and their interest in aircraft accident investigation.

9. TRAINING IN ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

. In all AME Seminars, AME's shall be given training primarily on how to arrange for autopsies and to obtain toxicologic specimens. Flight Surgeons (and other agency physicians) and specially-designated AME's shall participate in a 1-week course on the medical investigation of aircraft accidents, administered by the Aeromedical Education Branch (AAC-140) at CAMI. This course will assure that attendees are adequately informed in all areas of medical investigation of aircraft accidents, especially areas pertinent to aircraft accident projects.

10. AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER REIMBURSEMENT

. AME's who provide assistance in obtaining autopsies and toxicologic specimens in fatal aircraft accidents shall be reimbursed by the Regional Flight Surgeons for travel and incidental expenses, and receive $50 per accident. Specially-designed AME's will be reimbursed by CAMI for travel and receive per diem while attending the course on the medical investigation of aircraft accidents. For assistance in acquiring information in conjunction with special accident investigation projects, which includes onsite investigation and completion of the special project accident investigation form, the specially-designated AME's shall be reimbursed by Regional Flight Surgeons for travel and per diem, and receive a consultant's fee for 1 day per accident. The fee to be paid will be the amount currently approved for FAA medical appointed consultants. This fee will be the total payment for professional services rendered.

11. FUNDING

. Funds for these activities shall be requested by medical programs through the normal budgetary process and through annual calls for training and travel estimates. Reighard, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: A-W-1(except AM), A-W(AM)-2; A-X-Y-Z-2 Initiated By: AAM-500 (except Y-AM): A-Y(AM)-3; A-FAT-1 (LTD) Medical A-FFS-1; A-FFS-2; A-FFS-7

8025.2 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROJECTS REVIEW TEAM

 IMAGE OF 8025.2 PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8025.2 FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION 12/21/78 SUBJ: ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROJECTS REVIEW TEAM

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes and defines the responsibilities of the Accident Investigation Projects Review Team.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in the Offices of Aviation Medicine and Aviation Safety, and the Flight Standards Service in Washington; to regional aviation medical divisions; to branch level at the Civil Aeromedical Institute; to the NAFEC Medical Staff; and, to medical offices in ARTCCs.

3. BACKGROUND

. A recent review of the activities of the Aviation Medicine Program in aircraft accident investigation identified the need for a more coordinated, prospective, "project-oriented" approach to defining the contributions of medical, toxicologic and other human factors to non-fatal and fatal accidents, and of aircraft design deficiencies to crash injuries, in order to better identify educational and regulatory measures that should be taken toward improving aviation safety. The Accident Investigation Projects Review Team shall identify agency requirements in the medical investigation of aircraft accidents, particularly in general aviation, and coordinate all projects undertaken to fulfill these requirements.

4. RESPONSIBILITIES

. The Accident Investigation Projects Review Team is an internal agency team, which functions primarily to: a. Further identify and review all requirements submitted by agency elements in the medical investigation of aircraft accidents, particularly in general aviation. b. Review plans of projects to be undertaken to fulfill requirements. c. Review the status of assigned projects. d. Establish criteria for the training and special designation of Aviation Medical Examiners (AMEs) who will provide assistance in obtaining information in conjunction with accident investigation projects. IMAGE OF 8025.2 PAGE 2 e. Provide guidance and develop curricula for training seminars in the medical investigation of aircraft accidents; these seminars to be given to Regional Flight Surgeons, Assistant Regional Flight Surgeons, specially-designated AMEs, and other accident investigators, as appropriate. f. Plan for the application of information gained in accident investigation projects and compiled from autopsies, toxicologic analyses and medical certification records in educational and regulatory measures directed toward improving aviation safety.

5. COMPOSITION

. The Team shall consist of the following officials: a. Program Scientist - Accident Investigation, Biomedical and Behavioral Sciences Division, Office of Aviation Medicine. (Team leader) b. Chief, Aviation Toxicology Laboratory, Civil Aeromedical Institute. c. Chief, Medical Statistical Section, Civil Aeromedical Institute. d. Chief, Aeromedical Education Branch, Civil Aeromedical Institute. e. Representative, Office of Aviation Safety. f. Representative, Flight Standards Service. g. One Regional Flight Surgeon. (Team leader shall designate the Regional Flight Surgeon, on a rotating basis for a maximum two-year term.) h. Other officials as may be invited.

6. MEETINGS

. The Accident Investigation Projects Review Team shall meet at six-month intervals, in conjunction with budgetary and research planning cycles, or at the call of the team leader. Most meetings will be convened at the Washington Headquarters.

7. ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT

. The Office of Aviation Medicine (Biomedical and Behavioral Sciences Division, AAM-500) shall provide administrative support as required.

8. FUNDING

. Funds for these activities shall be requested through the normal budgetary process. LANGHORNE BOND Administrator Distribution: A-W-(AM/FS/SF)-3 Initiated By: AAM-2 A-XZ-(AM)-2; Y-(AM)-3 A-FAT-1 (LTD) Medical

8065.1 MEDICAL CLINIC CLEARANCE

 IMAGE OF 8065.1 PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8065.1 FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION 6/21/67 SUBJ: MEDICAL CLINIC CLEARANCE

1. PURPOSE

. This order establishes a requirement for medical clinic clearance upon separation, retirement, resignation, transfer from FAA or reassignment within the FAA to another region, center, or the Washington headquarters.

2. DISCUSSION

. When an employee initially visits an agency medical clinic a health record is established. These records contain medical information which is of material help in treating the employee for subsequent medical conditions and should be forwarded to the clinic serving the gaining organization when an employee transfers within the FAA. Upon retirement, resignation, or transfer to another agency an employee's record becomes inactive and must be set apart from the active records for future transfer to a Federal Records Center. At present most clinics have no way of knowing when an employee departs, and the medical records, in most cases, remain in the active files.

3. ACTION

. a. Directors of Regions and Centers and the Manager, Headquarters Operations shall establish procedures to insure employee clearance from the servicing medical clinic upon reassignment to another region, center, or the Washington headquarters, or upon separation. b. Medical Clinic Chiefs shall establish procedures to insure that the following actions are taken: (1) Send the medical file to the servicing personnel office for forwarding to the new organization with the employee's personnel records when an employee is transferred within the FAA. The file will be placed in a sealed envelope addressed to the Chief of the Medical Clinic servicing the new organization and will be marked as follows: "Medical Records - To be opened by addressee only " (2) Place the medical file in the inactive files section when an employee transfers outside of the FAA, resigns, or retires. IMAGE OF 8065.1 PAGE 2 (3) Transfer inactive medical files to the appropriate Federal Records Center in accordance with the provisions of Order AD P 1350.1. Distribution: WNC-2 (less AM), RM-2, WCAM-3

8065.2A AIRMAN MEDICAL RECORD TRANSMITTAL (FAA FORM 8500-16)

 IMAGE OF 8065.2A PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8065.2A FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION 2 Dec 71 SUBJ: AIRMAN MEDICAL RECORD TRANSMITTAL (FAA FORM 8500-16)

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes the use of FAA Form 8500-16, Medical Record Transmittal, in the transmission of airman medical records between components of the Office of Aviation Medicine, the Civil Aeromedical Institute, and regional medical divisions.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to branch level in the Office of Aviation Medicine and the medical offices at the Aeronautical Center; and to division level in the regional medical offices.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 8065.2 is canceled.

4. PROCEDURES

. a. Medical records which are transmitted between components of the Office of Aviation Medicine, Civil Aeromedical Institute, and regional aviation medical divisions shall be sent attached to FAA Form 8500-16 (See Appendix l). (1) All original FAA Forms 8500-16 shall remain with the medical file but are not to be a part of the official copies of the file. (2) The originating activity shall complete the top portion of FAA Form 8500-16 and retain the last copy for its file. (3) The receiving activity shall use the "To," "From," and "Date" columns to denote further record referral activity. (4) Upon receipt of airman medical records from the Aeromedical Certification Branch, it may become necessary to re-route a medical record from one region or office to another. In all such instances, the Aeromedical Certification Branch shall be sent a copy of the forwarding Form 8500-16. In using this procedure, the medical record repository will know the location of the record and to whom it is charged. (5) After action has been taken, the receiving office shall complete the bottom portion of Form 8500-16 and retain a carbon copy for its files.Distribution: IMAGE OF 8065.2A PAGE 2 (6) The form shall be completed by using either a ball point pen or typewriter. b. Upon completion of action, the airman medical record shall be returned to the Aeromedical Certification Branch, AC-1300 P. V. SIEGEL, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon

APPENDIX 1

 IMAGE OF 8065.2A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1 SAMPLE FAA FORM 8500-16 Distribution: WCAM-3, RAM-2 Initiated By: AM-200

8500.1B MEDICAL CERTIFICATION - DENIAL PROCEDURES

 IMAGE OF 8500.1B PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8500.1B FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION 7/8/69 SUBJ: MEDICAL CERTIFICATION - DENIAL PROCEDURES

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes procedures for the use of appropriate letters of denial in medical certificate disqualifications.

2. CANCELLATION

. Order 8500.1A, Airman Medical Certification - Denial Procedures, dated January 10, 1967, is cancelled.

3. REFERENCES

. a. Sections 602 and 609 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. b. Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations.

4. BACKGROUND

. Aviation medical examiners are appointed by the Administrator as representatives of the agency. In this role, the designated aviation medical examiner has delegated authority to issue, renew, or deny medical certificates to applicants for such certificates, based upon whether or not the applicants meet the applicable medical standards. This authority has also been delegated, in Section 67.25(a), to representatives of the Federal Air Surgeon within the agency. Likewise, authority under Section 314(b) of the Act to reconsider actions of aviation medical examiners is delegated to the Chief, Aeromedical Certification Branch, Civil Aeromedical Institute, and each Regional Flight Surgeon, in Section 67.25(b).

5. DENIALS BY AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS

. FAA Form 8500-2 shall be used only by the aviation medical examiner when an applicant for a medical certificate does not meet the applicable medical standards. This is not a final FAA action and is subject to reconsideration by the Federal Air Surgeon or his designated representative (Section 67.25(b)). The form advises the applicant of his appeal rights. In the case when further evaluation or consideration is indicated, the examiner may defer certification or denial and forward the application to the FAA.

6. DENIALS BY REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FEDERAL AIR SURGEON

. a. Representatives of the Federal Air Surgeon. When a Regional Flight Surgeon or the Chief, Aeromedical Certification Branch, denies, he shall use FAA Form 8500-3 or FAA Form 8500-4, as explained below. This applies when the applicant is seeking reconsideration of a denial issued by an aviation medical examiner, an examiner defers, or the examiner should not have issued the medical certificate, requiring reversal of the issuance action and a recall of the medical certificate. Additional information (reports, records, evaluations) may be required to determine the necessity for denial. IMAGE OF 8500.1B PAGE 2 b. Actions Following Aviation Medical Examiner Denials. An applicant denied a medical certificate by an examiner is advised by FAA Form 8500-2 that he has 30 days to apply for reconsideration. (1) Failure to apply for reconsideration within that period is considered to be a withdrawal of the application for certification (Section 67.27(a)). (2) Requests for reconsideration are received and processed by a representative of the Federal Air Surgeon. If the application and any ancillary documentation establish the applicant's eligibility for certification, a certificate is issued with any appropriate limitations or Statement of Demonstrated Ability. If the applicant is considered ineligible, the application, along with previous medical records, appeal, and any ancillary documentation shall be forwarded to the Federal Air Surgeon for further consideration, or a mandatory denial shall be issued as explained below. c. Actions Following Aviation Medical Examiner Deferrals. When applications are forwarded to the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Chief, Aeromedical Certification Branch, noting a need for further evaluation or consideration, he shall obtain any necessary additional information and process the application to determine the applicant's eligibility for medical certification. Eligible applicants shall be issued appropriate documents. Ineligible applicants shall be denied on FAA Form 8500-3 or 8500-4, as expl ained below. d. Actions Following Aviation Medical Examiner Issuances. Under Section 314(b) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, the Administrator has the authority to review issuances of medical certificates by aviation medical examiners. This review should be expedient and in accordance with FAR 67.25(b). If the authorized representative of the Federal Air Surgeon finds that the applicant is not eligible to hold a medical certificate, he shall issue a denial on FAA Form 8500-3 or 8500-4. as explained below. e. Mandatory Denials. FAA Form 8500-4 shall be used for denial of the applicant having a condition mentioned in Section 67.27(b)(3). This becomes a final agency denial action and there is no further reconsideration by the Federal Air Surgeon. A recently dated and signed Release of Information, FAA Form 2759, shall be obtained before issuance of such a denial. FAA Form 8500-4.1 is issued with the denial, advising the applicant of his right to petition the Administrator for an exemption as provided under Part 11 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, or to petition the National Transportation Safety Board for review pursuant to Section 602 of the Federal Aviation Act. IMAGE OF 8500.1B PAGE 3 f. Other Denials. (1) FAA Form 8500-3 shall be used by representatives of the Federal Air Surgeon in denying applicants for disqualifying conditions other than those specified in Section 67.27(b)(3). This is not a final FAA denial action, and it is subject to reconsideration by the Federal Air Surgeon if the applicant requests it in accordance with the procedure explained on FAA Form 8500-3. (2) Additional information may be requested in connection with such reconsideration. When the information is received, it and the previous medical records, application, appeal and any ancillary documentation are forwarded to the Federal Air Surgeon in accordance with the memorandum entitled Medical Review Board Policy and Suggested Guidelines, dated October 3, 1962. However, if a condition specified in Section 67.27(b)(3) is disclosed, a mandatory denial (FAA Form 8500-4) shall be issued as explained under paragraph 6.e.

7. RECALL OF MEDICAL CERTIFICATES

. a. Time Frame. Under Section 602 procedures, action to recall a medical certificate by using FAA Form 8500-3 or 8500-4 must be initiated within 60 days of the certificate issuance date, or, if within 60 days after the date of issuance additional information is requested, the issuance may be reversed within 60 days of the receipt of all such information (Section 67.25(b)). Reversals of issuance under conditions other than under Section 67.25(b) are to be made under procedures of Section 609 of the Federal Aviation Act. b. Failure to Provide. Section 67.31 of the Federal Aviation Regulations applies to applicants who refuse to provide the requested medical information or history or to authorize the release so requested. c. Documentation of Certificate Receipt. When FAA Form 8500-3 or 8500-4 is used to recall a medical certificate, a request shall be added at the bottom of the form or in a covering letter asking the applicant to return the medical certificate. Receipt of the certificate shall be entered in the applicant's agency medical records. The asserted loss or destruction of the certificate may be entered, if applicable. IMAGE OF 8500.1B PAGE 4

8. FORMS DISTRIBUTION

. a. FAA Form 8500-2 shall be completed by the aviation medical examiner in triplicate and distributed as follows: (1) Original to applicant. (2) Copy to Chief, Aeromedical Certification Branch, AC-130, Federal Aviation Administration, P. O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125, along with the FAA copy of the application for medical certification (FAA Form 8500-8). (3) Copy retained by aviation medical examiner for his records. b. FAA Forms 8500-3 and 8500-4. The Regional Flight Surgeon or Chief, Aeromedical Certification Branch, shall complete four copies of FAA Form 8500-3 or five copies of 8500-4 with the following distribution: (1) Original to applicant. (2) Copy for aviation medical examiner. (3) Copy for issuing office. (4) Copy attached to medical file. (5) Copy of 8500-4 for the Chief, Aeromedical Standards Division, Attention: AM-230. If the Chief, Aeromedical Certification Branch, executes the forms, one copy shall be sent to the appropriate Regional Flight Surgeon for information purposes.

9. FORMS SUPPLY

. a. FAA Forms 8500-2 (Stock No. 0052-049-1000) and FAA Form 8500-4.1 (Stock No. 0052-661-5000) may be requisitioned from the FAA Depot, AC-434, Aeronautical Center, Oklahoma City. b. FAA Forms 8500-3 and 8500-4 are authorized for reproduction in each region and at the Aeronautical Center. P. V. Siegel, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: WCAM/GC-3, RAM-2, RNGC-2 Initiated By: AM-200 MS-530 (2 cys).

8500.2 FAA JOB REQUIRED AIRMAN MEDICAL CERTIFICATION

 IMAGE OF 8500.2 PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8500.2 FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION 12/29/78 SUBJ: FAA JOB REQUIRED AIRMAN MEDICAL CERTIFICATION

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes the policy and procedures for employees and non-employee applicants who must obtain an FAA airman medical certificate as an agency job requirement.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to the director level in Washington with a branch level distribution in the Offices of Accounting and Audit and Aviation Medicine, and the Air Traffic and Flight Standards Services; to the branch level in the regions and centers; and a maximum distribution to all Air Traffic and Flight Standards Field Offices.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 2700.11, Reimbursement of Agency Personnel for Cost of Required FAA Medical Certificate, is cancelled.

4. APPLICABILITY

. This order is applicable to agency personnel and non-employee applicants who must obtain an FAA airman medical certificate as a job requirement. Personnel covered under the air traffic control specialist health program are excluded from this order.

5

. POLICY. a. Employees. All agency personnel covered by this order who hold positions requiring an FAA airman medical certificate or who are applicants for such positions shall be examined at an FAA medical facility, if available. An appointment shall be requested no later than 30 days prior to the date of the required examination. Medical Officers, to the extent possible, shall arrange prompt scheduling of examinations for personnel requiring airman medical certification. If a Regional Flight Surgeon/Assistant Regional Flight Surgeon determines that conditions (e.g., time, distance, clinic readiness, etc.) preclude accomplishment of required examinations, that medical officer shall issue the individual a written authorization, FAA Form 3930-3, Medical Examination Authorization, for examination by an Aviation Medical Examiner (AME) designated by the medical officer. If a Regional Flight Surgeon/Assistant Regional Flight Surgeon provides written authorization for examination by an AME, the cost of the examination and associated travel shall be reimbursable to the employee in accordance with prevailing regional administrative procedures. Medical program funds shall be used for this purpose. IMAGE OF 8500.2 PAGE 2 b. Non-Employee. Candidates for positions requiring airman medical certificates who are not agency employees shall be examined in FAA facilities, if available. If a Regional Flight Surgeon/Assistant Regional Flight Surgeon determines that conditions (e.g., time, distance, clinic readiness, etc.) preclude accomplishment of the required examinations in an agency facility, that medical officer shall designate an Aviation Medical Examiner to perform the examination. Non-employees shall not be reimbursed for professional fees, travel expense, or other examination-related costs. c. Scope of Examination. A cost reimbursable medical examination performed in non-FAA facilities normally shall not exceed in scope that required for the position. LANGHORNE BOND Administrator Distribution: A-W-1 (minus AA/AM/AT/FS); Initiated By: AAM-20 A-W(AA/AM/AT/FS)-3; A-XYZ-3 A-FFS-0 (MAX); A-FAT-0 (MAX)

8520.2D AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER SYSTEM

 IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 1 ORDER DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 8520.2D FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION 5/8/92 SUBJ: AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER SYSTEM

1. PURPOSE

. This order provides guidelines for the administration of the Aviation Medical Examiner System (AMES) including procedures for designating and terminating the designation of Aviation Medical Examiners (AME's).

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to division level in the Offices of Aviation Medicine (AAM) including the Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI) and Regional Aviation Medical Divisions, medical field offices in Air Route Traffic Control Centers, Chief Counsel, Civil Aviation Security, International Aviation Medical Examiners (AME's).

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 8520.2C, Aviation Medical Examiner System, dated June 6, 1978, is canceled.

4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES

. a. Designation criteria are modified to include a requirement for attendance by the AME at an Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshop, an AME Seminar before designation, and attendance at an AME Seminar at 3-year intervals, thereafter. b. Designation criteria for performing first-class examinations are modified to include a requirement for access to a system for electronic transmission of electrocardiograms. c. The order clearly indicates that designations terminate at the end of 12 months from the date of designation, and new designations are necessary for continued authority to perform Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) examinations. d. Performance criteria are clarified and procedures are specified for termination of designation. e. Criteria for designation of physicians located in foreign countries are established. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 2 f. Procedures for designation of military flight surgeons are established. g. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division (AAM-400), and the Regional Flight Surgeons are delegated authority to terminate designations of physicians as AME's (including Senior AME's) located within his/her area of responsibility. h. Responsibility is assigned for conducting AME Seminars and Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshops, Aircraft Accident Investigation Seminars, and Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Training for Agency Medical Personnel.

5. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

. AAM is the principal staff element of the FAA with respect to the AMES. As the head of the office, the Federal Air Surgeon develops and establishes policies, plans, procedures, standards, and regulations governing the AMES. a. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division (AAM-400), is delegated responsibility to provide administrative support for the AMES and to: (1) Designate and terminate designation as AME's of flight surgeons at military posts, stations, and facilities in coordination with the Surgeons General of the armed services. Military designations are subject to the general procedures and guidelines set out in this order, except as otherwise provided. Military AME's shall perform second- and third-class examinations only. (2) Designate and terminate designations of physicians as AME's (including Senior AME's) who are located in foreign countries or areas not under the responsibility of an FAA Regional Flight Surgeon. (3) Plan, develop, administer, and evaluate medical education programs in support of the AMES. (4) Monitor the AMES and advise the Federal Air Surgeon on its system administration within each region. b. Regional Flight Surgeons are delegated authority to designate and terminate designations of physicians as AME's (including Senior AME's) located within their geographical areas of responsibility. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 3

6. DEFINITIONS

. a. Aviation Medical Examiner. A physician designated by the FAA and given the authority to accept applications and perform physical examinations necessary to determine qualifications for the issuance of second- and third-class airman medical certificates under Part 67 of The Federal Aviation Regulations. The AME conducts these physical examinations, issues, defers or denies airman medical certificates in accordance with Part 67, and issues student pilot certificates in accordance with Part 61 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. b. Senior Aviation Medical Examiner. An AME given the additional authority to accept applications and perform physical examinations necessary to determine qualifications for the issuance of first-class airman medical certificates under Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. The AME conducts these physical examinations, and issues, defers, or denies airman medical certificates in accordance with Part 67, and issues student pilot certificates in accordance with Part 61 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. c. Physician. A doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy. d. Designation. Authority to exercise the responsibilities of an AME commences on the date of a letter of formal notification of appointment and remains in effect for 12 months following this date. e. Termination Of Designation. Withdrawal of an AME's designation before completion of the normal 12-month designation period.

7. FORMS AND SUPPLIES

. FAA and FAA Aeronautical Center (AC) Forms and Supplies may be obtained from the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. The use of any locally designed forms or certificates in lieu of those listed below is prohibited. Appendix 1 contains forms and reports information.

8. GENERAL

. AME's assume certain responsibilities directly related to the FAA safety program. They serve in their communities as the aviation safety experts where medical matters are concerned. They have responsibility to ensure that only those applicants who are physically and mentally able to perform safely, may exercise the privileges of airman certificates. To properly discharge the duties associated with these responsibilities, AME's must maintain familiarity with general medical knowledge applicable to aviation. They also must have detailed knowledge and understanding of FAA rules, regulations, policies and procedures related to the medical certification of airmen. They also must possess acceptable equipment and adequate facilities necessary to carry out the prescribed examinations. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 4

9. SELECTION AND RETENTION OF EXAMINERS

. In the selection and retention of AME's, FAA will designate only professionally qualified, practicing physicians who have an expressed interest in promoting aviation safety. Only those physicians who enjoy the fullest respect of their associates and members of the public whom they serve shall be designated and retained as AME's.

10. DESIGNATION

. a. Authority to Perform Second- and Third-Class Examinations. (1) Criteria for Designation. (a) Qualifications. The applicant for designation as an AME with authority to perform examinations for second- or third-class medical certificates and student pilot certificates (International AME's may not issue combined certificates) must be a professionally qualified physician in good community standing. In addition, the applicant must possess an unrestricted license(s) to practice medicine, including unrestricted license to practice in the state, foreign country, or area in which the designation is sought and be engaged in the practice of clinical medicine at an established office address which is available to the public and is located in the county (if applicable) of designation. The applicant's past professional performance and personal conduct must be suitable for a position of responsibility and trust. Special consideration will be given to those applicants who are pilots, who have been military flight surgeons, who have special training or expertise in aviation medicine, or who were previously designated but have relocated to a new geographical area. (b) Distribution. There must be a determined need for an AME in the area, based on adequacy of coverage related to pilot population. As a general rule, adequate coverage is achieved when the AME to pilot ratio in a fifty mile radius approximates 1:100. (c) Credentials. 1 Initial Application. At the time of initial application for designation, the physician must submit the following documents or copies thereof: IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 5 (aa) Diploma from medical school. (bb) Certificate of any postgraduate professional training (e.g., internship, residency, fellowship). (cc) State license(s) to practice medicine. (dd) Notice of certification by an American specialty board, if applicable. (ee) Certification of current valid state license(s), with no restriction or limitations, to practice medicine (e.g., annual, biennial). (ff) References from three physicians in applicant's geographical location regarding professional standing, or a statement from the local medical society or osteopathic association in the locality of practice that applicant is a member in good standing. (gg) Applicants must sign and submit a statement affirming that: (1) There are no current required restrictions of medical practice, and there are no adverse actions proposed or pending that would limit medical practice by any state licensing board, the Drug Enforcement Administration, any medical society, any hospital staff, or by any other local, state, or Federal organization that may have licensing or certification authority. (2) There are no known investigations, charged indictments, or pending actions in any local, state, or Federal court. (hh) Physicians located in foreign countries must be able to demonstrate the ability to read, write, speak, and understand the English language. 2 Redesignation. It is the responsibility of the AME to obtain and submit to the appropriate FAA official (i.e., Regional Flight Surgeon or Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400) Items (ee) and (gg) (above) in support of requests for redesignation. (See paragraph 14 a(1)(a) for information about to whom the application should be submitted.) (2) Conditions of Designation. To become an AME, the applicant must agree to comply with the following conditions: IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 6 (a) Credentials. The AME must notify the appropriate FAA official (i.e., Regional Flight Surgeon or Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400) at any time there is a change in status of licensure to practice medicine. (b) Professionalism. To be informed of the progress in aviation medicine, to be thoroughly familiar with instructions as to techniques of examination, medical assessment, and certification of airmen, and to abide by the policies, rules, and regulations of the FAA. (c) Examinations. To personally conduct all medical examinations at an established office address that is available to the public and is located in the county (when applicable) of designation. Other physicians or paraprofessional personnel may perform specialized parts of the examinations under the general supervision of the AME, who must sign the FAA forms, and list his/her FAA designation identification number, both in Item 64 of FAA Form 8500-8 and on the medical certificate. In all cases, the AME shall review, certify, and assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the total report of examination, and the cost to the applicant may not exceed the amount normally charged for a complete examination by a single examiner. (d) Continuing Education. Each physician must attend an FAA-sponsored Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshop and an AME Seminar before initial designation. In addition, a member of the physician's staff must attend the workshop. AME's must also attend an AME Seminar within each 3-year interval, thereafter, and a member of the AME's office staff must attend a workshop within each 3-year period, thereafter. Travel costs and other expenses for the AME and staff to attend the seminars are the responsibility of the attendees. For physicians in foreign countries and military flight surgeons, attendance at seminars after initial designation may be waived on the basis of satisfactory performance as an AME and by continuing participation in acceptable aviation medicine education and training activities approved by the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. (e) Office Address and Telephone Numbers. Each AME will be listed under only one office location and telephone number. The AME is required to promptly advise, in writing, the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, as appropriate, of any change in office location or telephone numbers. Continuation of designation at the new location is contingent on need (see paragraph 12). The Regional Flight Surgeon shall report these changes to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 7 (f) Facilities and Equipment. The applicant must have adequate facilities for performing the required examinations and possess or agree to obtain such equipment prior to conducting any FAA examinations. The required equipment is listed in Appendix 2. (g) Conduct. The AME will comply with the policies, orders, and regulations of the FAA. b. Authority to Perform First-Class Examinations. In addition to the designation criteria in paragraph 10a for designation as a Senior AME, the physician must demonstrate, by compliance with the requirements for continued service as an AME (see paragraph 14b), acceptable prior performance as an AME authorized to perform second- and third-class examinations for a period of at least 3 years.

11. PROHIBITED EXAMINATIONS

. An AME may not perform a self-examination for issuance of a medical certificate nor issue a medical certificate to himself or herself.

12. DURATION OF DESIGNATION

. Designations of physicians as AME's are effective for 1 year after the date issued unless terminated earlier by the FAA or the designee. For continued service as an AME, a new designation must be made annually. In the event of office relocation or change in practice, a designation shall terminate and may be reissued, on request, through the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon or, if appropriate, the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. In respect to the relocation, a determination of adequacy of coverage shall be made as specified in paragraph 10a(1)(b) of this order. New personal references or statements from the physician's local or state medical society, osteopathic association or state, Federal, and foreign licensing authority may be required.

13. AUTHORITY DELEGATED TO A DESIGNATED AME

. An AME is delegated the authority to: a. Accept applications for physical examinations necessary for issuing medical certificates under Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. b. Personally conduct physical examinations in accordance with FAA guidance and practices. c. Issue defer or deny medical certificates in accordance with Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, subject to reconsideration by responsible FAA official(s). IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 8 d. Issue. defer, or deny combined Airman Medical and Student Pilot Certificates in accordance with Parts 61 and 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, subject to reconsideration by responsible FAA official(s). (International AME's are excepted from this authority as specified in paragraph 10a(1)(a).

14. PROCEDURES FOR DESIGNATION

. a. Designation. (1) Application. (a) Authority to perform second- and third-class examinations. Physicians who request authority to perform second- and third-class examinations shall complete FAA Form 8520-2, Aviation Medical Examiner Designation Application (see Appendix 3) and submit the original and one copy to the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon or to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, if located in a foreign country or other area not under the jurisdiction of a Regional Flight Surgeon. (b) Authority to perform first-class examinations. Physicians who request Senior AME status shall submit their requests in writing to the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, if located in a foreign country or other areas not under the jurisdiction of a Regional Flight Surgeon (see paragraph 10b). (2) Notification. For designations in their geographical areas of responsibility, Regional Flight Surgeons shall inform the applicant in writing of his or her designation and shall send to the physician an appropriately worded FAA Form 8000-5. Certificate of Designation, FAA Form 8520-4, Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card (see Appendix 4), and the forms and supplies are outlined in Appendix 1 of this order. Identification cards shall expire one year after the date issued. Designations of physicians in foreign countries are the responsibility of the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. Coordination of these designations shall be with the Department of State. (3) Forms and Supplies. The items enumerated in Appendix 1 shall be furnished each designee upon initial designation by the appropriate Regional Flight Surgeon. The designee shall be informed that misuse of the Airman Medical Certificate, FAA Form 8500 -9, and Application for Airman Medical Certificate, FAA Form 8500-8, could have a detrimental effect on air safety. Accordingly, these forms must be afforded an appropriate degree of security, and any loss should be reported immediately to the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. Forms and supplies shall be made available on a continuing basis to AME's through the Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, by use of the appropriate requisition card (AC Form 8500-33). IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 9 b. Designation or Termination of Designation. (1) Evaluation. The FAA continuously evaluates the performance of each AME. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, is responsible for developing and administering evaluation procedures to supply Regional Flight Surgeons with data to assist them in designating only those physicians who have demonstrated satisfactory performance in the past and who continue to show a definite interest in the AME program. In addition, the Manager, Aeromedical Certification Division, AAM-300, shall identify those AME's committing serious certification errors and notify, in writing, the appropriate Regional Flight Surgeon or, as required, the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, so that appropriate action may be taken regarding these AME's. Information collected by the Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, includes the following: (a) Data on the adequacy of information on reports of medical examination (FAA Form 8500-8). (b) Error rate on reports of medical examination (FAA Form 8500-8) in certification of airmen. (c) AME interest and participation in aeromedical program areas. (d) Reports from the aviation community concerning the AME's professional performance and personal conduct as it may reflect on the FAA. (e) Information from local, state, and Federal law enforcement agencies and court systems, medical societies and associations, state and foreign licensing authorities, and the Federal Government. (f) Attendance at seminars and workshops in accordance with paragraph 10a(2)(d). (2) AME Performance Reports. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall furnish Regional Flight Surgeons the following reports to assist in evaluating AME's: IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 10 (a) AME Performance Summary (Quarterly) (RIS: AM 9320-3) of AME's eligible for designation. The report shall include, but is not limited to, number of examinations by class, number of errors, and medical certification cases denied or pending. (b) AME Training Summary (Quarterly) (RIS: AC 8520-6) shall include a listing of each AME with dates of attendance at workshops and seminars, type of designation (Senior AME's perform first-, second-, and third-class examinations, AME's perform only second- and third-class examinations), training in the Accident Investigation Program, and whether the AME is a pilot. (c) AME Performance Summary (Annually) (RIS: AM 9320-4) shall be published on a calendar-year basis and shall minimally include the quarterly information listed in (2) (a) above. (d) Summary Comparison Report (Annually) (RIS: AM 9320-2) shall be published on a calendar-year basis. This report shall identify the number of physical examinations performed in each state and country, as contrasted with the number of persons requiring medical certification in each state and country by airman category. (3) Basis for Termination or Nonrenewal of Designation. Termination or nonrenewal of designation may be based in whole or in part, on the following criteria: (a) No examinations performed after 12 months of initial designation. (b) Performance of fewer than 15 examinations per year after 24 months. (c) Disregard of, or failure to demonstrate knowledge of, FAA rules, regulations, policies, and procedures. (d) Error rate greater than ten percent on the AME performance report. (e) Failure to attend required AME Seminars and Workshops. (f) Movement of the location of practice from where presently designated. (g) Failure to participate in any FAA aviation medical program when requested by the FAA. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 11 (h) Unprofessional office maintenance and appearance. (i) Unprofessional performance of examinations. (j) Failure to promptly mail reports of medical examinations to the FAA. (k) Personal conduct or public notoriety that may reflect adversely on the FAA. (l) Loss, restriction, or limitation of a license to practice medicine. (m) Any action that compromises public trust or interferes with the AME's ability to carry out the responsibilities of his or her designation. (n) Any illness or medical condition that may affect the physician's sound professional judgment or ability to perform examinations. (o) Arrest, indictment, or conviction for violation of a law. (p) Request by the physician for termination of designation. (q) Any other reason if it is determined to be in the best interest of the FAA to terminate a designation. (4) Procedures for Renewing Designations. Before expiration of designation, the Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall forward FAA Form 8520-4, Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card, to AME's who meet designation criteria, as certified by either a Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. The physician desiring designation shall provide the statement required in 10.a.(1)(c)1(gg) (certification of current valid state license(s) with no restrictions or limitations) and shall detach, sign, and return the identification card portion, and complete the remainder of the form and return it, along with the above certification to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. Physicians who do not wish designation shall return the entire FAA Form 8520-4 to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, so their names will not be included on the roll of designated AME's. Physicians whose completed forms are not received will not be redesignated. Physicians who do not submit their applications for redesignation to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400 by the expiration of their current designation, should submit their application for redesignation to their Regional Flight Surgeon. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall notify the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon of those physicians who decline designation. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 12 (5) Procedures for Terminating or Not Renewing Designations. The Regional Flight Surgeons and the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, within their areas of responsibility may terminate or not renew AME designation. When it is determined that an AME's designation should be terminated or not renewed, the following procedures are applicable: (a) The AME will be notified in writing, by certified mail, with return receipt requested, of the reason(s) for the proposed action. The reasons shall be specific and shall cite applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, policies, and orders. When the reasons are supported by examples of unacceptable conduct, examples should be cited. The reasons cited must be supported by documented surveillance results or the results of the investigations, but these documents should not be included in the letter. (b) The written notification shall give the AME the option to respond in writing or in person and within 15 days of the date of the letter. The notification should advise the AME that he/she may be accompanied by counsel if he/she chooses to respond in person. The notification shall also inform the AME that a record will be made of any meeting held. (c) The record of any meeting held with the AME shall be in the form of a tape recording or a typed transcription of a tape recording of the meeting. The tape recording or transcript shall be sent to the AME, and he/she shall be invited to submit any comments. (d) The decision regarding the proposed action shall be in writing from the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, as appropriate. It shall be sent by certified mail, with return receipt requested. When the decision is made to not renew or to terminate a designation, the reasons must be stated, along with a justification for the decision, NOTWITHSTANDING the AME's response, regardless of whether the response was in writing or in person. The final decision letter must also advise the AME that his/her legal remedy is by Petition for Review to an appropriate United States Court of Appeals within 60 days of the date of mailing of the decision letter. Reference should be made to Section 1006 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, 49 U.S.C. Section 1486. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 13 (e) In cases where an AME is suspected of fraud or any other activity for which emergency action is necessary to assure aviation safety, the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall immediately direct the AME in writing, by certified mail, with return receipt requested, to cease all further examinations pending further FAA investigation. The investigation shall be conducted expeditiously. Upon investigation of the matter, the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall initiate termination action if such action is warranted in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section. However, if the Regional Flight Surgeon or the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, believes that the AME's cessation of further examinations should continue pending final disposition of the matter by the FAA, he or she shall so direct the AME in writing, by certified mail, with return receipt requested. The termination procedures shall be accomplished expeditiously. (6) Return of Materials. Whether by determination to not redesignate or termination of designation during the designation year, the AME shall return all FAA materials (including identification card and certificate of designation) to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall advise the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon if the materials are not returned within a reasonable period of time so further action may be taken.

15. AME IDENTIFICATION CARDS

. a. FAA Form 8520-4. Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card, is prescribed by this order. b. Issuance and Control of AME Identification Cards. The need to assure the integrity of the AME identification card system necessitates that strict controls be instituted to prevent fraudulent issuance, improper use, or alteration of the identity card. (1) Responsibility. The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, assures that application forms for the Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card, FAA Form 8520-4, are properly reviewed and that the issuance and control of these identification cards are accomplished in accordance with the general provisions of FAA Order 1600.25 series, FAA Identification Media. (2) Authorizing Officials. To prevent any possible fraudulent issuance of an AME identification card, the Federal Air Surgeon will designate, by letter, those personnel authorized to sign FAA Form 8520-4 as "Authorizing Official." IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 14 (3) Protection and Control of AME Identification Media. The acceptance of the designation portion of Aviation Medical Examiner Identification Card, FAA Form 8520-4, shall serve as control for the identification media. The following paragraphs of FAA Order 1600.25 series set forth FAA policy with respect to the administrative controls required for an authorized identification system. The appropriate references to FAA Order 1600.25 series include: (a) Counterfeiting, misuse, or alteration (paragraph 25). (b) Loss or theft (paragraph 26). (c) Destruction (paragraph 27). (d) Surrender of identification media (paragraph 28). (e) Storage, transmittal, and accountability (paragraph 30).

16. FORM AVAILABILITY

. FAA Forms related to the AMES are available from the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, by using the requisition card (AC Form 8500-33). See Appendix 1 for a list of available forms.

17. DESIGNATION OF MILITARY FLIGHT SURGEONS OR FEDERAL CIVILIAN.

a. Initial Designation. (1) Request for designation. Appropriate representatives of the Surgeons General of the United States Army, United States Air Force, United States Navy, and the Chief of Health Services of the United States Coast Guard, may request the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, to assign a designation number to a flight surgeon of their service to permit issuance of second- and third-class FAA Airman Medical Certificates and combined medical/student pilot certificates and to authorize the conduct of certification examinations at specified military clinics. Appropriate representatives of other Federal departments or agencies may make similar requests. Flight Surgeons may perform FAA required airman medical certification examinations at military medical facilities while in temporary duty status as long as the facility is identified by the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division AAM-400, as a location to perform such examinations. (2) Application. Flight Surgeons selected for designation shall complete FAA Form 8520-2 (Aviation Medical Examiner Designation Application) and submit the original and one copy to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 15 (3) Notification. If designated, the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, shall inform the requesting Surgeon General or the Chief of Health Services of the United States Coast Guard and the applicant flight surgeon of designation in writing. If designated, supplies outlined in Appendix 1 of this order shall be sent to the military medical facility where the examinations are to be conducted. (4) Conditions of Designation. Military flight surgeons or Federal civilian physicians who are designated shall meet the conditions of designation outlined in paragraph 10a(1)(c) except, a Federal physician shall maintain licensure to practice medicine in a state of his or her choice. Licensure is not required in the state of duty assignment and subparagraph 10a(1)(c)1(ff) does not apply. Paragraph 10a(2) of this order is applicable except that public access to the established office is not required and military flight surgeons must attend a medical certification standards and procedures workshop prior to designation as an AME. One staff member from the authorized military medical facility must have attended a workshop to qualify the military medical facility as an acceptable location for the performance of examinations. Attendance at seminars may be waived as a requirement for designation of military flight surgeons on the basis of satisfactory performance as an AME and by participation in acceptable aviation medicine education and training activities approved by the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division AAM-400. b. Continued Designation or Termination of Designation. It is the policy of the FAA to assess the performance of designated flight surgeons and to terminate their designation, if appropriate, in accordance with paragraph 14b of this order. The designation of military flight surgeons or Federal civilian physicians to conduct FAA examinations as AME's will terminate upon the individual leaving Government service. Reports of AME performance and notification of changes in designation status will be provided by the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division AAM-400, to the designated flight surgeon, the medical facility commander, and to the Surgeon General or Chief of Health Services concerned. c. Prohibited Examinations. A Federal physician designated as an AME may not perform a self-examination for issuance of a medical certificate nor issue a medical certificate to himself or herself. d. Duration of Designation. Designations of military flight surgeons or Federal civilian physicians as AME's are effective for 1 year after the date issued unless terminated earlier by the agency or the designee. For continued service as an AME, a new designation must be made annually. Credentials verification as provided for in paragraph 10a(1)(c)2 may be required. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 16

18. WORKSHOPS AND SEMINARS

. a. AVIATION MEDICAL CERTIFICATION STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES WORKSHOPS. The purpose of these workshops is to train AME's and their staff in the accurate completion of the medical application (FAA Form 8500-8) by the applicant and the AME. This will ensure and facilitate the efficient, timely processing of medical applications by the Aeromedical Certification Division, AAM-300. (1) The Manager Aeromedical Education Division AAM-400, is responsible for planning, coordinating the conduct of, and evaluating all Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshops. Evaluations shall be reported directly to the Director, CAMI (AAM-3). (a) Attendance of an Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshop by the AME and by a member of the AME's staff is required prior to initial designation as an AME. A member of the AME's staff must attend a workshop within each 3 year period thereafter. AME's who are currently designated and who have not previously attended a workshop, will be required to attend a workshop with a member of their staff by the time of their next attendance at an AME Seminar. (b) An Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshop will be conducted in conjunction with each AME Seminar. (c) Additional Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshops will be conducted at specific geographical locations mutually agreed upon by the responsible Regional Flight Surgeon and the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. (d) The Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, is responsible for developing a training curriculum and lesson plans based on information provided by the Manager, Aeromedical Certification Division, AAM-300, and the AAM Curriculum Committee. In general, the curriculum shall include instruction on paperwork management, completion of forms, regulatory and policy administration, and review of other pertinent information contained in the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners. (e) The Regional Flight Surgeon (or the Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, where AME's are not under a regional jurisdiction) will forward letters of invitation to AME's and their staffs to attend a scheduled Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshop. The attendance list shall be established and provided to the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 17 (f) Regional medical personnel shall assist the Aeromedical Certification and the Aeromedical Education Divisions, AAM-300 and AAM-400, in conducting the Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Workshops. (g) Certificates shall be issued to each attendee by the Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. The Regional Flight Surgeon shall prepare these certificates. b. AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER SEMINARS. The purpose of AME Seminars is to develop aeromedically knowledgeable and clinically proficient AME's committed to aviation safety. They are also designated to provide standardization in the application of FAA certification policies, procedures, and regulations. (1) The planning, conduct, and evaluation of the AME Seminar Program is the responsibility of the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, who shall utilize education specialists in the organization of a coordinated training program. Evaluations shall be reported directly to the Director, CAMI (AAM-3). It is the responsibility of the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, to provide sufficient AME Seminars to enable a physician to attend a seminar prior to designation and every 3 years thereafter. (2) The Regional Flight Surgeon for the region in which the AME Seminar is held is the host for the seminar and will provide logistical support as requested by the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. c. MEDICAL CERTIFICATION STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES TRAINING FOR FAA MEDICAL PERSONNEL. The purpose of Medical Certification Standards and Procedures Training for Medical Personnel is to establish a uniform application of medical certification standard and procedures throughout AAM. Training sessions will be conducted periodically, as deemed necessary, by the Manager, Aeromedical Certification Division, AAM-300, and the Federal Air Surgeon. (1) The Manager, Aeromedical Certification Division, AAM-300, and the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, will establish a uniform procedure for disseminating all approved changes of medical certification standards and procedures to medical personnel throughout AAM and to AME's. (2) The Manager, Aeromedical Certification Division, AAM-300, and the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, are responsible for monitoring the application of Aviation Medical Certification Standards and Procedures throughout the regions and for advising the Federal Air Surgeon on the uniformity of application of those standards and procedures. IMAGE OF 8520.2D PAGE 18 d. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION SEMINARS: The purpose of Medical Aspects of Aircraft Accident Investigation Seminars is to provide selected AME's with an understanding of the techniques, procedures, and regulations for the medical aspects of aircraft accident investigation. (1) The Director, CAMI (AAM-3), shall request and coordinate input from the Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards, the Office of Accident Investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board, the Transportation Safety Institute, the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, Regional Flight Surgeons, AAM divisions, and other organizations as necessary to provide a comprehensive program on the medical aspects of aircraft accident investigation. (2) Based on the input noted above, the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, is responsible for planning, coordinating the conduct of, and providing for the evaluation of all Medical Aspects of Aircraft Accident Investigation Seminars. Evaluations shall be reported directly to the Director, CAMI, AAM-3. (3) The Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, is responsible for establishing and coordinating a group of AME's who will provide medical expertise in their respective geographical areas to assist the Regional Flight Surgeon, upon request, in the investigation of aircraft accidents. (4) Only accident investigation training designed and coordinated by the Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400, or training specifically approved by the Director, CAMI (AAM-3), will be accepted as appropriate training for AME's to meet the requirements of this order. Jon L. Jordan, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon

APPENDIX 1

 IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 1 FORMS AND SUPPLIES 1. Order 8520.3 series, Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners. 2. Order 8025.1 series, Medical Investigation of Aircraft Accidents (optional). 3. Self-addressed envelopes for the Aeromedical Certification Division and the appropriate Regional Aviation Medical Division. 4. Order 8520.2 series, Aviation Medical Examiner System. 5. Directory of AME's. 6. FAA and AC Forms and supplies may be obtained from the Manager, Aeromedical Education Division, AAM-400. The use of any locally designed forms or certificates in lieu of those listed below is prohibited. a. FAA Form 8025-1, AME Aircraft Accident Report (optional). b. FAA Form 8025-2, AME Aircraft Accident Medical Information (optional). c. FAA Form 8065-1, Electrocardiogram Transmittal. d. FAA Form 8420-2, Student Medical Certificate. e. FAA Form 8500-1, Near Vision Acuity Test Card. f. FAA Form 8500-2, AME Letter of Denial. g. FAA Form 8500-7, Report of Eye Evaluation. h. FAA Form 8500-8, Application for Airman Medical Certificate or Airman Medical and Student Pilot Certificate. i. FAA Form 8500-9, Medical Certificate. j. FAA Form 8500-14, Ophthalmological Evaluation of Glaucoma. k. FAA Form 8500-19, Cardiovascular Evaluation Specifications. l. FAA Form 8500-21, Authorization for the Release of Medical Information to the FAA. m. AC Form 8500-33, Medical Forms and Stationary Requisition. n. AC Form 1370-57, Aeromedical Certification Self-Addressed Envelope. o. AC Form 3150-7, Application Psychological Training.

APPENDIX 2

 IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1 APPENDIX 2 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT 1. Standard Snellen Test Types for visual acuity (both near and distant) and appropriate eye lane. FAA Form 8500-1, Near Vision Acuity Card may be used for near testing. 2. Eye Muscle Test-Light. May be a spot of light 0.5cm in diameter, a regular-muscle-test light, or an ophthalmoscope. 3. Maddox Rod. May be hand typed. 4. Horizontal Prism Bar. Risley, Hughes, or hand prism are acceptable alternatives. 5. Color Vision Test Apparatus. Pseudoisochromatic plates. (American Optical Company (AOC), 1965 edition; AOC-HRR, 2nd edition; Dvorine, 2nd edition; Ishihara, concise 14-plate edition, 16-, 24-, or 38-plate editions; or Richmond, 1983 edition, 15-plates.) Acceptable substitutes are: Farnsworth Lantern, Keystone Orthoscope, Keystone Telebinocular, OPTEC 2000, Titmus Vision Tester, and Titmus II Vision Tester. 6. A Wall Target consisting of a 50-inch square surface with a matte finish (may be black felt or dull finish paper), and a 2-mm white test object (may be a pin), in a suitable handle of the same color as the background). 7. Other vision test equipment that is acceptable as a replacement for 1 through 4 above includes the American Optical Company Site-Screener, Bausch and Lomb Orthorator, Keystone Orthoscope or Telebinocular, Titmus Vision Tester, or Stereo Optical Co., OPTEC 2000 VISION TESTER. 8. Standard physician diagnostic instruments and aids including those necessary to perform urinalysis. 9. Special equipment required for Senior Aviation Medical Examiners. a. Access to electrocardiographic equipment with electronic transmission capability. b. Standard pure tone audiometer. An acceptable audiometer is one calibrated to American National Standards Institute (ANSI) - 1969 standards and capable of determining, with 5 decibels (dB) precision, from Audiometer 0 to 50 dB, the applicant's thresholds to pure tones at 500, 1,000, 2,000, and 4,000 hertz (Hz).

APPENDIX 3

AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER DESIGNATION APPLICATIONFAA Form 8520-2 IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 3 PAGE 1 IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 3 PAGE 2 IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 3 PAGE 3 IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 3 PAGE 4

APPENDIX 4

AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINER IDENTIFICATION CARD IMAGE OF 8520.2D APPENDIX 4 PAGE 1 Distribution: A-W(AM/GC/CS/IA)-2; A-X(AM)-2; Initiated By: AAM-100 A-FAT-1(LTD)

8520.3A GUIDE FOR AVIATION MEDICAL EXAMINERS

IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 1 8520.3A U.S. Department 800 Independence Ave., S.W. of Transportation Washington, D.C. 20591 Federal Aviation Administration November 25, 1985 Dear Doctor, Effective now, and in accordance with the guidance in this letter, you, as designated Aviation Medical Examiner (AME), are authorized to issue second and third-class airman medical certificates to otherwise qualified persons with a diagnosis of controlled, uncomplicated hypertension. If you believe it is appropriate, however, any case still may be referred to the Aeromedical Certification Branch in Oklahoma City or to your Regional Flight Surgeon for action. 1. Applicants for initial issuance or for reissuance of second or third-class medical certificates who are taking antihypertensive drugs will be deferred certification until an appropriate workup is completed according to these guidelines. 2. You may evaluate applicants on antihypertensive therapy. The Guide For Aviation Medical Examiners is modified by this document to permit the issuance by AME's of second- and third-class medical certificates to otherwise qualified airmen whose hypertension is adequately controlled without significant adverse effects by acceptable medications. In such cases, the AME shall: a. Conduct an evaluation or, at the applicant's option, review the reports of a current (within preceding 6 months) cardiovascular evaluation by the applicant's attending physician. This evaluation must include pertinent personal and family medical history, including an assessment of the risk factors for coronary heart disease, a clinical examination including at least 3 blood pressure readings, a resting EKG, and a report of fasting plasma glucose, cholesterol, triglycerides, potassium, and creatinine levels. A maximal stress EKG will be accomplished if indicated by history or clinical findings. Specific mention must be made of the medications used, their dosage, and the presence, absence, or history of adverse effects; IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 2 b. Summarize the results of this evaluation and attach the appropriate documents to a current FAA Form 8500-8(Application for Airman Medical Certificate or Airman Medical and Student Pilot Certificate). c. Report the results of any additional tests or evaluations deemed indicated and accomplished. d. If appropriate, state on the FAA Form 8500-8 that the applicant's blood pressure is adequately controlled with acceptable medication, there are no known significant adverse effects, and no other cardiovascular, cerebrovascular or arteriosclerotic disease is evident; e. Defer certification if the applicant declines any of the recommended evaluations. 3. Medications acceptable to the FAA for treatment of hypertension in airmen include all diuretics, all Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved beta-adrenergic blocking agents, labetolol, hydralazine, minoxidil, prazosin, captopril, calcium slow channel blocking agents, and combinations thereof. Dosage levels should be the minimum to obtain optimal clinical control and should not be modified to influence the certification decision. 4. Reserpine, guanethidine, guanadrel, methydopa, clonidine, and guanabenz are not usually acceptable to the FAA. You may submit to the F M for review by the Federal Air Surgeon requests for special issuance where these or other generally unacceptable medications are used. Specialty consultation evaluations are required in such cases and must provide information as to why the specific drug is required. Your own recommendation should be included. 5. You must defer issuance of a medical certificate to any applicant whose hypertension has not been evaluated, who uses unacceptable medications, whose medical status is unclear, whose hypertension is uncontrolled, who manifests significant adverse effects of medication, or whose certification has previously been specifically reserved to the FAA. An applicant whose blood pressure is within the standards of Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations and who does not use antihypertensive drugs will not be considered hypertensive for purposes of certification. IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 3 6. The certificates you issue will be valid for the normal periods prescribed for second- and third-class certificates by section 61.23 of the FAR (second-class - l year; third-class - 2 years), unless modified by action of the FAA under the provisions of section 67.19. As with all applications for medical certification, the documentation submitted will be subject to further review and consideration by the FAA. Additional evaluation may be required. 7. Only the FAA may issue certificates to applicants for first-class certification using these guidelines. Such airmen will be reevaluated as outlined in paragraph 2 above at least at annual intervals. After the initial certification decision, the FAA may authorize the examining senior AME to evaluate, determine eligibility, and to issue future first-class certificates in accordance with these guidelines. Such authorization will be written and will be included in the agency's initial letter of issuance. 8. As in the past, Examination Fees are at your discretion. If it is determined that additional evaluation and documentation is required, and an additional fee is to be charged, the applicant should be so-advised and given the opportunity to decline and provide the results of a current cardiovascular evaluation by his own or another physician. You must, of course, defer issuance of a certificate if necessary evaluations have not been accomplished. Frank H. Austin, Jr., M.D. Federal Air Surgeon IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 4 U.S. Department of Transportation 800 Independence Ave., S.W. Washington, D.C. 20591 Federal Aviation Administration July 20, 1982 Dear Doctor: Enclosed for your information are two documents which you will find useful in meeting your responsibilities as an Aviation Medical Examiner (AME). "Medical Aspects of Transportation Aboard Commercial Aircraft" (Reprint ed from the Journal of the American Medical Association - February 19, 1982, Volume 247). This article provides excellent basic information regarding problems that persons with medical conditions may encounter during airline travel. Your familiarity with the information contained in this article will enable you to provide sound advice to your patients who fly. In addition, you may find it useful in providing advice to other physicians in your locality who have questions regarding health and air travel. Notice of Rulemaking: "Special Issuance of Airman Medical Certificates and Revision of Cardiovascular and Alcoholism Standards, " Amendment No. 67-11. Effective May 17, 1982, Part 67 of the Federal Aviation Regulations was amended in several respects that are important to the AME: 1. Those persons who have conditions that were previously "mandatorily disqualifying" under Part 67 (e.g., history of alcoholism, myocardial infarction, epilepsy, etc.), if acceptable, may now be issued certificates by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) officials under the special issue provision of the regulations (Section 67.19) rather than through the exemption process. 2. The cardiovascular standards have been clarified to show that in addition to myocardial infarction and angina pectoris, an individual who has any other history or clinical diagnosis of coronary heart disease that has required treatment or, if untreated, that has been symptomatic or clinically significant is ineligible for certification under the medical standards. Persons with such a history will be considered for certification by FAA officials under the special issue provision ( Section 67 .19). IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 5 3. The alcoholism standards have been revised to permit certification, under the standards, of an individual who can provide clinical evidence, satisfactory to the Federal Air Surgeon, of recovery, including sustained total abstinence from alcohol for not less than the preceding 2 years. For the immediate future, and until further notice, AME's shall not issue certificates to individuals who have a history of alcoholism even though there is documentation of abstinence for the preceding 2 years. Decisions in these cases are presently being reserved for FAA officials. Those persons who have been abstinent for less than 2 years will be considered for certification by FAA officials under the special issue provision of the regulations (Section 67.19). Although Amendment 67-11 does not change the conditions that you as an AME shall find disqualifying under the regulations, I suggest that you carefully read the Notice of Rulemaking so that you may better advise applicants concerning FAA certification practices and procedures. If you have questions regarding this amendment, you should contact your Regional Flight Surgeon. I also recommend that you add these documents to your copy of the Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners. Sincerely, H. L. Reighard, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon 2 Enclosures IMAGE OF 8520.3A FEDERAL REGISTER TITLE PAGE (VOL. 47, NO. 73) IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16298 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16299 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16300 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16301 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16302 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16303 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16304 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16305 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16306 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16307 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16308 IMAGE OF 8520.3A PAGE 16309

9000.1B MEDICAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 IMAGE OF 9000.1B PAGE 1 ORDER U.S. Department of Transportation 9000.1B Federal Aviation Administration 4/4/78 SUBJ: MEDICAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

1. PURPOSE

. This order prescribes revised medical reporting requirements and instructions for preparation and submission of prescribed forms.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to director level in Washington except in the Office of Aviation Medicine, where it is distributed to branch level. This order also is distributed to director level in regions and centers; to regional Aviation Medical divisions; to branch level in -the Civil Aeromedical Institute at the Aeronautical Center and to the Medical Staff at NAFEC. Minimum distribution (medical offices only) is made to air route traffic control centers.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 9000.1A, Medical Report Requirements, dated 28 January 71 and Order AM 1380.1, Review of Regional Flight Surgeon Activity Report (FAA Form 1380-9), dated 4/14/70 are canceled. Clinic Activity Report, FAA Form 1380-7 (8-66) also is canceled.

4. REPORTS

. The reports required by the Office of Aviation Medicine are prescribed in Appendix 1.

5. FORMS

. Form FAA 1380-9, Flight Surgeon Activity Report (NSN 0052-00-666-7002, issue sets) is available through usual procurement channels. An initial distribution has been made to regional aviation medical divisions.

6. FAA FORM 1380-9 FLIGHT SURGEON ACTIVITY REPORT (RIS: AM 1380- 1)

. All medical offices shall submit this report through regional medical divisions. Regional medical divisions shall prepare a report of regional office activities, then combine all individual reports into a consolidated report. The consolidated, as well as individual reports, shall be submitted to the Office of Aviation Medicine (AAM) as prescribed in Appendix 1. The report form and instructions are shown in Appendix 2.

7. SUMMARY OF GRANTS OF EXEMPTION (RIS: AM 9000- 8)

. The Aeromedical Certification Branch, AAC-130, shall prepare this annual memorandum report which provides the cumulative status of all grants of exemptions. IMAGE OF 9000.1B PAGE 2

8. ATCS HEALTH PROGRAM REPORT (RIS: AM 9000-9.)

Regional medical divisions shall consolidate and submit this report, market for OFFICIAL USE ONLY, direct to Aeromedical Services Division, AAM-400. The report shall include the following information as illustrated in Appendix 3: a. Name b. SSAN c. DOB (MM/DD/YY) d. Duty Station e. Diagnosis f. Consultations (Indicate Specialty) g. Special Consideration (Yes or No) h. Medical Determination (Qualified, Disqualified, Pending) Each case shall be reported during the month in which medical action is initiated. If the case is completed during that month, the final determination shall be recorded, and no further report will be required. If a case is not completed during that month, it shall be listed as "pending," and shall be reported again when the final determination has been made. Preparation, transmission and handling of this report ant related material shall be accomplished in accordance with Chapter 5 "Security," Order 1350.22, Protecting the Privacy of Information About Individuals, and Order 1600.15D, Control and Protection of FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY information.

9. ATCS MEDICAL EXAMINATION DATA (RIS: AM 9000-10)

. The Aeromedical Certification Branch shall prepare this annual report containing data on ATCSs examined under the ATCS Health Program during the previous calendar year.

10. REVIEW

. Upon receipt of the Flight Surgeon Activity Report, each division chief and staff heat shall: a. Review data relating to the functional area of responsibility as well as the narrative section of the report. b. Initiate follow-up and corrective action with the Regional Flight Surgeon as required. c. Advise the Federal Air Surgeon of action taken; or when indicated prepare the recommended action for the decision of the Federal Air Surgeon. H. L. REIGHARD, M. D. Federal Air Surgeon

Appendix 1

 IMAGE OF 9000.1B APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 Appendix 1 MEDICAL REPORT REQUIREMENTS MEDICAL REPORT REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 2

IMAGE OF 9000.1B APPENDIX 2 PAGE 2 Appendix 2 FIGURE 1. _ SAMPLE FAA FORM 1380-9 IMAGE OF 9000.1B APPENDIX 2 PAGE 3 FIGURE 2. - INSTRUCTIONS, FAA FORM 1380-9 PART I - CERTIFICATION PROGRAM Line Instruction A Sum of Lines 1 through 4. A2 Number of cases received from Aeromedical Certification Branch, AAC-130, for action resulting in certification. A3 Number of Forms FAA 8500-8 received from Aviation Medical Examiners. A4 Describe any other workload items not in categories A1,2 or 3 (e.g., security investigations, medical flight test authorization). B Sum of Lines 1 through 4. B2 Sum of Lines a,b,c. B3 Cases forwarded for AAM consideration without a certification action taken. B4 Describe any other workload completed, not in categories B1,2 or 3. C Sum of A minus B. D Provide information of special interest to OAM. PART II - ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROGRAM Line Instruction A Number of on-the-scene investigation by source. B Self-explanatory; report in month results are received. C Self-explanatory; report in month results are received D Report all expenses, excluding PC∧B, incurred in conduct of investigations; report in month invoices are processed. IMAGE OF 9000.1B APPENDIX 2 PAGE 4 PART III - HEALTH PROGRAM Item Instruction A Sum of Lines 1 and 2. A1,2 Self-explanatory. B Sum of Lines 1 and 2. B1 Number of cases referred to consultant physicians or for ancillary followup. B2 Number of ATCSs counselled. C Sum of Lines 1 through 4. C2 Number of cases in which special consideration is given when retention requirements are not met. C4 Number of cases developed by ARFS for RFS disqualification action. D Sum of A minus C. PART IV - OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAM (all ATCS data reportable only in Part III) Line Instruction A,B,D Self-explanatory. C All procedures, including examination- related. E ATCS/Pilot examinations shall be reported in Part III. F1 Number of donors, if involved in program. F2 Number of visitors or group participants. seen for counseling. F3 Number of participants. F4 Describe, including type and number of audience employee groups only). PART V - AME PROGRAM Line Instruction A,B Number of actions accomplished. IMAGE OF 9000.1B APPENDIX 2 PAGE 5 C Number of visits to candidate or recently-appointed AMEs. D Number of followup visits to continuing E Number of employee-hours expended for evaluation of AMEs, including quarterly review. F Number of medical program personnel (not AMEs) attending seminars. PART VI - MISCELLANEOUS ACTIVITY Describe (including name, date, location, and highlights) participation in NTSB hearings, meetings training, etc. PART VII - NARRATIVE Comment on other items of special interest to OAM not reflected in Parts I through VI, including new staff, major equipment purchases, etc.

APPENDIX 3

IMAGE OF 9000.1B APPENDIX 3 PAGE 1 Appendix 3 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER HEALTH PROGRAM REPORT Distribution: WRNC-1 (except AM); WAM-3 Initiated By: AAM-12 RAM-2; CAM-3; ANA-6 (cy) FAT-1 (minimum)

9000.2A CONTROL AND DISPOSITION OF NARCOTICS AND DANGEROUS DRUGS

IMAGE OF 9000.2A PAGE 1 ORDER U.S. Department of Transportation 9000.2A Federal Aviation Administration 31 Oct 72 SUBJ: CONTROL AND DISPOSITION OF NARCOTICS AND DANGEROUS DRUGS

1. PURPOSE

. This order redefines uniform procedures for controlling and accounting for narcotic s and dangerous drugs, and applies to all Federal Aviation Administration clinical activities which stock, administer and dispense these items. This includes all drugs listed under Schedule I, II, III, IV, and V Substances as published by the new Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs of the Justice Department in their Controlled Substances Inventory List. U. S. Code of Regulations, Title 21, Food and Drug, Part 301 through Part 316, implements the Regulations of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, P.L. 91-513.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This order is distributed to the following FAA medical offices that handle narcotics and dangerous drugs: All Regional Flight Surgeons (who will make distribution to the Assistant Regional Flight Surgeons in the Air Route Traffic Control Centers); to the Chief, Washington Medical Clinic, the Chief, Aeronautical Center Aeromedical Clinic Branch, and the Chief, NAFEC Medical Staff; also to the Washington National Airport and Dulles International Airport First Aid Branches. Information copies are furnished to the Chief, Civil Aeromedical Institute, the Washington National and Dulles International Airport managers, and the Chief of the Aeromedical Services Division in Washington.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 9000.2 is canceled.

4. INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTAINING NARCOTICS AND DANGEROUS DRUGS

. Procurement, maintenance and dispensing of drugs or controlled substances listed in Schedule I and II Substances shall be in compliance with the above references. An itemized account shall be maintained of all narcotics and dangerous drugs as listed in Schedules I and II when received, dispensed, destroyed and remaining on hand in each Clinic or Health Unit or at any other location within the agency where such items are maintained, prescribed and available. A quarterly inventory shall be maintained of all drugs which require the use of Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs Form 222c (Schedule I and II Substances) for procurement and for any other drug determined by the responsible physicians to require these control procedures. A separate itemization shall be furnished for each item on hand. All other drugs under Schedule III, IV, and V Substances should be inventoried biennially ( 304.13) using the Controlled Substances Inventory List. IMAGE OF 9000.2A PAGE 2

5. PRESCRIPTIONS AND DISPENSING

. Any drugs under Schedule I, II, III, and IV Substances may be issued and dispensed only by an individual practitioner who is: a. Authorized to prescribe controlled substances by proper registration with the Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs in the jurisdiction in which he is licensed to practice his profession and b. Registered as government medical officer having filed an application for registration under paragraphs 3 and 6 of this application, "Certification of Exempt Official," (Form BND-224).

6. DESIGNATION OF INVENTORY OFFICER

. An Inventory Officer shall be designated for each location where drugs are received, stocked, and dispensed.

7. DUTIES OF INVENTORY OFFICER

. a. Inventory. This official shall perform a quarterly inventory on the last working day of March, June, September, and December of each year of drug items under Schedules I and II. On the quarterly inventory, the appointed officer shall sign his name under the last entry and indicate that, on the date shown, the balance is correct. b. Discrepancies. (1) Error. Any discrepancy traceable to arithmetical error which may occur on the inventory statement shall be noted by the Inventory Officer, adjustment made to compensate for the error, and all pertinent entries initialed and dated by him. (2) Shortage. In the event of a discrepancy due to an actual shortage, the Inventory Officer shall notify the responsible physician, in writing, giving all known details. The physician in turn will notify the District Supervisor of the Regional Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs and the responsible Air Transport Security elements. An investigation shall be conducted by the responsible Air Transport Security elements and a detailed written report shall be forwarded to the Regional/Center Director or the Manager, National Capital Airports, as appropriate, and the Federal Air Surgeon.

8. STORAGE

. All narcotics and hypnotics shall be kept in a narcotics vault or appropriate containers approved by the local Security element. It is suggested that a 4/5 drawer steel file cabinet be used, equipped with a steel locking bar arrangement with Sargent Greenleaf Combination Padlock. Single units of drugs kept immediately available on emergency trays shall be afforded appropriate security. IMAGE OF 9000.2A PAGE 3

9. CONTAMINATION OR BREAKAGE

. If any narcotic is lost or rendered unusable through breakage of the container or other accident, the responsible physician shall immediately submit a signed statement as to the kinds and quantities of narcotics lost or destroyed to the Regional Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs. A copy of this statement shall be retained and filed with the other narcotics records.

10. UNDESIRED OR EXCESS NARCOTICS

. Undesired or excess narcotics must be either shipped to the Regional Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs or destroyed in the presence of a narcotics agent of this Bureau.

11. USE OF FORM

. The entries and accountable procedures on FAA Form 9000-1, "Control and Disposition of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs," of Schedules I and II shall be maintained in a uniform manner as follows: a. Location. Under the heading "Location," enter the physical location of the facility. b. Received By. Under the heading "Received By," enter the signature of the person who initially receives the items. If the person whose signature is in this block leaves the organization, he shall, prior to leaving, request an inventory of those items for which he is responsible and on the form, below the last balance, he shall enter the date, state that the item has been inventoried and the balance is correct as shown, and sign his name. This entity shall be verified and signed by the appointed inventory official. c. Continuation of Form. The form shall continue to be used as long as available space exists. If an additional quantity of drugs is purchased, the quantity received shall be carried forward and included with the quantity on hand. Also, the initiation of a continuation form shall include the last balance on the completed form.

12. AVAILABILITY OF FORM

. FAA Form 9000-1, "Control and Disposition of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs," replaces FAA Form 3107, "Control and Disposition of Narcotics and Hypnotics," which will be used until the stock is exhausted. The form will be stocked in the FAA Depot, FSN 0052-605-2001, unit of issue: Sheet.

13. DISPOSITION OF COMPLETED FORM

. Each completed form shall be retained on file in the originating organization for a period of two years after the last entry date is made on the form. P. V. SIEGEL, M.D. Federal Air Surgeon Distribution: AAL/CE/EA/GL/NE/NW/PC/RM/SO/SW/WE-300 Initiated By: AAM-400 (10 cys ea.) AAM-410/AAC-160/ANA-6/ACA-112/212 - (6 cys. ea).

9950.3A MEDICAL RESEARCH PROGRAM GUIDES

IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 1 ORDER U.S. Department of Transportation 9950.3A Federal Aviation Administration 12/6/74 SUBJ: MEDICAL RESEARCH PROGRAM GUIDES

1. PURPOSE

. This Order revises existing guides for conducting the agency's aeromedical research program and gives instructions for documenting research tasks and processing FAA Form 1750-1 by all agency medical elements.

2. DISTRIBUTION

. This Order is distributed to the director level in Washington, regions and centers except the Office of Aviation Medicine, Office of Budget, Office of Personnel and Training, Office of Systems Engineering Management, and the Systems Rearch and Development Service in Washington Headquarters; and regional medical divisions and NAFEC medical staff; to division level Washington Office of Aviation Medicine, Office of Budget, Office of Personnel and Training, Office of Systems Engineering Management, and the Systems Research and Development Service; and to section level in the Civil Aeromedical Institute and to the Aeronautical Center Budget Division.

3. CANCELLATION

. Order 9950.3 is Cancelled

4. FORMS AND REPORTS

. a. FAA Form 1750-1 (6-66) (RIS: RD 1750-1), the Research and Technology Resume, FSN 0052-661-1000, shall be used for initiating, completing, and terminating research tasks. Detailed instructions for completing the form are contained in Appendix l.. (See paragraph 10.b.). b. FAA Form 9950-1 (4-71) (RIS: AM 9950-1), the Research Task Program Report, FSN 0052-814-6000, shall be used quarterly for reporting progress on each research task. (See paragraph 10.d. and Appendix 2). c. Quarterly Fiscal Report. Status of Task Areas shall be reported under quarterly Fiscal Programming and Budgetary Reporting Procedures for Aviation Medical Programs under the Research and Development Appropriation (RIS BY 2510.39), Order 2510.9.

5. APPLICABILITY

. This Order applies to agency elements that have management or operating responsibilities in the aeromedical research program area. It outlines the principles of initiating a Research Task or Work Unit, the preparation of Research and Technology Resumes (FAA Form 1750-1) and the status reporting requirements associated with research efforts. The research task areas were established in accordance with the joint DOT-NASA Civil Aviation Research and Development Policy. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 2

6. MEDICAL RESEARCH OBJECTIVES

. The major objectives of the aeromedical research program are: (1) to reduce accidents/incidents due to biomedical factors and to decrease injuries and loss of life resulting from accidents which do occur, (2) to produce biomedical information related to environmental, social and operational factors related to aviation, and (3) to obtain data for the establishment of medical standards for airmen, regulations, and advisory circulars to increase safety.

7. CHARACTERISTICS OF FAA MEDICAL RESEARCH

. a. Research Requirements. In pursuing agency objectives, there is a need for a medical research program which covers the biomedical factors relating to aviation. In particular, the medical research program shall provide information and answers to problems with special impact on civil aviation activities in the following areas: identifying and eliminating, insofar as possible, aeromedical factors which cause or contribute to aircraft accidents, injuries and death; establishing civil aeromedical standards for airmen; maintaining or increasing the health, physical fitness, and performance of aviation personnel; and improving the working environment of airmen and air traffic control personnel and their operating procedures in all parts of the National Aviation System. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 3 b. Research Methods. In order to accomplish these goals, the aeromedical research activities must not only be mission-oriented, but also maintain their professional character and integrity. The methods used in aeromedical research may be conventional applying well proven techniques which can be duplicated in other scientific laboratories. In addition, the scientist may develop new methods and equipment in his search for new information. The aeromedical research design should be compatible with automatic data acquisition, processing, and statistical evaluation. This will help to obtain reliable baseline data and to facilitate their use. Special care must be taken in conducting experiments with human subjects which may involve risks to their health or well-being. c. Research Activities. The aeromedical research objectives derive from the conditions and processes which are encountered in aviation activities. They concern the assurance of healthy, normal functioning personnel within the National Aviation System, including the welfare and health of private, commercial and airline pilots, crew members, air traffic controllers, and supporting personnel. They also concern the transportation of passengers, air-ambulance patients, travelers who need medical attention, and animals.

8. PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGETING

. a. Policy. The Federal Air Surgeon has cognizance of the civil aviation medical program which embraces the research activities of the Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI). In this capacity, he exercises his authority by providing policies, guidelines, and procedures in accordance with the mission of the agency and based upon the standards of the medical profession. This includes projections of activity and determines the planning level of resources required by the agency components for budget year consideration. The Federal Air Surgeon also specifies research priorities in accordance with short-term mission requirements. The medical research functions of the Civil Aeromedical Institute, which implements the program, are outlined in Handbook 1100.3, FAA Organization - Regions and Centers, Chapter 15, paragraph 1530. b. Budgetary Procedures. The following are basic elements required in the development of the aeromedical research budget: (1) Annual Program Guidance and Current Policy Statement. (a) A statement of current policy and program guidance will be prepared in the Aeromedical Applications Division for approval and issuance by the Federal Air Surgeon, and directed to the Aeronautical Center and to the Washington office charged with development of the contract aeromedical research program. It will be issued annually, prior to issuance of revised Order 2500.22, Call for Estimates, Engineering and Development Programs. It will convey to research task and contract planning personnel, the current official agency interests in aeromedical research needs, relative emphasis to be applied in the development of the research plan, any specific tasks to be developed, research areas that are considered to be relatively low or potentially high in interest, etc. It will contain more detailed guidance information than will appear in the Call for Estimates. (b) The development of this document will be in collaboration with CAMI management and scientists. It will occur well in advance of the Call for Estimates. (See paragraph 12.b. and c ). (2) Budget Presubmission Conference. (a) A conference shall be convened at either the Aeronautical Center or Washington, after the development of the draft budget submissions (Washington and AAC), but prior to their formal submission as per the Call for Estimates, for the purposes of coordinating the submissions, avoidance of unwarranted planned duplications of effort, avoidance of possible misinterpretation of guidance and to enable sufficient understanding of details and to provide time for the Federal Air Surgeon to develop appropriate recommendations The conference participants shall be selected by the Federal Air Surgeon and the Director of the Aeronautical Center. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 4 (b) The proposed budget year and fiscal program submissions will be covered in the conference. (c) The Chief, Aeromedical Applications Division, and the Chief, Research Planning Branch (AAM-11O), are responsible for assisting the Federal Air Surgeon in the development of recommendations on the submissions. (d) The Federal Air Surgeon will furnish a copy of his recommendations to the Director of the Aeronautical Center. (3) Update of Special Budget Justification Material. (a) Current specialized budget justification material is required for use in support of the budget before the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (OST), Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and Congressional Appropriations Subcommittees. (b) A Comprehensive current report of research program accomplishments and planned accomplishments are required from CAMI for editing and consolidation by the Chief, Aeromedical Applications Division, to demonstrate the value of current research work and the potential of work outlined in the OMB and Congressional budget documents then current. Reports of research contributions, past and planned, that bear directly on high priority agency problems and issues, are especially useful at this time in the budget cycle; and those that have resulted in policy decisions, rulemaking, etc., are the most meaningful, It is due in the Office of Aviation Medicine by February 1, annually to cover the then current fiscal year accomplishments and to cover the potential accomplishments in the next fiscal year. (4) Adjusted Budget Submissions. Prompt adjustment of the research budget is required immediately after official review authorities direct any changes in the resource allocation proposed for this program. The Office of Budget will notify the Aeronautical Center and the Office of Aviation Medicine when any adjustments are made and request adjusted budget figures D, E, L, M, and MP E∧D-1 (Call for Estimates) for the purpose of bringing this supporting justification material up-to-date for presentation to the next review level. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 5

9. PROGRAM STRUCTURE

. The need for organization of the research activity necessitates the establishment of a research program, reflecting various levels of relevance and complexity. The program structure provides the agency with a system for use in scientific and technical planning as well as in internal research management and should be consistent with that of other agencies engaged in aeromedical research. a. Research Program Categories. The following research program categories have been established: (1) Research Program - developed by the Office of Aviation Medicine in order to meet the aeromedical research objectives. (2) Task Areas - program elements identified in the agency's planning, programming, and budgeting process. (3) Task Group - the aeromedical research program equivalents of subprograms in other FAA research and development efforts. (4) Tasks (or Work Units) - specific research projects identified as part of an established task area; tasks are developed and approved as stated in paragraphs 10 and 11. b. Establishment or Task Areas, Task Areas are established as necessitated by the agency's mission objective, advances in science and technology, and the future direction of aeronautical activities. They authorize, but do not commit, agency personnel to conduct research in a particular area. The five Task Areas and their associated Task Groups are given below. (1) Task Area A: AEROMEDICAL FACTORS IN SYSTEMS AND OPERATIONS. This includes: the investigation of the environmental and operational factors related to the health and physical fitness of airmen, crews and passengers; studies concerning the detection and prevention of, as well as, the recovery from cardiovascular, respiratory, and other diseases related to aviation activities; investigation of the emotional and motivational factors which contribute to aircraft accidents; examination of pesticides, pyrolytic products, and commercial toxic substances found or used in aviation; research into means of improving, through the use of new techniques and procedures, the development of medical standards and the medical certification of airmen; studies of airport medical facilities; and the transportation of patients. Specifically, the following Task Groups have been established: (a) Cardiovascular and other diseases, (b) Alcohol and drug abuse, IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 6 (c) Toxicology, (d) Research support for airmen certification; and (e) Airport facilities and emergency planning. (2) Task Area B: AIRCREW AND PASSENGER PROTECTION. This includes the following activities: studies of aircraft impact injuries through on-the-scene accident investigations; tests with dynamic equipment by laboratory experiments to determine causes, mechanisms and levels of impact injury; studies of aircraft evacuation techniques and devices under simulated land and water conditions; testing of new techniques, procedures, and devices to protect personnel from fire and toxic smoke in aircraft; evaluation of oxygen masks and systems to determine the biomedical response to various altitudes and to provide effective protection against hypoxia and decompression; delethalization of instrument panels and cockpits through safety devices and materials which increase the survivability of occupants in crash situations; studies to define the dynamic properties of the human body during airplane crashes, and provide identification of human remains in aviation disasters; psychological reconstruction of aircraft accidents in order to prevent unwarranted loss of life and aircraft. The following Task Groups have been established: (a) Impact injury, (b) Seat and restraint systems, (c) Improved means for emergency escape and survival, (d) Cabin environment and oxygen systems, (e) Fire, smoke, and toxic fumes, (f) Accident investigation, (g) Care for sick and handicapped persons; and (h) Ionizing and non-ionizing radiation and hazardous materials. (3) Task Area C: PERSONNEL PERFORMANCE AND EFFICIENCY. This includes: psychophysiological studies on Air Traffic Controllers to enable them to cope with stressful situations and to avoid errors which endanger the efficient operation of the air traffic control system; techniques devised to identify and train individuals with high potential for successful careers in the National Aviation System; related studies on the physical and mental capabilities of pilots and aircrews to perform their mission; the effect of work-rest cycles, desynchronization of physiological functions and fatigue on the performance of aircrews and ATC personnel; and investigations into the value of flight simulators for aircrew training, The following Task Groups have been delineated: (a) Air Traffic Controller selection, training, and utilization, (b) Air Traffic Controller workload and environment, (c) Aircrew workload and flight-induced stress; and (d) Aircrew training. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 7 (4) Task Area D: AEROMEDICAL FACTORS IN FLIGHT MANAGEMENT. This concerns the investigation of factors involved in disorientation and loss of aircraft control; determination of the complex skills, sensory perceptions, and the navigational capability of pilots under VFR and IFR conditions; investigation of the physiological and psychological functions required for safe operations in the air and on the ground; the design and arrangement of flight instrument panels, flight controls, and cockpit layouts to avoid pilot error; studies of the biomedical factors involved in aircraft visibility, detection and visual collision avoidance; and use of simulators in research and training. The following Task Groups are included: (a) Pilot perception and orientation in flight, (b) Analysis of pilot error, (c) Control and display requirements, (d) Use of simulators in research and training; and (e) Collision avoidance, (5) Task Area E: PUBLIC ACCEPTANCE OF AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS. Study items in this area are: community noise survey and responses; determination of the interference of aircraft operation with public activities; definition of annoyance factors; relations with local representatives and organizations; and measures to prevent noise. Of increasing importance are problems of environmental protection against air pollution, toxic chemicals, and other waste products released by aircraft and aviation-supporting ground facilities. Task Groups established are the following: (a) Community relations, (b) Individual response to noise exposure; and (c) Environmental protection. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 8

10. RESEARCH TASK MANAGEMENT

. Biomedical research in the Task Areas listed above will be conducted in accordance with the agency's concept of management by objectives. The individual research tasks initiated in each area will be directed to solve anticipated and recurring biomedical problems encountered in advanced technological systems and related to the changing functional requirements brought about by these systems. The FAA goals approach to planning and operations will be used in this process. a. Initiating the Task. The Office or Service requiring biomedical research support will specify in writing the nature of the effort by completing FAA Form 9550-1, Request for RD∧E Effort, and submit it in accordance with existing procedures. Upon receipt of these requests, the Office of Aviation Medicine will respond as to the capability of their office to provide the support, and use all such requests, in addition to self-generated tasks, as a guideline in establishing fiscal research programs. Additionally, the Federal Air Surgeon or his representative will specify in writing the areas of priority and the annual requirements for research, which will serve as guidelines to the investigators at CAMI for initiating research tasks. This document shall be available at CAMI not later than 60 days prior to the date of research budget formulation and task submission. b. Outlining the Task. The Research and Technology Resume (RIS: RD 1750-1) (FAA Form 1750-1 (6-66)), shall be used to describe each research task as outlined in FAA Order 1750.5, Research and Technology Resume Form. c. Task Submission Schedule. Research and Technology Resumes will be prepared well in advance of the annual Research Task Review Panel meeting. This meeting is usually held in January/February each year at CAMI. The 1750's for review should reach the Panel Chairman 15 days prior to the meeting. The 1750's will be prepared to cover the next fiscal year (Budget Year) and will be submitted after the meeting by the Chairman of the Research Task Review Panel to the Federal Air Surgeon with the Panel's recommended action. These 1750's are the ones receiving Federal Air Surgeon signature indicating he approves. A tentative 1750 covering plans insofar as feasible for the research tasks proposed two fiscal years hence (Budget Year plus one) will also be prepared for use in developing and justifying the Call for Estimates. This latter tentative 1750 serves as a research task planning document, should not be prepared in as much detail as the Budget Year 1750, and should contain anticipated accomplishments from the future proposed work resulting from the tentative 1750 task. d. Reports Required. Progress reports (RIS: AM 9950-1) (FAA Form 9950-1) shall inform the Office of Aviation Medicine about the status of each research task; a status report shall be provided annually to all task originating offices and services; and a final report (RIS: RD 1750-1) (FAA Form 1750-1) shall be rendered by the principal investigator upon termination or completion of a task. Normally, the end product of a research task will consist of a Project Report, an Advisory Circular, an OAM Report or a report for the open scientific literature, an agency directive, a Federal Aviation Regulation, or a memorandum report of data for use by the FAA, DOT, or other authorized requesters any of which will contribute to the agency's goals and objectives. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 9 e. Research Contracts. The research activities outlined above will be supplemented by work contracted for outside of the agency. The Research and Technology Resumes (RIS: RD 1750-1) (FAA Form 1750-1) prepared for such contracts will identify the project task monitor who shall be responsible for ascertaining that the technical terms of the contract are met.

11. CRITERIA

. The following criteria shall be observed in the conduct of all medical research: a. Before any research task is initiated, comprehensive survey of ongoing and past work of other agencies and research facilities shall be done in order to avoid unwarranted duplication. If related work is in progress, a statement shall be made to justify the proposed task. b. The Research Task shall be identified by descriptive title. It shall be succinct, understandable, and reflect an application to the agency's mission. c. When a scientist proposes a Research Task, sufficient information shall be given to accurately reflect the needs of the work to be conducted and the end product to be achieved. d. The Research and Technology Resume (FAA Form 1750-1) shall contain a concise description clearly identifying the problem to be studied, its significance, and its justification. When possible, cost-benefit relations or other quantitative means to determine the intended effect should be given. e. Concise outline of experimental design is required. Evidence of statistical consultation (when appropriate) should be stated; and standardized methods and measuring techniques should be used whenever possible to permit their future application by researchers in other agencies, universities, or industry. f. An indication of expected accomplishment (milestones) shall be given; and it should also be stated how and to what purpose the information attained will be used. g. A task should be terminated, if the objective cannot be attained. A Terminating Resume (FAA 1750-1) shall be submitted to AAM-11O. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 10

12. RESEARCH TASK REVIEW

. a. Procedure. All resumes will be forwarded to the Office of Aviation Medicine for review in accordance with existing procedures for Requests for RE∧D Effort. In order to evaluate these proposals as to their scientific merit, to secure their official support by the Office of Aviation Medicine, and to establish priorities, a Research Task Review Panel has been established consisting of three members of the Office of Aviation Medicine and two members of CAMI. The panel is composed of: (1) Chief, Aeromedical Applications Division (Chairman) Office of Aviation Medicine Federal Aviation Administration, (2) Chief, Research Planning Branch Aeromedical Applications Division Office of Aviation Medicine Federal Aviation Administration. (3) Chief, Bioengineering Branch Aeromedical Applications Division Office of Aviation Medicine Federal Aviation Administration, (4) Chief, Civil Aeromedical Institute Aeronautical Center Federal Aviation Administration Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; and (5) Chief, Aeromedical Research Branch* Civil Aeromedical Institute Aeronautical Center Federal Aviation Administration Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. *The laboratory chiefs of CAMI can alternate during his absence. b. Review Meeting. The Research Task Review Panel shall meet at least once a year. The Panel Chairman shall convene the Panel in accordance with program and budget requirements at CAMI in order to permit the necessary contact with the scientists who have prepared the Research and Technology Resumes (FAA Form 1750-1). Each investigator will present his proposed research tasks by briefly summarizing their objectives, method of procedure, and application of the results to be obtained. The attendees shall include the Review Panel members and may include as nonvoting members, the Federal Air Surgeon or his representative, the Center Director or his representative and additional scientists as indicated by the content of the pending task proposals. IMAGE OF 9950.3A PAGE 11 c. Task Approval. The Research Task Review Panel will decide by majority vote on the acceptability of a proposed research task and establish its priority within the scope of the program. All opinions will be documented and forwarded to the Federal Air Surgeon by the Research Planning Branch. The Federal Air Surgeon has approval responsibility for all research tasks. After action by the Federal Air Surgeon, the Chairman of the Panel shall inform the task-requesting organizations and the principal investigators, through appropriate channels, of the action taken on their proposals d. Review of Current Tasks. All continuing Research Tasks including contracts shall be updated annually and submitted to the Review Panel. Research Tasks which are active beyond the estimated termination dates will also be reviewed by the Panel which will recommend appropriate action.

13. UNFORESEEN RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

. In planning and allocating resources, provision must be made for unscheduled research activities. This will anticipate special requirements, events, and emergencies.

14. PROGRAM EVALUATION

. Over-all evaluation of the medical research program is conducted by the Federal Air Surgeon or his representative as part of the regular planning, programming, and budgeting cycle and as part of the over-all plan for medical program evaluation. Reports summarizing significant research accomplishments will be submitted by the Chief, CAMI, to the Federal Air Surgeon at the end of each Fiscal Year.

15. APPLICATION OF RESEARCH RESULTS (Reserved)

. H. L. REIGHARD, M.D. Acting Federal Air Surgeon

APPENDIX 1

IMAGE OF 9950.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 1 Appendix 1 GUIDELINES FOR PROCESSING FORM 1750-1 (Supplement to 1750.5 Attachment 1) BLOCK NO. 1. Leave blank. 2. Leave blank. 3. Agency Accession Code and Identification Number - FM F - Federal Aviation Administration M - Office of Aviation Medicine 4. Date of preparation of Resume (For D-CHANGE type resumes use initiators date of former research protocol). 5. Kind of Resume (For the transition of all presently active research projects the code D-CHANGE will be used; A-NEW indicates a new task, B-COMPLETED -- final resume on a completed effort, C-TERMINATED -- a canceled,y suspended or terminated task). 6. Security Classification T - Top Secret C - Confidential S - Secret U - Unclassified If Resume is classified, the appropriate Security Classification must be stamped in 1/4" letters (not typewritten) on top and bottom of each sheet. 7. Only applicable in case of reclassification of a research task. 8. Release Limitation (indicates to other Government agency personnel participating in the exchange what further distribution of the information contained in the Resume is permissible). NL - No Limitation NO - No Foreign GA - Government Agencies Only OD - FAA Only Additional statements including security. RD - Restricted Data FD - Formerly Restricted Data FO - For Official Use Only IMAGE OF 9950.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 2 9. Level of Resume A - Task (or Subtask) 10. a. Current Number Code (for example - AM-A-73-PRS-13) AM - Aviation Medicine A - Task Area 73 - Fiscal Year PRS - Laboratory 13 - Laboratory Number Each Resume may be coded according to the Task Area under which it falls. If a task relates to more than one task area, it will be coded only under that area which describes the effort most clearly. b. See FAA Order 1750.5, Attachment 1. 11. Title of effort, e.g., An analysis...brain. Underline key words. 12. Scientific or Technological Area From the WORK SHEET FOR RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY RESUME on scientific and technological fields and groups (1750.5, Attachment 3), up to three descriptors and associated 6-digit codes will be selected. (Descriptors may be abbreviated.) If additional descriptors are needed, they may be posted as Key Words in Block 23. 13. Start Date Enter the two digits of the month and the last two digits of the year in which the work began or is expected to begin. 14. Critical Completion Date Enter the estimated date of completion of effort. 15. Funding Agency Enter the digraph FM if FAA funded, otherwise see 1750.5, Attachment 1. 16. Procurement Method Enter appropriate letter and code word. A - GRANT B - CONTRACT C - IN-HOUSE D - OTHER - if furnished by other Government agencies and departments. IMAGE OF 9950.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 3 17. Contract/Grant If a Contract or Grant is not involved, enter N/A in Block 17. If a Contract or Grant is involved, enter the following: Date of current Contract or Grant. Number of current Contract or Grant. Type of current Contract or Grant (e.g., M.CPFF - Cost plan fixed fee contract). Amount of current Contract or Grant. (If the Contract or Grant involves only one project, enter the full amount of the Contract or Grant to the nearest dollar. If the Contract or Grant is only part of the project, enter the portion of the Contract or Grant amount that relates to the task - and precede this entry with the letter P.) 18. Resources Estimate Enter the two digits identifying the current FY. If the Resume reports a project intended to be active in the FY beginning not more than six months hence, show that FY. a. Enter estimates of the direct professional (scientific and in the current FY. b. Enter the total R∧D estimates (including salaries and non-task costs) and actual obligations in thousands of dollars for the previous and current fiscal years. Non-task costs consist of the resources of the Branch Chief and secretary, the Biostatistical Staff, the Veterinary Medicine Staff and certain general support costs such as linen service, etc. Non-task costs may be actual or pro-rated on a percentage basis. 19. Government Laboratory/Installation/Activity CAMI or DOT/FAA P. O. Box 20582 800 Independence Ave., S.W. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125 Washington, D.C. 20591 Principal Investigator(s), routing symbol and telephone extension. 20. Performing Organization If no contract is involved, same as Block No. 19. If a contract is involved, enter the name and address of organization performing the work - Contract, Grant, or other Government agency or department. If work is being performed by more than one organization, separate Resumes should be prepared. IMAGE OF 9950.3A APPENDIX 1 PAGE 4 21. Technology Utilization Indicate possible application of results; e.g., Air Lines, General Aviation, Industry, Defense, NASA, Food ∧ Drug, Agriculture, etc. 22. Coordination Enter the name of each agency outside FAA involved in a formal or special agreement for coordination (e.g., University, AMA, ALPA, etc.). If an interagency group is involved, list the name of the group rather than each agency within the group. 23. Key Words Enter as many descriptors as you feel are necessary. The Thesaurus of FAA Descriptors should be used as a guide, but should not limit the use of new terms. Do not enter descriptors already used in the title. 24. Problem and Objective State the problem which this work is attempting to solve and what likely applications of this work will result. 25. Approach Briefly outline the planned work, including research design and specific tests or experiments and/or theoretical investigations.Indicate the major technical aspects or difficulties, and cite ways and means how to arrive at the expected solution. 26. Progress State of the art at the initiation of the research task or work accomplished during the preceding period (prior FY). List major milestones (end item products) accomplished during the preceding year, i.e., research design completed, experimental data collected, manuscripts submitted for publication, termination of contracts, etc. 27. Remarks This space may be used for internal agency purposes but may also include statistical approach, equipment and facilities, requirements, etc. NOTE: BLOCKS 24, 25, 26 - Space is provided for about 300 words. Since only the first page of a multipage Resume will be machine processed, the narrative in these blocks should be as complete as possible. Formulas and special characters should be avoided on the Resume form but may be used in supplementary material. It is expected that the first page will furnish a succinct summary of the task to be undertaken in blocks 24 through 26, and that a more descriptive our line of the total research effort will be given on continuation sheets, if necessary.

APPENDIX 2

IMAGE OF 9950.3A APPENDIX 2 PAGE 1 AND 2 Appendix 2 RIS: AM 9950-1 RESEARCH TASK QUARTERLY REPORT Task No.: AM-B-72-PHB-14 Task Title: Toxicologic Examination in Accident Investigation Period: January and February 1972 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Progress: Samples from 57 victims of 36 fatal aircraft accidents, which occurred in 21 states, were received in the laboratory during January and February 1972. This is nearly a three-fold increase in both accidents and samples over the same period in 1971. Over 550 determinations were performed on these samples. Because of holidays and hospitalization of two members of the staff and an unusual number of special requests for non-routine analysis, some delay was encountered in issuing reports. One member of the staff was gone for nearly a week assisting in preparations for defense of litigation against the Administration. A survey of 716 cases was completed and a report prepared for AAM-1. Seventy-five percent of the Unit's time was spent on this Task. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LAWRENCE R. RYAN, Ph.D. 1 March 1972 Principal Investigator (Signature and Date) Robert J. Jones, Ph.D. Laboratory Chief (Initials) Branch Chief (Initials) John J. Brown, M.D. Institute Chief (Initials) FAA Form 9950-1 (4-71) Distribution: W-1(less WAM/WBU/WPT/WEM/WRD) Initiated By: AAM-110 WAM/BU/PT/EM/RD-2 RNAM/BU-2 CAM-4, CBU-2, RNC-1